IOWA ADMINISTRATIVE BULLETIN

Published Biweekly VOLUME XXI NUMBER 11 November 18, 1998 Pages 929 to 1044

CONTENTS IN THIS ISSUE

Pages 947 to 1040 include ARC 8451A to ARC 8500A
AGENDA
Administrative rules review committee 934
ALL AGENCIES
Schedule for rule making 932
Publication procedures 933
Agency identification numbers 944
CITATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE RULES 931
dental examiners board[650]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]"umbrella"
Notice, Dental hygiene committee, 1.1
ARC 8474A 947
Notice, Dental hygiene committee within the board, 5.1, 5.2, 5.6 ARC 8477A 947
Notice, Dental hygiene committee--petitions for rule making, 7.1 ARC 8481A 948
Notice, Dental hygiene unauthorized practice, 10.4 ARC 8487A 948
Notice, Application to practice dental hygiene, 11.5 to 11.8 ARC 8486A 948
Notice, Dental hygiene committee--examination, 12.3, 12.4(2)
ARC 8485A 949
Notice, Dental hygiene faculty permit,
13.2 ARC 8484A 950
Notice, Dental hygiene committee--application review, 14.1(5), 14.5(4) ARC 8483A 950
Notice, Dental hygiene committee--license application fees, 15.1, 15.2 ARC 8476A 950
Notice, Dental radiography, 22.9(2) ARC 8475A 951
Notice, Dental hygiene continuing education, 25.11 ARC 8482A 951
Notice, Dental hygiene ethics, 27.1 ARC 8478A 952
Notice, Dental hygiene committee--complaint and peer review, 31.1, 31.5 ARC 8480A 952
Notice, Disciplinary hearing by dental hygiene committee, 51.4, 51.7(3) ARC 8479A 953
Filed, Dental hygienists--local anesthesia, 1.1 ARC 8489A 1010
Filed, Dental hygienists--local anesthesia, 10.3 ARC 8491A 1010
Filed, Dental hygienists--local anesthesia permit, 11.10
ARC 8490A 1010
Filed, Conscious sedation; fees, 15.1, 15.2 ARC 8488A 1011
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA
DEPARTMENT OF[261]

Notice, Self-employment loan program, 51.3 ARC 8453A 953
Notice, Entrepreneurial ventures assistance program, 60.4, 60.5 ARC 8454A 954
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]"umbrella"
Filed, License renewal, 17.5, 17.6 ARC 8468A 1011
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
Filed, Local option sales and services tax for school infrastructure, ch 96 ARC 8455A 1012
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]
NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT[561]"umbrella"
Filed, HMIWIs and MWCs, 22.1(2), 22.101(2), 23.1, 25.1(10) ARC 8493A 1013
Filed Emergency After Notice, Iowa land recycling program and response action standards, ch 137 ARC 8458A 990
Filed, Beneficial uses of waste tires, ch 219
ARC 8494A 1018
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice, FIP participants--limited benefit plan, 7.5(8), 40.23, 40.26, 41.24, 93.104, 93.105(2), 93.138, 93.140(2) ARC 8464A 954
Notice, FIP and FMAP and FMAP-related programs, 41.27, 41.28(1), 46.21, 46.24(3), 75.57, 75.58(1), 93.132, 93.133 ARC 8465A 963
Notice Terminated, Payment for abortions, 78.1(17) ARC 8466A 967
Notice, Rehabilitative treatment services, 185.112 ARC 8467A 967
Filed, HAWK-I board, 1.10
ARC 8451A 1022
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]"umbrella"
Filed, Securities, 50.94 to 50.97
ARC 8473A 1023
LABOR SERVICES DIVISION[875]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]"umbrella"
Notice, General industry safety and health, 10.20 ARC 8498A 968
Filed Emergency After Notice, General industry safety and health, 10.20 ARC 8499A 1009
Filed Emergency After Notice, Construction safety and health, 26.1 ARC 8500A 1009
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
Notice, Deferred compensation, 15.6, rescind 15.13 ARC 8472A 969
PETROLEUM UST FUND BOARD, IOWA
COMPREHENSIVE[591]

Notice, Remedial or insurance claims--upgrade deadlines, 11.1(3) ARC 8470A 978
Notice, Remedial or insurance claims--remedial and retroactive claims, innocent landowner claimants, 11.1(3)"r," 11.1(5)"f" ARC 8471A 979
Filed, Remedial or insurance claims--financial responsibility, 11.1(3)"b"(3) ARC 8469A 1024
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]"umbrella"
Notice, Barber examiners, 20.12 ARC 8492A 979
PUBLIC FUNDS--AVAILABILITY
Public Health Department[641]
Substance abuse and health promotion 946
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Notice of Public Funds Availability 946
Notice, Death certification, autopsy and disinterment, 101.4 to 101.6
ARC 8496A 980
Notice, Iowa regionalized system of perinatal health care, ch 150
ARC 8497A 981
PUBLIC HEARINGS
Summarized list 938
RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]"umbrella"
Notice, Peace officer on riverboat, 25.14(2) ARC 8456A 989
Filed, General, 1.6(5), 3.11(3), 5.1(5), 5.16(21), 13.13 to 13.26, 20.22(3), 26.19(5) ARC 8457A 1024
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Filed, Sales tax, 13.12, 17.31, 17.32, 19.12,
20.5(2), 26.47 ARC 8495A 1026
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Filed, Adopt-a-highway program, 121.2, 121.3 ARC 8460A 1027
Filed, Specially constructed or reconstructed vehicles; persons with disabilities parking permits; removal of registration and plates--financial liability, 400.3(10), 400.16(2), 400.21(4), 400.35, 400.45(3), 400.53(3), 400.70, 411.6, 450.2(2)
ARC 8463A 1027
Filed, Driver's licenses, amendments to chs 600 to 602, 604, 605, 615, 620, 625, 630, 641
ARC 8461A 1029
Filed, Commercial air service airport infrastructure program, ch 716 ARC 8462A 1037
VETERINARY MEDICINE BOARD[811]
Filed, Release of information to college student aid commission; application for licensure; examination, 5.18, 6.1, 6.2, 6.4 to 6.6, 6.8, 7.1, 9.1, 9.2(4), 9.3, 10.1, 10.4(24) ARC 8459A 1038
WORKERS' COMPENSATION DIVISION[876]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]"umbrella"
Amended Notice, Age-related hearing loss, 8.10 ARC 8452A 989
PUBLISHED UNDER AUTHORITY OF IOWA CODE SECTIONS 2B.5 AND 17A.6

__________________________________

PREFACE

The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is published biweekly in pamphlet form pursuant to Iowa Code chapters 2B and 17A and contains Notices of Intended Action on rules, Filed and Filed Emergency rules by state agencies.
It also contains Proclamations and Executive Orders of the Governor which are general and permanent in nature; Economic Impact Statements to proposed rules and filed emergency rules; Objections filed by Administrative Rules Review Committee, Governor or the Attorney General; and Delay by the Committee of the effective date of filed rules; Regulatory Flexibility Analyses and Agenda for monthly Administrative Rules Review Committee meetings. Other "materials deemed fitting and proper by the Administrative Rules Review Committee" include summaries of Public Hearings, Attorney General Opinions and Supreme Court Decisions.
The Bulletin may also contain Public Funds Interest Rates [12C.6]; Workers' Compensation Rate Filings [515A.6(7)]; Usury [535.2(3)"a"]; Agricultural Credit Corporation Maximum Loan Rates [535.12]; and Regional Banking--Notice of Application and Hearing [524.1905(2)].
PLEASE NOTE: Italics indicate new material added to existing rules; strike through letters indicate deleted material.
KATHLEEN K. BATES, Administrative Code Editor Telephone: (515)281-3355
ROSEMARY DRAKE, Assistant Editor (515)281-7252
Fax: (515)281-4424
SUBSCRIPTION INFORMATION

Iowa Administrative Bulletin

The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is sold as a separate publication and may be purchased by subscription or single copy. All subscriptions will expire on June 30 of each year. Subscriptions must be paid in advance and are prorated quarterly as follows:
First quarter July 1, 1998, to June 30, 1999 $244.10 plus $12.21 sales tax
Second quarter October 1, 1998, to June 30, 1999 $185.00 plus $9.25 sales tax
Third quarter January 1, 1999, to June 30, 1999 $125.00 plus $6.25 sales tax
Fourth quarter April 1, 1999, to June 30, 1999 $ 65.00 plus $3.25 sales tax
Single copies may be purchased for $19.00 plus $0.95 tax. Back issues may be purchased if the issues are available.
Iowa Administrative Code

The Iowa Administrative Code and Supplements are sold in complete sets and subscription basis only. All subscriptions for the Supplement (replacement pages) must be for the complete year and will expire on June 30 of each year.
Prices for the Iowa Administrative Code and its Supplements are as follows:
Iowa Administrative Code - $1,119.00 plus $55.95 sales tax
(Price includes 22 volumes of rules and index, plus a one-year subscription to the Code Supplement and the Iowa Administrative Bulletin. Additional or replacement binders can be purchased for $10.90 plus $0.55 tax.)
Iowa Administrative Code Supplement - $393.50 plus $19.68 sales tax
(Subscription expires June 30, 1999)
All checks should be made payable to the Iowa State Printing Division. Send all inquiries and subscription orders to:
Customer Service Center
Department of General Services
Hoover State Office Building, Level A
Des Moines, IA 50319
Telephone: (515)242-5120
Schedule for Rule Making
1998

NOTICE
SUBMISSION DEADLINE


NOTICE PUB.
DATE


HEARING OR
COMMENTS 20 DAYS


FIRST
POSSIBLE ADOPTION DATE
35 DAYS


ADOPTED FILING DEADLINE


ADOPTED PUB.
DATE


FIRST
POSSIBLE EFFECTIVE DATE


POSSIBLE EXPIRATION OF NOTICE 180 DAYS


Dec. 26 '97


Jan. 14 '98


Feb. 3


Feb. 18


Feb. 20


Mar. 11


Apr. 15


July 13


Jan. 9 '98


Jan. 28


Feb. 17


Mar. 4


Mar. 6


Mar. 25


Apr. 29


July 27


Jan. 23


Feb. 11


Mar. 3


Mar. 18


Mar. 20


Apr. 8


May 13


Aug. 10


Feb. 6


Feb. 25


Mar. 17


Apr. 1


Apr. 3


Apr. 22


May 27


Aug. 24


Feb. 20


Mar. 11


Mar. 31


Apr. 15


Apr. 17


May 6


June 10


Sept. 7


Mar. 6


Mar. 25


Apr. 14


Apr. 29


May 1


May 20


June 24


Sept. 21


Mar. 20


Apr. 8


Apr. 28


May 13


May 15


June 3


July 8


Oct. 5


Apr. 3


Apr. 22


May 12


May 27


May 29


June 17


July 22


Oct. 19


Apr. 17


May 6


May 26


June 10


June 12


July 1


Aug. 5


Nov. 2


May 1


May 20


June 9


June 24


June 26


July 15


Aug. 19


Nov. 16


May 15


June 3


June 23


July 8


July 10


July 29


Sept. 2


Nov. 30


May 29


June 17


July 7


July 22


July 24


Aug. 12


Sept. 16


Dec. 14


June 12


July 1


July 21


Aug. 5


Aug. 7


Aug. 26


Sept. 30


Dec. 28


June 26


July 15


Aug. 4


Aug. 19


Aug. 21


Sept. 9


Oct. 14


Jan. 11 '99


July 10


July 29


Aug. 18


Sept. 2


Sept. 4


Sept. 23


Oct. 28


Jan. 25 '99


July 24


Aug. 12


Sept. 1


Sept. 16


Sept. 18


Oct. 7


Nov. 11


Feb. 8 '99


Aug. 7


Aug. 26


Sept. 15


Sept. 30


Oct. 2


Oct. 21


Nov. 25


Feb. 22 '99


Aug. 21


Sept. 9


Sept. 29


Oct. 14


Oct. 16


Nov. 4


Dec. 9


Mar. 8 '99


Sept. 4


Sept. 23


Oct. 13


Oct. 28


Oct. 30


Nov. 18


Dec. 23


Mar. 22 '99


Sept. 18


Oct. 7


Oct. 27


Nov. 11


Nov. 13


Dec. 2


Jan. 6 '99


Apr. 5 '99


Oct. 2


Oct. 21


Nov. 10


Nov. 25


Nov. 27


Dec. 16


Jan. 20 '99


Apr. 19 '99


Oct. 16


Nov. 4


Nov. 24


Dec. 9


Dec. 11


Dec. 30


Feb. 3 '99


May 3 '99


Oct. 30


Nov. 18


Dec. 8


Dec. 23


Dec. 25


Jan. 13 '99


Feb. 17 '99


May 17 '99


Nov. 13


Dec. 2


Dec. 22


Jan. 6 '99


Jan. 8 '99


Jan. 27 '99


Mar. 3 '99


May 31 '99


Nov. 27


Dec. 16


Jan. 5 '99


Jan. 20 '99


Jan. 22 '99


Feb. 10 '99


Mar. 17 '99


June 14 '99


Dec. 11


Dec. 30


Jan. 19 '99


Feb. 3 '99


Feb. 5 '99


Feb. 24 '99


Mar. 31 '99


June 28 '99


Dec. 25


Jan. 13 '99


Feb. 2 '99


Feb. 17 '99


Feb. 19 '99


Mar. 10 '99


Apr. 14 '99


July 12 '99


Jan. 8 '99


Jan. 27 '99


Feb. 16 '99


Mar. 3 '99


Mar. 5 '99


Mar. 24 '99


Apr. 28 '99


July 26 '99



PRINTING SCHEDULE FOR IAB




ISSUE NUMBER


SUBMISSION DEADLINE


ISSUE DATE


13


Friday, November 27, 1998


December 16, 1998


14


Friday, December 11, 1998


December 30, 1998


15


Friday, December 25, 1998


January 13, 1999


PLEASE NOTE:
Rules will not be accepted after 12 o'clock noon on the Friday filing deadline days unless prior approval has been received from the Administrative Rules Coordinator's office.
If the filing deadline falls on a legal holiday, submissions made on the following Monday will be accepted.

PUBLICATION PROCEDURES

TO: Administrative Rules Coordinators and Text Processors of State Agencies
FROM: Kathleen K. Bates, Iowa Administrative Code Editor
SUBJECT: Publication of Rules in Iowa Administrative Bulletin
The Administrative Code Division uses Interleaf 6 to publish the Iowa Administrative Bulletin and can import documents directly from most other word processing systems, including Microsoft Word, Word for Windows (Word 7 or earlier), and WordPerfect.
1. To facilitate the processing of rule-making documents, we request a 3.5\ High Density (not Double Density) IBM PC-compatible diskette of the rule making. Please indicate on each diskette the following information: agency name, file name, format used for exporting, and chapter(s) amended. Diskettes may be delivered to the Administrative Code Division, 4th Floor, Lucas State Office Building or included with the documents submitted to the Governor's Administrative Rules Coordinator.
2. Alternatively, if you have Internet E-mail access, you may send your document as an attachment to an E-mail message, addressed to both of the following:
bcarr@legis.state.ia.us
kbates@legis.state.ia.us
Please note that changes made prior to publication of the rule-making documents are reflected on the hard copy returned to agencies by the Governor's office, but not on the diskettes; diskettes are returned unchanged.
Your cooperation helps us print the Bulletin more quickly and cost-effectively than was previously possible and is greatly appreciated.

AGENDA

The Administrative Rules Review Committee will hold its regular, statutory meeting on Tuesday, December 8, 1998, at10 a.m., and Wednesday, December 9, 1998, at 9 a.m. in Room 118, State Capitol, Des Moines, Iowa. The following rules will be reviewed:

NOTE: See also Supplemental Agenda to be published in the December 2, 1998, Iowa Administrative Bulletin.

Bulletin
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP DEPARTMENT[21]
Meat and poultry inspection bureau; adoption of federal regulations, 1.6(1)"c," 1.6(6), 76.1 to 76.4, 76.13,
Notice ARC 8445A 11/4/98
ACCOUNTANCY EXAMINING BOARD[193A]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]"umbrella"
Certificate of noncompliance from the college student aid commission, 9.13, 12.19, 16.9(4), Filed ARC 8422A 11/4/98
Waivers or variances from rules, ch 13, Filed ARC 8421A 11/4/98
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Offender transportation, 20.14, Filed ARC 8447A 11/4/98
Sex offender management and treatment, ch 38, Filed ARC 8448A 11/4/98
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]"umbrella"
Dental hygiene committee--definition, 1.1, Notice ARC 8474A 11/18/98
Examination meeting; administration of local anesthesia by dental hygienists, 1.1, Filed ARC 8489A 11/18/98
Dental hygiene committee, 5.1, 5.1(3), 5.1(4), 5.2(5), 5.2(6), 5.6, Notice ARC 8477A 11/18/98
Petitions for rule making--dental hygiene committee review, 7.1(5), 7.1(6), Notice ARC 8481A 11/18/98
Administration of local anesthesia; supervision by dentist, 10.3(1), 10.3(2), Filed ARC 8491A 11/18/98
Unauthorized practice of dental hygiene, 10.4, Notice ARC 8487A 11/18/98
Application to practice dental hygiene, 11.5(1) to 11.5(3), 11.5(5), 11.6(1) to 11.6(4), 11.6(6), 11.7, 11.8,
Notice ARC 8486A 11/18/98
Application for authority of a dental hygienist to administer local anesthesia, 11.10, Filed ARC 8490A 11/18/98
Examinations, 12.3(1) to 12.3(8), 12.4(2), Notice ARC 8485A 11/18/98
Dental hygiene faculty permit, 13.2(2), 13.2(7), Notice ARC 8484A 11/18/98
Dental hygiene license--renewal and reinstatement, 14.1(5), 14.5(4), Notice ARC 8483A 11/18/98
License application fees, 15.1, 15.2(1), 15.2(2), Notice ARC 8476A 11/18/98
Fees--conscious sedation permit and permit to authorize dental hygienist to administer local anesthesia,
15.1(10), 15.1(11), 15.2(4), 15.2(5), Filed ARC 8488A 11/18/98
Certificate of qualification in dental radiography--renewal fee, 22.9(2), Notice ARC 8475A 11/18/98
Dental hygiene continuing education, 25.11, Notice ARC 8482A 11/18/98
Dental hygiene ethics, 27.1, Notice ARC 8478A 11/18/98
Dental hygiene committee--complaint investigation and review, 31.1, 31.5, Notice ARC 8480A 11/18/98
Dental hygiene committee--disciplinary hearings, 51.4(2) to 51.4(7), 51.7(3), Notice ARC 8479A 11/18/98
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
Self-employment loan program, 51.3(3), 51.3(8)"b," Notice ARC 8453A 11/18/98
Entrepreneurial ventures assistance program, 60.4, 60.5, Notice ARC 8454A 11/18/98
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]"umbrella"
National Board for Professional Teaching Standards certification, 17.5"5," 17.6"5," Filed ARC 8468A 11/18/98
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
Local option sales and services tax for school infrastructure, ch 96, Filed ARC 8455A 11/18/98
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]
NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT[561]"umbrella"
Hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators (HMIWI) and municipal waste combustors (MWC), 22.1(2),
22.101(2), 23.1(2), 23.1(2)"nnn," "sss" and "ttt," 23.1(5), 23.1(5)"b," 25.1(10)"a," Filed ARC 8493A 11/18/98
Iowa land recycling program and response action standards, ch 137, Filed Emergency After Notice ARC 8458A 11/18/98
Beneficial uses of waste tires, ch 219, Filed ARC 8494A 11/18/98
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
HAWK-I board, 1.10, Filed ARC 8451A 11/18/98
Limited benefit plan, 7.5(8), 40.23, 40.26, 41.24(1)"d," 41.24(4), 41.24(8), 41.24(9), 41.24(11), 93.104(3), 93.104(4),
93.105(2), 93.138(2) to 93.138(4), 93.138(4)"a" and "b," 93.140(2), Notice ARC 8464A 11/18/98
Family investment program; family medical assistance program (FMAP); FMAP-related Medicaid programs,
41.27(2)"d," 41.27(7)"ag," 41.27(8)"a"(1) and (2), 41.27(8)"b"(11), 41.27(8)"c," 41.27(9)"d," 41.28(1)"b"(4),
46.21, 46.24(3)"a," 75.57(2)"d," 75.57(8)"a," 75.57(8)"b"(11), 75.57(8)"c," 75.58(1)"b"(4), 93.132"11,"
93.133, 93.133(2), 93.133(3), 93.133(3)"e," 93.133(4), Notice ARC 8465A 11/18/98
Food stamp eligibility to certain legal aliens, 65.47, Notice ARC 8425A, also Filed Emergency ARC 8426A 11/4/98
Healthy and well kids in Iowa (HAWK-I) program, 76.1, 76.1(1), 76.1(2), 76.11(4), ch 86, Notice ARC 8450A 11/4/98
Home health agencies participating in Medicaid obtaining, maintaining, and timely filing surety bonds,
77.9, 78.9, Filed ARC 8428A 11/4/98
Home- and community-based services waiver for persons with physical disabilities, 77.41, 78.46,
79.1(2), 79.14(1)"e," 83.92 to 83.111, Notice ARC 8427A 11/4/98
Federally funded abortions, 78.1(17), Notice ARC 8333A Terminated ARC 8466A 11/18/98
Maximum reimbursement rate for nursing facilities, 81.6(16)"e," Filed ARC 8429A 11/4/98
State payment program, ch 153 division IV preamble, 153.51, 153.52(1), 153.52(3), 153.53 to 153.59, Filed ARC 8430A 11/4/98
Maintenance payment paid to a child in independent living, 156.12(1), Filed Emergency After Notice ARC 8431A 11/4/98
Community adolescent pregnancy prevention program, ch 163 preamble, 163.1, 163.2, 163.3(1), 163.3(6) to 163.3(8),
163.3(10) to 163.3(12), 163.4(2)"e," 163.5(2)"c" and "e," 163.5(3)"c," "d," "e," "h" and "j,"
163.8, Filed ARC 8432A 11/4/98
Rehabilitative treatment and supportive services rates, 185.112, 185.112(1)"a," 185.112(6)"d" and "e," 185.112(10),
Notice ARC 8467A 11/18/98
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]"umbrella"
Electronic filing; insurance producer; forms; examinations, 5.3, 5.26(6), 5.42, 15.13(1)"a," 21.1(1),
21.3, 21.4, 21.5"9" to "11," 21.6, 31.1, 31.6, 33.2(2), 33.11, 40.1, 40.19, 45.10(6),
ch 45 form B item 7 paragraph "c," Notice ARC 8440A 11/4/98
Licensing of insurance producers; continuing education for insurance producers, chs 10 and 11, Notice ARC 8439A 11/4/98
Pharmaceutical disclosure requirements, 35.30, 36.7(1)"m," 40.23, 71.19, 75.12,
Notice ARC 7939A Terminated ARC 8449A 11/4/98
Disclosure requirements, 35.31, 36.7(1)"m," 40.23, 71.19, 75.12, Filed Emergency ARC 8441A 11/4/98
Investment advisers, investment adviser representatives, federal covered advisers, 50.94 to 50.97, Filed ARC 8473A 11/18/98
LABOR SERVICES DIVISION[875]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]"umbrella"
General industry safety and health--methylene chloride, 10.20, Notice ARC 8498A 11/18/98
General industry safety and health, 10.20, Filed Emergency After Notice ARC 8499A 11/18/98
Construction safety and health, 26.1, Filed Emergency After Notice ARC 8500A 11/18/98
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL EXAMINING BOARD[193D]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]"umbrella"
Certificate of noncompliance from the college student aid commission, 2.12, 4.13, 5.17, Notice ARC 8424A 11/4/98
Waivers or variances from rules, ch 7, Filed ARC 8423A 11/4/98
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]
NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT[561]"umbrella"
Wildlife refuges; state parks and recreation areas, 52.1(1), 61.2, 61.3(1)"j," 61.3(3)"a" and "c," 61.4(2),
61.4(2)"b" and "l," 61.5(7)"d," 61.6(1), 61.22(20), Notice ARC 8442A 11/4/98
Endangered and threatened plant and animal species, ch 77, Notice ARC 8444A 11/4/98
Possession limits--geese, 91.3(2), Filed Emergency ARC 8443A 11/4/98
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
Elimination of the personnel commission; trainee/journey class reclassifications; definition of "substantive change";
employee reinstatement, 1.1, 3.1(2), 3.4(6), 3.5(2), 3.5(4), 3.5(6), 3.5(7), 3.6(3), 4.6(12), 8.3, 8.10(3),
8.11, 8.13, Notice ARC 8438A 11/4/98
Benefits--deferred compensation, 15.6, 15.13, Notice ARC 8472A 11/18/98
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK FUND BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]
Lapse of financial liability coverage, 11.1(3)"b"(3), Filed ARC 8469A 11/18/98
Compliance with UST system upgrade deadlines and reimbursement, 11.1(3)"d"(6), 11.1(3)"o," Notice ARC 8470A 11/18/98
Compliance with report submittal deadlines, 11.1(3)"r," 11.1(5)"f," Notice ARC 8471A 11/18/98
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]"umbrella"
Board of barber examiners, 20.12, Notice ARC 8492A 11/18/98
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Mammography, 41.1(1), 41.6(2)"g," Notice ARC 8446A 11/4/98
Removal of dead body or fetus; burial-transit permit; transportation and disposition of dead body or fetus,
101.4 to 101.6, Notice ARC 8496A 11/18/98
Iowa regionalized system of perinatal health care, ch 150, Notice ARC 8497A 11/18/98
RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]"umbrella"
Satellite terminals; college student aid noncompliance; number of gaming machines; safety vests; poker proposals,
1.6(5), 3.11(3), 5.1(5)"c," 5.16(21), 13.13 to 13.26, 20.22(3), 26.19(5), Filed ARC 8457A 11/18/98
Presence of certified peace officer on a riverboat during gaming hours, 25.14(2), Notice ARC 8456A 11/18/98
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Interest rate for calendar year 1999, 10.2(18), Notice ARC 8437A 11/4/98
Excise tax; sales tax on services, 13.12, 17.31, 17.32, 19.12, 20.5(2)"d," 26.47, Filed ARC 8495A 11/18/98
Sales and use tax, 17.30, 18.24, 18.25(3), 18.34(2)"j," 18.49, 18.58(1), 18.59, 20.7(1)"c," 20.7(5), 32.4,
Filed ARC 8433A 11/4/98
Motor fuel tax, 67.1, 67.12"7," 68.8(10), 68.8(15), 68.8(16), Notice ARC 8436A 11/4/98
Local option school infrastructure sales and service tax, ch 108, Filed ARC 8434A 11/4/98
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Adopt-a-highway program, 121.2, 121.3, Filed ARC 8460A 11/18/98
Definition of "hearse"; emergency medical services plates; ex-prisoner of war plates; U.S. armed forces
retired plates, 400.1(5) to 400.1(15), 401.10 to 401.12, 401.21, 401.25, Notice ARC 8420A 11/4/98
Specially constructed or reconstructed vehicles; persons with disabilities parking permits; removal of
registration and plates--financial liability; wheelchair parking cone; certificate of noncompliance
from college student aid commission, 400.3(10)"a," 400.16(2)"d" and "e," 400.21(4), 400.35,
400.45(3), 400.53(3), 400.70, 411.6, 450.2(2), Filed ARC 8463A 11/18/98
Driver's licenses, 600.1, 600.2, 600.3(1), 600.4(4), 600.4(9), 600.12 to 600.14, 601.1(1), 601.2, 601.5,
ch 602 title, 602.1, 602.1(1), 602.1(2), 602.2, 602.3(1), 602.4, 602.11(2), 602.13(1)"d," 602.13(2),
602.18 to 602.21, 602.24(2)"b," 602.25(2)"e," 602.26(1)"b" and "c," 602.26(2), 602.26(3)"b,"
604.1(1), 604.1(2), 604.3(1), 604.7(2), 604.10(1), 604.12(2)"a," 604.31(2)"a," 604.40(2)"b,"
605.1 to 605.5, 605.5(1), 605.5(5)"b," 605.26(1), 605.26(2)"c," 615.1, 615.14(3), 615.18(2),
615.18(3), 615.19 to 615.21, 615.23, 615.24, 615.26 to 615.28, 615.31 to 615.34, 615.38(1)"a,"
615.38(5)"b"(4), 615.42, 615.45(1)"l," "m" and "n," 620.3(3)"d," 620.4(2)"c," 620.5(7), 620.6,
ch 625 title, 625.1, 625.2(1), 625.6(1), 625.6(2), 630.1(1), 641.3(1)"f," 641.3(2)"e," 641.3(3)"d" and "e,"
Filed ARC 8461A 11/18/98
Commercial air service airport infrastructure program, ch 716, Filed ARC 8462A 11/18/98
VETERINARY MEDICINE BOARD[811]
Release of information to the college student aid commission; state board examination; licensure fee;
issuance or renewal of a license to practice veterinary medicine--denial, 5.18, 6.1(1), 6.1(2), 6.2,
6.4, 6.5(1), 6.5(2), 6.6(1)"b," 6.8, 7.1, 7.1(1), 9.1(1), 9.1(2)"b," 9.2(4), 9.3, 10.1, 10.4(24), Filed ARC 8459A 11/18/98

ADMINISTRATIVE RULES REVIEW COMMITTEE MEMBERS

Regular statutory meetings are held the second Tuesday of each month at the seat of government as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.8. A special meeting may be called by the Chair at any place in the state and at any time.
EDITOR'S NOTE: Terms ending April 30, 1999.

Senator H. Kay Hedge, Chairperson
3208 335th Street
Fremont, Iowa 52561


Representative Christopher Rants, Vice-Chairperson
2740 South Glass
Sioux City, Iowa 51106


Senator Merlin E. Bartz
2081 410th Street
Grafton, Iowa 50440


Representative Danny Carroll
244 400th Avenue
Grinnell, Iowa 50112


Senator John P. Kibbie
4285 440th Avenue
Emmetsburg, Iowa 50536


Representative Minnette Doderer
2008 Dunlap Court
Iowa City, Iowa 52245


Senator William Palmer
4815 Callaway Court
Des Moines, Iowa 50317


Representative Janet Metcalf
12954 NW 29th Drive
Urbandale, Iowa 50323


Senator Sheldon Rittmer
3539 230th Street
DeWitt, Iowa 52742


Representative Keith Weigel
315 W. Main, P.O. Box 189
New Hampton, Iowa 50659


Joseph A. Royce
Legal Counsel
Capitol, Room 116A
Des Moines, Iowa 50319
Telephone (515)281-3084
Fax (515)281-5995


Jackie Van Ekeren Romp
Administrative Rules Coordinator
Governor's Ex Officio Representative
Capitol, Room 11
Des Moines, Iowa 50319
Telephone (515)281-6331
Fax (515)281-6611


PUBLIC HEARINGS

To All Agencies:
The Administrative Rules Review Committee voted to request that Agencies comply with Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b" by allowing the opportunity for oral presentation (hearing) to be held at least twenty days after publication of Notice in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin.

AGENCY


HEARING LOCATION


DATE AND TIME OF HEARING



DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]





Dental hygiene committee,
1.1
IAB 11/18/98 ARC 8474A


Conference Room--2nd Floor
Executive Hills West
1209 E. Court
Des Moines, Iowa


December 9, 1998
1 p.m.



Dental hygiene committee
within the board,
5.1, 5.2, 5.6
IAB 11/18/98 ARC 8477A


Conference Room--2nd Floor
Executive Hills West
1209 E. Court
Des Moines, Iowa


December 9, 1998
1 p.m.



Dental hygiene committee--petitions
for rule making,
7.1
IAB 11/18/98 ARC 8481A


Conference Room--2nd Floor
Executive Hills West
1209 E. Court
Des Moines, Iowa


December 9, 1998
1 p.m.



Definition--unauthorized practice of
dental hygiene,
10.4
IAB 11/18/98 ARC 8487A


Conference Room--2nd Floor
Executive Hills West
1209 E. Court
Des Moines, Iowa


December 9, 1998
1 p.m.



Application to practice dental hygiene,
11.5 to 11.8
IAB 11/18/98 ARC 8486A


Conference Room--2nd Floor
Executive Hills West
1209 E. Court
Des Moines, Iowa


December 9, 1998
1 p.m.



Examinations--dental hygiene
committee,
12.3, 12.4(2)
IAB 11/18/98 ARC 8485A


Conference Room--2nd Floor
Executive Hills West
1209 E. Court
Des Moines, Iowa


December 9, 1998
1 p.m.



Dental hygiene--faculty permits,
13.2
IAB 11/18/98 ARC 8484A


Conference Room--2nd Floor
Executive Hills West
1209 E. Court
Des Moines, Iowa


December 9, 1998
1 p.m.



Dental hygiene committee--
application review,
14.1(5), 14.5(4)
IAB 11/18/98 ARC 8483A


Conference Room--2nd Floor
Executive Hills West
1209 E. Court
Des Moines, Iowa


December 9, 1998
1 p.m.



Dental hygiene committee--license
application fees,
15.1, 15.2
IAB 11/18/98 ARC 8476A


Conference Room--2nd Floor
Executive Hills West
1209 E. Court
Des Moines, Iowa


December 9, 1998
1 p.m.



Fee increase--dental radiography,
22.9(2)
IAB 11/18/98 ARC 8475A


Conference Room--2nd Floor
Executive Hills West
1209 E. Court
Des Moines, Iowa


December 9, 1998
1 p.m.



Dental hygiene continuing education,
25.11
IAB 11/18/98 ARC 8482A


Conference Room--2nd Floor
Executive Hills West
1209 E. Court
Des Moines, Iowa


December 9, 1998
1 p.m.



DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
(Cont'd)





Dental hygiene ethics,
27.1
IAB 11/18/98 ARC 8478A


Conference Room--2nd Floor
Executive Hills West
1209 E. Court
Des Moines, Iowa


December 9, 1998
1 p.m.



Dental hygiene committee--
complaint and peer review,
31.1, 31.5
IAB 11/18/98 ARC 8480A


Conference Room--2nd Floor
Executive Hills West
1209 E. Court
Des Moines, Iowa


December 9, 1998
1 p.m.



Disciplinary hearings,
51.4, 51.7(3)
IAB 11/18/98 ARC 8479A


Conference Room--2nd Floor
Executive Hills West
1209 E. Court
Des Moines, Iowa


December 9, 1998
1 p.m.



ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]





Self-employment loan program--
definition of low income, 51.3
IAB 11/18/98 ARC 8453A


Main Conference Room
200 E. Grand Ave.
Des Moines, Iowa


December 9, 1998
2 p.m.



Entrepreneurial ventures and
assistance program, 60.4, 60.5
IAB 11/18/98 ARC 8454A


Main Conference Room
200 E. Grand Ave.
Des Moines, Iowa


December 9, 1998
1 p.m.



HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]





Limited benefit plan,
7.5(8), 40.23, 40.26, 41.24, 93.104,
93.105(2), 93.138, 93.140(2)
IAB 11/18/98 ARC 8464A


Conference Room--6th Floor
Iowa Bldg., Suite 600
411 Third St. S.E.
Cedar Rapids, Iowa


December 9, 1998
10 a.m.




Administrative Conference Room
417 E. Kanesville Blvd.
Council Bluffs, Iowa


December 9, 1998
9 a.m.




Conference Room 3--5th Floor
Bicentennial Bldg.
428 Western
Davenport, Iowa


December 10, 1998
10 a.m.




Conference Room 104
City View Plaza
1200 University
Des Moines, Iowa


December 9, 1998
1:30 p.m.




Liberty Room
Mohawk Square
22 N. Georgia Ave.
Mason City, Iowa


December 10, 1998
10 a.m.




Conference Room 3
120 E. Main
Ottumwa, Iowa


December 9, 1998
10 a.m.




Fifth Floor
520 Nebraska St.
Sioux City, Iowa


December 10, 1998
1 p.m.



HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
(Cont'd)


Conference Room 420
Pinecrest Office Bldg.
1407 Independence Ave.
Waterloo, Iowa


December 9, 1998
10 a.m.



FIP and FMAP and FMAP-related Medicaid programs,
41.27, 41.28(1), 46.21, 46.24(3),
75.57, 75.58(1), 93.132, 93.133
IAB 11/18/98 ARC 8465A


Conference Room--6th Floor
Iowa Bldg., Suite 600
411 Third St. S.E.
Cedar Rapids, Iowa


December 9, 1998
10 a.m.




Administrative Conference Room
417 E. Kanesville Blvd.
Council Bluffs, Iowa


December 9, 1998
9 a.m.




Conference Room 3--5th Floor
Bicentennial Bldg.
428 Western
Davenport, Iowa


December 10, 1998
10 a.m.




Conference Room 104
City View Plaza
1200 University
Des Moines, Iowa


December 9, 1998
1:30 p.m.




Liberty Room
Mohawk Square
22 N. Georgia Ave.
Mason City, Iowa


December 10, 1998
10 a.m.




Conference Room 3
120 E. Main
Ottumwa, Iowa


December 9, 1998
10 a.m.




Fifth Floor
520 Nebraska St.
Sioux City, Iowa


December 10, 1998
1 p.m.




Conference Room 420
Pinecrest Office Bldg.
1407 Independence Ave.
Waterloo, Iowa


December 9, 1998
10 a.m.



Healthy and well kids in Iowa
(HAWK-I) program,
76.1, 76.11(4), ch 86
IAB 11/4/98 ARC 8450A


Conference Room--6th Floor
Iowa Bldg., Suite 600
411 Third St. S.E.
Cedar Rapids, Iowa


November 30, 1998
10 a.m.




Administrative Conference Room
417 E. Kanesville Blvd.
Council Bluffs, Iowa


December 2, 1998
10 a.m.




Conference Room 3--3rd Floor
Bicentennial Bldg.
428 Western
Davenport, Iowa


December 1, 1998
10 a.m.




Conference Room 104
City View Plaza
1200 University
Des Moines, Iowa


December 2, 1998
10 a.m.



HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
(Cont'd)


Liberty Room
Mohawk Square
22 N. Georgia Ave.
Mason City, Iowa


November 30, 1998
10 a.m.




Conference Room 3
120 E. Main
Ottumwa, Iowa


December 2, 1998
10 a.m.




Fifth Floor
520 Nebraska St.
Sioux City, Iowa


November 30, 1998
1 p.m.




Conference Room 420
Pinecrest Office Bldg.
1407 Independence Ave.
Waterloo, Iowa


December 1, 1998
10 a.m.



HCBS physical disability waiver
services, 77.41, 78.46, 79.1(2),
79.14(1), 83.92 to 83.111
IAB 11/4/98 ARC 8427A


Conference Room--6th Floor
Iowa Bldg., Suite 600
411 Third St. S.E.
Cedar Rapids, Iowa


December 2, 1998
10 a.m.




Administrative Conference Room
417 E. Kanesville Blvd.
Council Bluffs, Iowa


December 2, 1998
9 a.m.




Conference Room 5--5th Floor
Bicentennial Bldg.
428 Western
Davenport, Iowa


December 2, 1998
10 a.m.




Conference Room 102
City View Plaza
1200 University
Des Moines, Iowa


December 1, 1998
10 a.m.




Liberty Room
Mohawk Square
22 N. Georgia Ave.
Mason City, Iowa


December 1, 1998
10 a.m.




Conference Room 3
120 E. Main
Ottumwa, Iowa


December 1, 1998
10 a.m.




Fifth Floor
520 Nebraska St.
Sioux City, Iowa


November 30, 1998
9 a.m.




Conference Room 220
Pinecrest Office Bldg.
1407 Independence Ave.
Waterloo, Iowa


November 30, 1998
10 a.m.



INSURANCE DIVISION[191]





Licensing of insurance producers;
continuing education for insurance
producers, chs 10, 11
IAB 11/4/98 ARC 8439A


Main Conference Room
330 Maple St.
Des Moines, Iowa


November 24, 1998
10 a.m.



LABOR SERVICES DIVISION[875]





General industry safety and health,
10.20
IAB 11/18/98 ARC 8498A


1000 E. Grand Ave.
Des Moines, Iowa


December 10, 1998
9 a.m.
(If requested)



LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL EXAMINING BOARD[193D]





Noncompliance--college student aid,
2.12, 4.13, 5.17
IAB 11/4/98 ARC 8424A


Conference Room--2nd Floor
Commerce Bldg.
1918 S.E. Hulsizer
Ankeny, Iowa


November 24, 1998
9 a.m.



NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]





Wildlife refuges,
52.1(1), 61.2 to 61.6, 61.22(20)
IAB 11/4/98 ARC 8442A


Conference Room--4th Floor East
Wallace State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa


November 25, 1998
9 a.m.



Endangered and threatened plant
and animal species, ch 77
IAB 11/4/98 ARC 8444A


Conference Room--4th Floor
Wallace State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa


November 24, 1998
10 a.m.



PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]





Job classification and pay,
1.1, 3.1(2), 3.4(6), 3.5, 3.6(3),
4.6(12), 8.3, 8.10(3), 8.11, 8.13
IAB 11/4/98 ARC 8438A


South Conference Room--1st Floor
Grimes State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa


November 24, 1998
9 a.m.



Deferred compensation,
15.6, 15.13
IAB 11/18/98 ARC 8472A


North Conference Room--1st Floor
Grimes State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa


December 10, 1998
1:30 p.m.



PETROLEUM UST FUND BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]





Remedial and insurance claims,
11.1(3)
IAB 11/18/98 ARC 8470A


Conference Room
Suite B
1000 Illinois St.
Des Moines, Iowa


December 8, 1998
10 a.m.



Remedial and insurance claims,
11.1(3)"r," 11.1(5)"f"
IAB 11/18/98 ARC 8471A


Conference Room
Suite B
1000 Illinois St.
Des Moines, Iowa


December 8, 1998
10 a.m.



PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]





Barber examiners,
20.12
IAB 11/18/98 ARC 8492A


Conference Room 1--4th Floor
Lucas State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa


December 8, 1998
2 to 3 p.m.



PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]





Federal standards--mammography,
41.1(1), 41.6(2)
IAB 11/4/98 ARC 8446A


Conference Room--3rd Floor
Side Two
Lucas State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa


November 24, 1998
9 a.m.



PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]
(Cont'd)





Death certification, autopsy and
disinterment, 101.4 to 101.6
IAB 11/18/98 ARC 8496A


Conference Room--4th Floor
Lucas State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa


December 8, 1998
3 p.m.



Iowa regionalized system of perinatal
health care, ch 150
IAB 11/18/98 ARC 8497A
(ICN Network)


ICN Classroom 1
Iowa School for the Deaf
1600 S. Hwy. 275
Council Bluffs, Iowa


December 9, 1998
10 a.m.




Central High School
1120 Main St.
Davenport, Iowa


December 9, 1998
10 a.m.




Room 153
Mason City High School
1700 4th St. S.E.
Mason City, Iowa


December 9, 1998
10 a.m.




Room 215
East High School
5011 Mayhew Ave.
Sioux City, Iowa


December 9, 1998
10 a.m.




East High School
214 High St.
Waterloo, Iowa


December 9, 1998
10 a.m.




ICN Room--3rd Floor
Lucas State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa


December 9, 1998
10 a.m.



RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]





Peace officer on riverboat,
25.14(2)
IAB 11/18/98 ARC 8456A


Suite B
717 E. Court
Des Moines, Iowa


December 8, 1998
9 a.m.



REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]





Condominiums--commercial or
residential real estate,
71.1
IAB 11/4/98 ARC 8435A
(See also ARC 8342A)


Conference Room--4th Floor
Hoover State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa


December 4, 1998
10 a.m.



TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]





EMS, Ex-POW, and U.S. armed
forces retired plates,
400.1, 401.10 to 401.12,
401.21, 401.25
IAB 11/4/98 ARC 8420A


Conference Room
Park Fair Mall
Lower Level
100 Euclid Ave.
Des Moines, Iowa


December 1, 1998
10 a.m.
(If requested)



CITATION of Administrative Rules

The Iowa Administrative Code shall be cited as (agency identification number) IAC
(chapter, rule, subrule, lettered paragraph, or numbered subparagraph).

441 IAC 79 (Chapter)

441 IAC 79.1(249A) (Rule)

441 IAC 79.1(1) (Subrule)

441 IAC 79.1(1)"a" (Paragraph)

441 IAC 79.1(1)"a"(1) (Subparagraph)

The Iowa Administrative Bulletin shall be cited as IAB (volume), (number), (publication
date), (page number), (ARC number).

IAB Vol. XII, No. 23 (5/16/90) p. 2050, ARC 872A

AGENCY IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS

Due to reorganization of state government by 1986 Iowa Acts, chapter 1245, it was necessary to revise the agency identification numbering system, i.e., the bracketed number following the agency name.
"Umbrella" agencies and elected officials are set out below at the left-hand margin in CAPITAL letters.
Divisions (boards, commissions, etc.) are indented and set out in lowercase type under their statutory "umbrellas."
Other autonomous agencies which were not included in the original reorganization legislation as "umbrella" agencies are included alphabetically in small capitals at the left-hand margin, e.g., BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101].
The following list will be updated as changes occur:
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP DEPARTMENT[21]
Agricultural Development Authority[25]
Soil Conservation Division[27]
ATTORNEY GENERAL[61]
AUDITOR OF STATE[81]
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101]
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
CITIZENS' AIDE[141]
CIVIL RIGHTS COMMISSION[161]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]
Alcoholic Beverages Division[185]
Banking Division[187]
Credit Union Division[189]
Insurance Division[191]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
Accountancy Examining Board[193A]
Architectural Examining Board[193B]
Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Board[193C]
Landscape Architectural Examining Board[193D]
Real Estate Commission[193E]
Real Estate Appraiser Examining Board[193F]
Savings and Loan Division[197]
Utilities Division[199]
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Parole Board[205]
CULTURAL AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[221]
Arts Division[222]
Historical Division[223]
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
City Development Board[263]
Iowa Finance Authority[265]
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
Educational Examiners Board[282]
College Student Aid Commission[283]
Higher Education Loan Authority[284]
Iowa Advance Funding Authority[285]
Libraries and Information Services Division[286]
Public Broadcasting Division[288]
School Budget Review Committee[289]
EGG COUNCIL[301]
ELDER AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[321]
EMPLOYMENT SERVICES DEPARTMENT[341]
Job Service Division[345]
Labor Services Division[347]
EMPOWERMENT BOARD, IOWA[349]
ETHICS AND CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE BOARD, IOWA[351]
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL[361]
FAIR BOARD[371]
GENERAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT[401]
HUMAN INVESTMENT COUNCIL[417]
HUMAN RIGHTS DEPARTMENT[421]
Community Action Agencies Division[427]
Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning Division[428]
Deaf Services Division[429]
Persons With Disabilities Division[431]
Latino Affairs Division[433]
Status of Blacks Division[434]
Status of Women Division[435]
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Employment Appeal Board[486]
Foster Care Review Board[489]
Racing and Gaming Commission[491]
State Public Defender[493]
LAW ENFORCEMENT ACADEMY[501]
LIVESTOCK HEALTH ADVISORY COUNCIL[521]
MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT[541]
Appeal Board, State[543]
City Finance Committee[545]
County Finance Committee[547]
NARCOTICS ENFORCEMENT ADVISORY COUNCIL[551]
NATIONAL AND COMMUNITY SERVICE, IOWA COMMISSION ON[555]
NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT[561]
Energy and Geological Resources Division[565]
Environmental Protection Commission[567]
Natural Resource Commission[571]
Preserves, State Advisory Board[575]
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK FUND
BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]
PREVENTION OF DISABILITIES POLICY COUNCIL[597]
PUBLIC DEFENSE DEPARTMENT[601]
Emergency Management Division[605]
Military Division[611]
PUBLIC EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS BOARD[621]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Substance Abuse Commission[643]
Professional Licensure Division[645]
Dental Examiners Board[650]
Medical Examiners Board[653]
Nursing Board[655]
Pharmacy Examiners Board[657]
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
RECORDS COMMISSION[671]
REGENTS BOARD[681]
Archaeologist[685]
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Lottery Division[705]
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
SEED CAPITAL CORPORATION, IOWA[727]
SHEEP AND WOOL PROMOTION BOARD, IOWA[741]
TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND TECHNOLOGY COMMISSION, IOWA[751]
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Railway Finance Authority[765]
TREASURER OF STATE[781]
UNIFORM STATE LAWS COMMISSION[791]
VETERANS AFFAIRS COMMISSION[801]
VETERINARY MEDICINE BOARD[811]
VOTER REGISTRATION COMMISSION[821]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]
Labor Services Division[875]
Workers' Compensation Division[876]
Workforce Development Board and
Workforce Development Center Administration Division[877]
NOTICES

ARC 8474A
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the Board of Dental Examiners gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 1, "Definitions," Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment adds the definition of "Dental hygiene committee." The Board was mandated by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1010, to set up a Dental Hygiene Committee within the Board of Dental Examiners.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendment on or before December 8, 1998. Such written comments should be directed to Constance L. Price, Executive Director, Board of Dental Examiners, Executive Hills West, 1209 East Court, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
There will be a public hearing on December 9, 1998, at1 p.m. in the Second Floor Conference Room, Executive Hills West, 1209 East Court, Des Moines, Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendment.
This amendment is intended to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1010.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend rule 650--1.1(153) by adopting the following new definition in alphabetical order:
"Dental hygiene committee," as defined in 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1010, means the dental hygiene committee of the board of dental examiners.
ARC 8477A
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the Board of Dental Examiners gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 5, "Organization," Iowa Administrative Code.
The Board was mandated by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1010, to set up a Dental Hygiene Committee within the Board of Dental Examiners.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendments on or before December 8, 1998. Such written comments should be directed to Constance L. Price, Executive Director, Board of Dental Examiners, Executive Hills West, 1209 East Court Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
There will be a public hearing on December 9, 1998, at 1 p.m. in the Second Floor Conference Room, Executive Hills West, 1209 East Court Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the rules.
These amendments are intended to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1010.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 650--5.1(153) as follows:
Amend the catchwords as follows:
650--5.1(153) Board and dental hygiene committee.
Adopt new subrules 5.1(3) and 5.1(4) as follows:
5.1(3) The dental hygiene committee of the board shall be composed of the two dental hygiene members of the board and one dentist member of the board. The dentist member will be elected annually to serve on the committee by a majority vote of the board. The dentist member of the committee must have supervised and worked in collaboration with a dental hygienist for a period of at least three years immediately preceding election to the committee. Beginning January 1, 2000, persons appointed to the board as dental hygienist members shall not be employed by or receive any form of remuneration from a dental or dental hygiene educational institution.
5.1(4) Two members of the dental hygiene committee shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of conducting business.
ITEM 2. Adopt new subrules 5.2(5) and 5.2(6) as follows:
5.2(5) The dental hygiene committee shall hold an annual meeting each year in Des Moines, Iowa, to elect officers and conduct such other business as may properly come before the committee. Officers of the committee shall consist of a chairperson, vice chairperson, and secretary. Officers shall assume their duties immediately following their election at the annual meeting.
5.2(6) The dental hygiene committee may hold additional meetings as the chairperson or vice chairperson or majority of the committee deems necessary.
ITEM 3. Adopt new rule 650--5.6(153) as follows:
650--5.6(153) Dental hygiene committee.
5.6(1) All matters regarding the practice, discipline, education, examination, and licensure of dental hygienists will be initially directed to the dental hygiene committee. The committee shall have the authority to adopt recommendations regarding the practice, discipline, education, examination, and licensure of dental hygienists and shall carry out duties as assigned by the board. Recommendations by the committee shall include a statement and documentation supporting its recommendation to the board. The board shall review all committee recommendations. The recommendations shall be ratified by the board unless the board makes a specific written finding that the recommendation exceeds the jurisdiction or expands the scope of the committee beyond the authority granted in subrule 5.6(2), creates an undue financial impact on the board, or is not supported by the record. The board may not amend a committee recommendation without the concurrence of the majority of the members of the dental hygiene committee.
5.6(2) This subrule shall not be construed as impacting or changing the scope of practice of the profession of dental hygiene or authorizing the independent practice of dental hygiene.
5.6(3) The committee shall not have regulatory or disciplinary authority with regard to dentists, dental assistants, dental lab technicians, or other auxiliary dental personnel.
ARC 8481A
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the Board of Dental Examiners gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 7, "Rules," Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment provides for the dental hygiene committee to review dental hygiene petitions for rule making. The Board was mandated by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1010, to set up a Dental Hygiene Committee within the Board of Dental Examiners.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendment on or before December 8, 1998. Such written comments should be directed to Constance L. Price, Executive Director, Board of Dental Examiners, Executive Hills West, 1209 East Court, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
There will be a public hearing on December 9, 1998, at1 p.m. in the Second Floor Conference Room, Executive Hills West, 1209 East Court, Des Moines, Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendment.
This amendment is intended to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1010.
The following amendment is proposed.
Renumber subrule 7.1(5) as 7.1(6) and adopt new subrule 7.1(5) as follows:
7.1(5) If the petition raises an issue regarding the practice of dental hygiene, the petition shall be referred to the dental hygiene committee for review. The dental hygiene committee shall review the petition and timely submit its recommendations to the board. The board's review of the dentalhygiene committee recommendation is subject to 650-- Chapter 5.
ARC 8487A
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the Board of Dental Examiners gives Notice of Intended Action
to amend Chapter 10, "General," Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment adds a definition of unauthorized practice of dental hygiene. The Board was mandated by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1010, to set up a Dental Hygiene Committee within the Board of Dental Examiners.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendment on or before December 8, 1998. Such written comments should be directed to Constance L. Price, Executive Director, Board of Dental Examiners, Executive Hills West, 1209 East Court, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
There will be a public hearing on December 9, 1998, at1 p.m. in the Second Floor Conference Room, Executive Hills West, 1209 East Court, Des Moines, Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendment.
This amendment is intended to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1010.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend rule 650--10.4(153) as follows:
650--10.4(153) Unauthorized practice. A dental hygienist who assists a dentist in practicing dentistry in any capacity other than as an employee or independent contractor supervised by a licensed dentist or who directly or indirectly procures a licensed dentist to act as nominal owner, proprietor, director, or supervisor of a practice as a guise or subterfuge to enable such dental hygienist to engage in the practice of dentistry or dental hygiene, or who renders dental service(s) directly or indirectly on or for members of the public other than as an employee or independent contractor supervised by a licensed dentist shall be deemed to be practicing illegally. The unauthorized practice of dental hygiene means allowing a person not licensed in dentistry or dental hygiene to perform dental hygiene services authorized in Iowa Code section 153.15 and rule 650--1.1(153). The unauthorized practice of dental hygiene also means the performance of services by a dental hygienist which exceeds the scope of practice granted in Iowa Code section 153.15.
ARC 8486A
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the Board of Dental Examiners gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 11, "Applications," Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment replaces the word "board" with the term "dental hygiene committee" regarding the application to practice dental hygiene. The Board was mandated by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1010, to set up a Dental Hygiene Committee within the Board of Dental Examiners.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on these proposed amendments on or before December 8, 1998. Such written comments should be directed to Constance L. Price, Executive Director, Board of Dental Examiners, Executive Hills West, 1209 East Court, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
There will be a public hearing on December 9, 1998, at1 p.m. in the Second Floor Conference Room, Executive Hills West, 1209 East Court, Des Moines, Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
These amendments are intended to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1010.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrules 11.5(1) to 11.5(3) and adopt new subrule 11.5(5) as follows:
11.5(1) Applications for licensure to practice dental hygiene in this state shall be made to the board dental hygiene committee on the form provided by the board dental hygiene committee and must be completely answered.
11.5(2) Applications must be filed with the board dental hygiene committee along with:
a. Satisfactory evidence of graduation from an accredited school of dental hygiene approved by the board dental hygiene committee.
b. to d. No change.
e. The fee as specified in 650--Chapter 15 is nonrefundable to applicants whose applications are considered by the board dental hygiene committee. A statement of reasons for rejection shall be sent to the applicant.
f. Successful completion of the jurisprudence examination administered by the board of dental examiners dental hygiene committee.
g. No change.
11.5(3) The board dental hygiene committee may require additional information be provided by the applicant relating to character, education and experience as may be necessary to pass upon the applicant's qualifications.
11.5(5) Following review by the dental hygiene committee, the committee shall make recommendation to the board regarding the issuance or denial of any license to practice dental hygiene. The board's review of the dental hygiene committee recommendation is subject to 650--Chapter 5.
ITEM 2. Amend subrules 11.6(1) to 11.6(4) and adopt new subrule 11.6(6) as follows:
11.6(1) Applications of licensure by credentials to practice dental hygiene in this state shall be made to the board dental hygiene committee on the form provided by the board dental hygiene committee and must be completely filled out.
11.6(2) Applications must be filed with the board dental hygiene committee along with:
a. Satisfactory evidence of graduation from an accredited school of dental hygiene approved by the board dental hygiene committee.
b. to d. No change.
e. Certification by the state board of dentistry, or equivalent authority, from a state in which applicant has been licensed for at least three years immediately preceding the date of application and evidence of having engaged in the practice of dental hygiene in that state for three years immediately preceding the date of application or evidence of practice satisfactory to the board dental hygiene committee.
f. to i. No change.
j. The fee for licensure by credentials as specified in 650--Chapter 15 of these rules shall be made payable to the Iowa State Board of Dental Examiners. Applications considered by the board dental hygiene committee are nonrefundable.
k. No change.
11.6(3) Applicant shall appear for a personal interview conducted by the dental hygiene committee or the board by request only.
11.6(4) The board dental hygiene committee may also require such examinations as necessary to evaluate the applicant for licensure by credentials, including jurisprudence examination.
11.6(6) Following review by the dental hygiene committee, the committee shall make a recommendation to the board regarding issuance or denial of a dental hygiene license. The board's review of the dental hygiene committee recommendation is subject to 650--Chapter 5.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 650--11.7(153) as follows:
650--11.7(153) Character references. The board or the dental hygiene committee may require any applicant to submit two character references from persons who are not licensed members of the profession.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 147.3.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 650--11.8(153) as follows:
650--11.8(153) Felonies. The board or the dental hygiene committee may consider the past felony record of any applicant if the felony conviction relates to the practice of dentistry or dental hygiene.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 147.3 and 147.10.
ARC 8485A
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the Board of Dental Examiners gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 12, "Examinations," Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments delete unnecessary text and substitute "dental hygiene committee" for the "board". The Board was mandated by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1010, to set up a Dental Hygiene Committee within the Board of Dental Examiners.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on these proposed amendments on or before December 8, 1998. Such written comments should be directed to Constance L. Price, Executive Director, Board of Dental Examiners, Executive Hills West, 1209 East Court, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
There will be a public hearing on December 9, 1998, at 1 p.m. in the Second Floor Conference Room, Executive Hills West, 1209 East Court, Des Moines, Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
These amendments are intended to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1010.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Rescind subrules 12.3(1) to 12.3(5) and renumber 12.3(6) to 12.3(8) as 12.3(1) to 12.3(3).
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 12.4(2) as follows:
12.4(2) Third examination. Prior to the third examination attempt, a dental hygiene examinee must submit proof of additional formal education or clinical experience approved in advance by the board dental hygiene committee.
ARC 8484A
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the Board of Dental Examiners gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 13, "Special Licenses," Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment provides that application for issuance of a dental hygiene faculty permit be made to the dental hygiene committee. The Board was mandated by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1010, to set up a Dental Hygiene Committee within the Board of Dental Examiners.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendment on or before December 8, 1998. Such written comments should be directed to Constance L. Price, Executive Director, Board of Dental Examiners, Executive Hills West, 1209 East Court, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
There will be a public hearing on December 9, 1998, at1 p.m. in the Second Floor Conference Room, Executive Hills West, 1209 East Court, Des Moines, Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendment.
This amendment is intended to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1010.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend subrule 13.2(2) and adopt new subrule 13.2(7) as follows:
13.2(2) The dean of the college of dentistry or chairperson of a dental hygiene program shall certify to the board or the dental hygiene committee those bona fide members of the college's or a dental hygiene program's faculty who are not licensed and registered to practice dentistry or dental hygiene in Iowa. Any faculty member so certified shall, prior to commencing duties in the college of dentistry or a dental hygiene program, make written application to the board or the dental hygiene committee for such permit.
13.2(7) Application for issuance of a dental hygiene program faculty permit shall be made to the dental hygiene committee for consideration and recommendation to the board pursuant to 650--Chapter 5.
ARC 8483A
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the Board of Dental Examiners gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 14, "Renewal," Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments provide for the dental hygiene committee to review applications for renewal of a dental hygiene license and applications for reinstatement of a lapsed dental hygiene license. The Board was mandated by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1010, to set up a Dental Hygiene Committee within the Board of Dental Examiners.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on these proposed amendments on or before December 8, 1998. Such written comments should be directed to Constance L. Price, Executive Director, Board of Dental Examiners, Executive Hills West, 1209 East Court, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
There will be a public hearing on December 9, 1998, at1 p.m. in the Second Floor Conference Room, Executive Hills West, 1209 East Court, Des Moines, Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
These amendments are intended to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1010.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Adopt new subrule 14.1(5) as follows:
14.1(5) The dental hygiene committee may, in its discretion, review any applications for renewal of a dental hygiene license and make recommendations to the board. The board's review is subject to 650--Chapter 5.
ITEM 2. Adopt new subrule 14.5(4) as follows:
14.5(4) The dental hygiene committee may, in its discretion, review any applications for reinstatement of a lapsed dental hygiene license and make recommendations to the board. The board's review of the dental hygiene committee recommendation is subject to 650--Chapter 5.
ARC 8476A
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the Board of Dental Examiners gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 15, "Fees," Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments add the Dental Hygiene Committee to rule 15.1(153) regarding license application fees. The Board was mandated by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1010, to set up a Dental Hygiene Committee within the Board of Dental Examiners. These amendments also increase the fees for renewal of dentist and dental hygienist licenses.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendments on or before December 8, 1998. Such written comments should be directed to Constance L. Price, Executive Director, Board of Dental Examiners, Executive Hills West, 1209 East Court, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
There will be a public hearing on December 9, 1998, at1 p.m. in the Second Floor Conference Room, Executive Hills West, 1209 East Court, Des Moines, Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
These amendments are intended to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1010.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 650--15.1(153) as follows:
650--15.1(153) License application fees. Applications considered by the board or dental hygiene committee are nonrefundable.
ITEM 2. Amend subrules 15.2(1) and 15.2(2) as follows:
15.2(1) The fee for renewal of a license to practice dentistry for a biennial period shall be $160 $240 for an active practitioner and $160 $240 for an inactive practitioner.
15.2(2) The fee for renewal of a license to practice dental hygiene for a biennial period shall be $80 $120 for an active practitioner and $80 $120 for an inactive practitioner.
ARC 8475A
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the Board of Dental Examiners gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 22, "Minimum Training Standards for Dental Assistants Engaging in Dental Radiography," Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment increases the fee for renewal of a certificate of qualification in dental radiography.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendment on or before December 8, 1998. Such written comments should be directed to Constance L. Price, Executive Director, Board of Dental Examiners, Executive Hills West, 1209 East Court, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
There will be a public hearing on December 9, 1998, at1 p.m. in the Second Floor Conference Room, Executive Hills West, 1209 East Court, Des Moines, Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendment.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section 136C.3 and chapter 153.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend subrule 22.9(2) as follows:
22.9(2) The fee for renewal of a certificate shall be $30 $60.
ARC 8482A
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the Board of Dental Examiners gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 25, "Continuing Education," Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment provides for the Dental Hygiene Committee to review dental hygiene continuing education. The Board was mandated by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1010, to set up a Dental Hygiene Committee within the Board of Dental Examiners.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendment on or before December 8, 1998. Such written comments should be directed to Constance L. Price, Executive Director, Board of Dental Examiners, Executive Hills West, 1209 East Court, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
There will be a public hearing on December 9, 1998, at1 p.m. in the Second Floor Conference Room, Executive Hills West, 1209 East Court, Des Moines, Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendment.
This amendment is intended to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1010.
The following amendment is proposed.
Adopt new rule 650--25.11(153) as follows:
650--25.11(153) Dental hygiene continuing education. The dental hygiene committee, in its discretion, shall make recommendations to the board for approval or denial ofrequests pertaining to dental hygiene education. The dental hygiene committee may utilize the continuing education advisory committee as needed. The board's review of the dental hygiene committee recommendation is subject to 650-- Chapter 5. The following items pertaining to dental hygiene shall be forwarded to the dental hygiene committee for review.
1. Dental hygiene continuing education requirements and requests for approval of programs, activities and sponsors.
2. Requests by dental hygienists for waivers, extensions and exemptions of the continuing education requirements.
3. Requests for exemptions from inactive dental hygiene practitioners.
4. Requests for reinstatement from inactive dental hygiene practitioners.
5. Appeals of denial of dental hygiene continuing education and conduct hearings as necessary.
ARC 8478A
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the Board of Dental Examiners gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 27, "Principles of Professional Ethics," Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment adds principles relating to specific dental hygiene ethics to rule 650--27.1(153). The Board was mandated by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1010, to set up a Dental Hygiene Committee within the Board of Dental Examiners.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on this proposed amendment on or before December 8, 1998. Such written comments should be directed to Constance L. Price, Executive Director, Board of Dental Examiners, Executive Hills West, 1209 East Court, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
There will be a public hearing on December 9, 1998, at1 p.m. in the Second Floor Conference Room, Executive Hills West, 1209 East Court, Des Moines, Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendment.
The amendment is intended to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1010.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend rule 650--27.1(153) as follows:
650--27.1(153) General.
27.1(1) Dental ethics. The following principles relating to dental ethics are compatible with the Code of Professional Ethics and advisory opinions published in June 1987 August 1998 by the American Dental Association. These principles are not intended to provide a limitation on the ability of the board to address problems in the area of ethics but rather to provide a basis for board review of questions concerning professional ethics. The dentist's primary professional obligation shall be service to the public with the most important aspect of that obligation being the competent delivery of appropriate care within the bounds of the clinical circumstances presented by the patient, with due consideration being given to the needs and desires of the patient. Unprofessional conduct includes, but is not limited to, any violation of these rules.
27.1(2) Dental hygiene ethics. The following principles relating to dental hygiene ethics are compatible with the Code of Ethics of the American Dental Hygienists' Association published in 1995. Standards of practice for dental hygienists are compatible with the Iowa Dental Hygienists' Association Dental Hygiene Standards of Practice adopted in May 1993. These principles and standards are not intended to provide a limitation on the ability of the dental hygiene committee to address problems in the area of ethics and professional standards for dental hygienists but rather to provide a basis for committee review of questions regarding the same. The dental hygienist's primary responsibility is to provide quality care and service to the public according to the clinical circumstances presented by the patient, with due consideration of responsibilities to the patient and the supervising dentist according to the laws and rules governing the practice of dental hygiene.
ARC 8480A
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the Board of Dental Examiners gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 31, "Complaints," Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments provide for the Dental Hygiene Committee to review and investigate complaints regarding the practice of dental hygiene. The Board was mandated by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1010, to set up a Dental Hygiene Committee within the Board of Dental Examiners.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on these proposed amendments on or beforeDecember 8, 1998. Such written comments should be directed to Constance L. Price, Executive Director, Board of Dental Examiners, Executive Hills West, 1209 East Court, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
There will be a public hearing on December 9, 1998, at1 p.m. in the Second Floor Conference Room, Executive Hills West, 1209 East Court, Des Moines, Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
These amendments are intended to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1010.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 650--31.1(272C) as follows:
650--31.1(272C) Complaint review. The board shall, upon receipt of a complaint, or may upon its own motion, pursuant to other evidence received by the board, review and investigate alleged acts or omissions which the board reasonably believes constitute cause under applicable law or administrative rule for licensee discipline. All complaints regarding the practice of dental hygiene will be initially directed to the dental hygiene committee. The committee shall review the complaint and make a recommendation to the board.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 650--31.5(153) as follows:
650--31.5(153) Peer review. A complaint made to the board may be assigned to a peer review committee for review, investigation, and report to the board. The board shall determine which peer review committee will review a case and what complaints or other matters shall be referred to a peer review committee for investigation, review, and report to the board.
31.5(1) The board may use the peer review committee system organized under the dental care programs council of the Iowa dental association or a specifically constituted peer review committee designated by the board for matters involving dentists; the ethics committee of the Iowa dental hygienists association or a specifically constituted peer review committee designated by the board may serve as peer review committees for matters involving dental hygienists. The Iowa dental association and the Iowa dental hygienists association shall register yearly and keep current its peer review system with the board. Board appointed peer review committee members shall be registered with the board when appointed. The board shall determine which peer review committee will review a case involving a dentist and what complaints or other matters shall be referred to a peer review committee for investigation, review, and report to the board. The board may use the peer review committee system organized under the dental care programs council of the Iowa Dental Association or a specifically constituted peer review committee designated by the board for matters involving dentists.
31.5(2) The dental hygiene committee shall determine which peer review committee will review a case involving a dental hygienist and what complaints or other matters shall be referred to a peer review committee for investigation, review, and report to the dental hygiene committee. The dental hygiene committee may use the peer review system organized under the ethics committee of the Iowa Dental Hygienists' Association or a specifically constituted peer review committee designated by the dental hygiene committee for matters involving dental hygienists.
31.5(3) The Iowa Dental Association and the Iowa Dental Hygienists' Association shall register yearly and keep current their peer review systems with the board. Board- or dental hygiene committee-appointed peer review committee members shall be registered with the board when appointed.
31.5(2) 31.5(4) Members of the peer review committees shall not be liable for acts, omissions or decisions made in connection with service on the peer review committee. However, immunity from civil liability shall not apply if the act is done with malice.
ARC 8479A
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the Board of Dental Examiners gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 51, "Procedural Rules," Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments provide for the Dental Hygiene Committee to conduct a disciplinary hearing. The Board was mandated by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1010, to set up a Dental Hygiene Committee within the Board of Dental Examiners.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on these proposed amendments on or before December 8, 1998. Such written comments should be directed to Constance L. Price, Executive Director, Board of Dental Examiners, Executive Hills West, 1209 East Court, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
There will be a public hearing on December 9, 1998, at 1 p.m. in the Second Floor Conference Room, Executive Hills West, 1209 East Court, Des Moines, Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
These amendments are intended to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1010.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Adopt the following new subrule 51.4(2) and renumber the existing 51.4(2) to 51.4(6) as 51.4(3) to 51.4(7), respectively.
51.4(2) Hearing by the dental hygiene committee. In the event the licensee who is the subject of the contested case is a dental hygienist, the hearing shall be held before the dental hygiene committee, which shall constitute a panel of the board. The dental hygiene committee may in its discretion recommend to the board that the hearing be held instead before a panel of the board or the full board.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 51.7(3), introductory paragraph, as follows:
51.7(3) When a panel of three board members or the dental hygiene committee presides over the hearing, the panel's decision is a proposed decision. A proposed decision becomes a final decision without further proceedings unless appealed in accordance with the following procedures:
ARC 8453A
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and 15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 51, "Self-Employment Loan Program," Iowa Administrative Code.
The first proposed amendment updates subrule 51.3(3), so it is consistent with the program's definition of "low income." The last time the SELP rules were amended, the definition of "low income" was revised to increase the percentage from 70 percent to 125 percent. A corresponding amendment should have been made to subrule 51.3(3). This amendment, which corrects the percentage, provides that an applicant must have annualized household family income that is equal to or less than 125 percent of the most current poverty guidelines as published on an annual basis by the Department of Health and Human Services.
The second amendment removes a restriction on use of loan funds. Paragraph 51.3(8)"b" requires that the first $5,000 can be used for purchase of land, buildings, machinery, equipment, furniture, fixtures, inventory, tools of the trade, vehicles used in the business and initial operating capital. Any loan amount over $5,000 can only be used for the purchase of fixed assets or to leverage other project funds on a one-to-one basis. The Department is proposing to rescind these limitations because they prevent some desirable proj-ects from being funded. By rescinding paragraph 51.3(8)"b," the full amount of needed funding for these proj-ects (up to $10,000) can be approved.
Public comments concerning the proposed amendments will be accepted until 4:30 p.m. on December 9, 1998. Interested persons may submit written or oral comments by contacting Georgia Soliday, Business Finance, Department of Economic Development, 200 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50309; telephone (515)242-4793.
A public hearing to receive comments about the proposed amendments will be held on December 9, 1998, at 2 p.m. at the above address in the IDED Main Conference Room. Individuals interested in providing comments at the hearing should contact Georgia Soliday by 4 p.m. on December 8, 1998, to be placed on the hearing agenda.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 15.241.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 51.3(3), introductory paragraph, as follows:
51.3(3) Income. To qualify for a loan an applicant must have annualized household family income that is no more than 70 equal to or less than 125 percent of the lower living standard income most current poverty guidelines as published on an annual basis by the Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS). For purposes of calculating family income, exclusions are:
ITEM 2. Rescind and reserve paragraph 51.3(8)"b."
ARC 8454A
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and 15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 60, "Entrepreneurial Ventures Assistance Program," Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments increase the award level for financial assistance from $20,000 to $50,000 and for technical assistance from $5,000 to $10,000. These increases are proposed to respond to the businesses' need for a larger initial investment and additional technical assistance to help bridge the gap between the different levels of financing.
Public comments concerning the proposed amendments will be accepted until 4:30 p.m. on December 9, 1998. Interested persons may submit written or oral comments by contacting Georgia Soliday, Business Finance, Department of Economic Development, 200 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50309; telephone (515)242-4793.
A public hearing to receive comments about the proposed amendments will be held on December 9, 1998, at 1 p.m. at the above address in the IDED Main Conference Room. Individuals interested in providing comments at the hearing should contact Georgia Soliday by 4 p.m. on December 8, 1998, to be placed on the hearing agenda.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 15.338 and 15.339.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 261--60.4(15) as follows:
261--60.4(15) Financial assistance. Applicants may apply to IDED for financial assistance to assist with their business start-up or early-stage growth. The applicant may request up to $20,000 $50,000 to be used for business expenses and to leverage conventional financing from commercial lenders or private investors. The assistance under this program is limited to 50 percent or less of the total original capitalization, if a new business, or total project costs, if an existing business. Funds may be used to purchase machinery, equipment, software, or for working capital needs, or other business expenses deemed reasonable and appropriate by IDED.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 261--60.5(15) as follows:
261--60.5(15) Technical assistance. Applicants may also apply for assistance in paying for consulting, or technical assistance, either in conjunction with the request for financial assistance, or after a period of time that the business has been in operation. Assistance of this nature is limited to no more than $5,000 $10,000 per applicant.
ARC 8464A
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code Supplement section 239B.4, the Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 7, "Appeals and Hearings," Chapter 40, "Application for Aid," Chapter 41, "Granting Assistance," and Chapter 93, "PROMISE JOBS Program," appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
Family Investment Program (FIP) participants who are not exempt from PROMISE JOBS participation must sign a family investment agreement to continue to receive FIP assistance. The family investment agreement outlines the steps the family will take to become self-sufficient and the services that PROMISE JOBS will provide. Participants who do not sign a family investment agreement or who do not carry out the responsibilities of the agreement choose a limited benefit plan.
The proposed amendments implement the following changes to the limited benefit plan:
1. Currently, a first limited benefit plan is a nine-month period that reduces FIP benefits to the family for the first three months and cancels FIP for the entire family for the remaining six months.
Persons who choose a first limited benefit plan by not signing a family investment agreement may reconsider during the first three months of the plan. The limited benefit plan ends when the family investment agreement is signed and FIP benefits are issued retroactively as early as the date the person indicated willingness to reconsider.
Persons who choose a first limited benefit plan by not carrying out the responsibilities of the family investment agreement cannot reconsider their choice. Before such a limited benefit plan is initiated, PROMISE JOBS makes every effort to resolve the participation issue, to clear any misunderstanding of expectations, and to identify any barriers to participation that the participant might be experiencing. When these efforts do not bring the person back into the family investment agreement process, the Division of Economic Assistance reviews the case and either concurs that the person chose a limited benefit plan or gives PROMISE JOBS guidance for further resolution of the issue.
For participants who choose a limited benefit plan before signing a family investment agreement, a qualified social services professional visits the family in the second and fourth months of the limited benefit plan. A qualified social services professional visits the family in the fourth month of a limited benefit plan which the family chose by abandoning the family investment agreement responsibilities.
Under the proposed revisions, a first limited benefit plan results in immediate ineligibility for the entire family. Ineligibility continues until the person who chose the limited benefit plan reconsiders by completing significant contact or action with PROMISE JOBS. Persons who choose a first limited benefit plan may reconsider at any time from the date the notice of decision is issued establishing the limited benefit plan.
The necessary "significant contact or action withPROMISE JOBS" depends on the reason the person chose the limited benefit plan. Participants who choose a limited benefit plan before signing a family investment agreement must communicate to the Department or to PROMISE JOBS the desire to engage in PROMISE JOBS activities and sign a family investment agreement. Participants who choose a limited benefit plan by abandoning the family investment agreement responsibilities must complete the previously mentioned actions and must also satisfactorily complete20 hours of employment or other activity to reconsider. PROMISE JOBS allowances, such as child care and transportation, will be available for the 20 hours of activity to the same extent that allowances are available to other participants. The 20 hours of employment or other activity must be completed within 30 days of the date that the family investment agreement is signed.
The limited benefit plan ends when the person completes significant contact or action as previously described. FIP benefits are issued retroactively to the date that the family investment agreement is signed, or to the date the family is otherwise eligible, whichever date is later.
For participants who do not carry out the responsibilities of the family investment agreement, PROMISE JOBS continues to make every effort to resolve the participation issue, to clear any misunderstanding of expectations, and to identify any barriers to participation that the participant might be experiencing. These efforts occur before the case is referred for review as described below.
When a participant chooses a first limited benefit plan, the case must be reviewed in a procedure approved by the Division of Workforce Development Administration in the Workforce Development Department. The limited benefit plan is not initiated until a review of the case results in concurrence that the participant has chosen a limited benefit plan.
Since all participants choosing a first limited benefit plan may reconsider, the Department will no longer ask a qualified social services professional to visit the family.
2. Currently, a subsequent limited benefit plan is an immediate six-month period of ineligibility for the entire family. Participants who choose a subsequent limited benefit plan cannot reconsider the choice. When the family reapplies for assistance after the six-month ineligibility period, eligibility is established in the same manner as for any other new applicant.
For persons who choose a subsequent limited benefit plan by not carrying out the responsibilities of the family investment agreement, PROMISE JOBS makes every effort to resolve the participation issue, to clear any misunderstanding of expectations, and to identify any barriers to participation that the participant might be experiencing before the limited benefit plan is initiated. When these efforts do not bring the person back into the family investment agreement process, the Division of Economic Assistance reviews the case and either concurs that the person chose a limited benefit plan or gives PROMISE JOBS guidance for further resolution of the issue. Current rules do not require any review of cases facing a subsequent limited benefit plan for failure to sign a family investment agreement.
A qualified social services professional visits the family in the second month of the limited benefit plan.
Under the proposed revisions, a subsequent limited benefit plan is an immediate six-month period of ineligibility for the entire family and ineligibility continues after the six-month period is over until the person who chose the limited benefit plan completes significant contact or action with PROMISE JOBS.
There is no option to reconsider a subsequent limited benefit plan during the six-month period of ineligibility. Once the six-month ineligibility period ends, the person who chose the limited benefit plan may reconsider by communicating the desire to engage in PROMISE JOBS activities, signing a family investment agreement, and satisfactorily completing 20 hours of employment or other activity. PROMISE JOBS expense allowances, such as child care and transportation, will be available for the 20 hours of activity. The 20 hours of employment or other activity must be completed within 30 days of the date that the family investment agreement is signed.
The limited benefit plan ends when the family investment agreement is signed and the previously mentioned significant action is complete. Retroactive FIP benefits shall be issued to the date that the family investment agreement is signed, or the date that the family is otherwise eligible, whichever date is later, but in no case will the FIP effective date be within the six-month period of ineligibility.
For persons who choose a subsequent limited benefit plan by abandoning the family investment agreement, PROMISE JOBS will continue to make every effort to resolve the participation issue, to clear any misunderstanding of expectations, and to identify any barriers to participation that the participant might be experiencing. These efforts occur before the case is referred for review as described below.
State-level Workforce Development Department staff will review the case circumstances of each participant who chooses a second limited benefit plan. The limited benefit plan will not be initiated until a review of the case results in concurrence that the participant has chosen a subsequent limited benefit plan. No review will be required for a third or subsequent limited benefit plan.
A qualified professional visits the family during or within
four weeks of the second month of the start of the subsequent limited benefit plan.
The changes just described relate to limited benefit plans for families. However, the proposed amendments also make similar revisions in limited benefit plans for individuals.
The table below summarizes the changes by comparing current limited benefit plan provisions with the proposed amendments.

Comparison of Current and Revised Limited Benefit Plan (LBP) Provisions





LBP Before 4/1/99


LBP As of 4/1/99


Length of LBP:




First LBP


9-month period:
3 mos. reduced benefits
6 mos. ineligibility


Indefinite period of ineligibility until significant contact or action occurs


Second and Subsequent LBP


6-month period of ineligibility


6-month period of ineligibility. Ineligibility continues thereafter until significant contact or action occurs.


Reconsideration:




First LBP





* If no Family Investment Agreement


Entire 3-month reduced benefit period. Not allowed in 6-month ineligibility period


At any time following issuance of Notice of Decision



* If fail to meet Family Investment Agreement terms


Not allowed


At any time following issuance of Notice of Decision


Second and Subsequent LBP


Not allowed


At any time following 6-month ineligibility period


Well-Being Visits:




First LBP





* If can reconsider


Months 2 and 4


None



* If cannot reconsider


Month 4 only


None


Second and Subsequent LBP


Month 2 only


Month 2 or within 4 weeks of month 2


Review Process:




First LBP





* If no FIA

* If fail to meet FIA terms


No review
DHS - Division of Economic Assistance staff review


In both instances, 100% review at state or local level with procedure approved by Workforce Development Department


Second LBP





* If no FIA

* If fail to meet FIA terms


No review
DHS - Division of Economic Assistance staff review


In both instances, 100% review by state-level staff at Workforce Development Department


Third or Subsequent LBP


Same as Second LBP


No review


The effective date of the proposed amendments will be March 31, 1999. The rule changes apply to limited benefit plans imposed effective on or after April 1, 1999. Limited benefit plans imposed in March 1999 or earlier are subject to the previous rules.
For a person who is in a limited benefit plan in March 1999, the terms of the person's existing limited benefit plan shall continue until that limited benefit plan either ends or is lifted in accordance with the previous rules. A participant who chose a limited benefit plan under the previous policy and who then chooses a limited benefit plan that becomes effective on or after April 1, 1999, shall be subject to a subsequent limited benefit plan under the provisions of the revised rules.
These amendments to change the limited benefit plan incorporate 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1218, sections 55 through 61, as passed by the Seventy-seventh General Assembly.
The limited benefit plan continues not to impact eligibility for the Medicaid or Food Stamp programs.
A study of participants in a first limited benefit plan revealed that most participants state that they do not understand the program rules of the limited benefit plan. The expansion of reconsideration options for first limited benefit plans protects those participants who do not understand and who do not want a limited benefit plan as they can regain FIP eligibility when they demonstrate significant contact with or action with PROMISE JOBS.
The elimination of the reduced benefit period for a first limited benefit plan simplifies the limited benefit plan for participants, as well as PROMISE JOBS and Department staff. To encourage participation, the consequences of a first limited benefit plan are more immediate to the participant's behavior resulting in the need to impose a limited benefit plan. The increase of reconsideration opportunities and the elimination of the set six-month period of ineligibility offset the effect of the more immediate consequences.
The revisions increase the participant action needed to regain FIP eligibility after a participant chooses a first limited benefit plan by not carrying out the steps of the family investment agreement or chooses a subsequent limited benefit plan. In addition to signing a family investment agreement, the participant must also complete 20 hours of activity. This additional "significant action" will discourage repeated instances of choosing subsequent and multiple limited benefit plans. The revisions allow flexibility for participants who experience changes in circumstances that cause problems or barriers to participation.
Currently, Department's Division of Economic Assistance staff review each case facing a limited benefit plan for abandonment of the family investment agreement. Theprocess was put in place to protect participants facing a limited benefit plan without reconsideration options. No Department review currently occurs for cases facing a first limited benefit plan for not signing a family investment agreement since these clients have reconsideration options. Under the revised rules, the Department believes expansion of reconsideration options eliminates the need for a Department review before implementation of any limited benefit plan.
Instead, with these changes, a review of all first limited benefit plans will be done according to procedure approved by the Division of Workforce Development Administration in the Workforce Development Department. With the revised rules, state-level Iowa Workforce Development staff will review the case circumstances of each participant who chooses a second limited benefit plan. A review of all these cases ensures that PROMISE JOBS has made every effort to provide support and to encourage participation in the family investment agreement process before imposing a second limited benefit plan. No review will be required for a third or subsequent limited benefit plan.
The limited benefit plan rule changes are required by state legislation and also result from consideration of recommendations from income maintenance and PROMISE JOBS field staff, a limited benefit plan work group, and the Welfare Reform Advisory Group.
State legislation says "significant contact or action in regard to the JOBS program" means the individual participant communicates to the JOBS program worker the desire to engage in JOBS program activities, signs a new or updated family investment agreement, and takes any other action required by the Department in accordance with rules adopted for this purpose. The Department has defined "other action" as 20 hours of participation in certain activities for those who have abandoned family investment agreements. The Department chose the proposed definition of "other action" with the belief that once a participant has chosen a limited benefit plan, the participant must demonstrate a willingness to participate through action rather than a mere statement. The option to define "other action" as resolution of the original issue that caused the imposition of the limited benefit plan was rejected due to the variance of specific participation issues. Such a definition would require a specific definition for each participation issue, which would be too complicated for participants and staff. The Department is precluding activity in unpaid work experience or volunteer work to ensure there is no conflict with provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act. The Department welcomes comments on the proposed definition of "other action."
The Department considered alternatives to the type and level of review that should occur before a limited benefit plan is initiated. The Department believes there is no longer a need for a state-level review by the Department of any limited benefit plan because all participants in first limited benefit plans will have the right to reconsider their limited benefit plan at any time, and participants going into a second or subsequent limited benefit plan should be aware of the consequences of their actions. The Department is requiring some level of review of first and second limited benefit plans by the Workforce Development Department at the state or local level to provide some measure of protection. There are no changes in appeal rights. Clients still have the right to a hearing before an administrative law judge in the Department of Inspections and Appeals. The Department believes the revised review procedures best serve the interest of FIP participants, PROMISE JOBS, and the Department.
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and arguments thereto received by the Bureau of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319-0114, on or before December 9, 1998.
Oral presentations may be made by persons appearing at the following meetings. Written comments will also be accepted at these times.
Cedar Rapids - December 9, 1998 10 a.m.
Cedar Rapids Regional Office
Iowa Building - Suite 600
Sixth Floor Conference Room
411 Third St. S.E.
Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401
Council Bluffs - December 9, 1998 9 a.m.
Administrative Conference Room
Council Bluffs Regional Office
417 E. Kanesville Boulevard
Council Bluffs, Iowa 51501
Davenport - December 10, 1998 10 a.m.
Davenport Area Office
Bicentennial Building - Fifth Floor
Conference Room 3
428 Western
Davenport, Iowa 52801
Des Moines - December 9, 1998 1:30 p.m.
Des Moines Regional Office
City View Plaza
Conference Room 104
1200 University
Des Moines, Iowa 50314
Mason City - December 10, 1998 10 a.m.
Mason City Area Office
Mohawk Square, Liberty Room
22 North Georgia Avenue
Mason City, Iowa 50401
Ottumwa - December 9, 1998 10 a.m.
Ottumwa Area Office
Conference Room 3
120 East Main
Ottumwa, Iowa 52501
Sioux City - December 10, 1998 1 p.m.
Sioux City Regional Office
Fifth Floor
520 Nebraska St.
Sioux City, Iowa 51101
Waterloo - December 9, 1998 10 a.m.
Waterloo Regional Office
Pinecrest Office Building
Conference Room 420
1407 Independence Avenue
Waterloo, Iowa 50703
Any persons who intend to attend a public hearing and have special requirements such as hearing or vision impairments should contact the Bureau of Policy Analysis at (515)281-8440 and advise of special needs.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement section 239B.9, and 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1218, sections 55 to 61.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 7.5(8) as follows:
7.5(8) Appeal rights under the family investment program limited benefit plan. A participant only has the right to appeal the establishment of the limited benefit plan once, but, for a first limited benefit plan there shall be two opportunities to do so. A participant in a first limited benefit plan has the right to appeal the limited benefit plan at the time the department issues timely and adequate notice establishing the limited benefit plan or at the time the department issues the subsequent notice that establishes the six-month period of ineligibility. A participant who has chosen a second or subsequent limited benefit plan has the right to appeal only at the time the department issues the timely and adequate notice that establishes the six-month period of ineligibility limited benefit plan. However, when the reason for the appeal is based on an incorrect grant computation, an error in determining the eligible group, or another worker error, a hearing shall be granted when the appeal otherwise meets the criteria for hearing.
ITEM 2. Amend 441--Chapter 40 by changing the parenthetical implementation statutes "239" and "77GA, SF516" to "239B" wherever they appear.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 441--40.23(239B) as follows:
441--40.23(239B) Date of application. The date of application is the date an identifiable Public Assistance Application, Form PA-2207-0 470-0462 or Form PA-2230-0 470-0466 (Spanish), Form 470-3112, Application for Assistance, Part 1, or Form 470-3122 (Spanish), is received in any local or area office or by an income maintenance worker in any satellite office or by a designated worker who is in any disproportionate share hospital, federally qualified health center or other facility in which outstationing activities are provided. The disproportionate share hospital, federally qualified health center or other facility will forward the application to the department office which is responsible for the completion of the eligibility determination. An identifiable application is an application containing a legible name and address that has been signed.
A new application is not required when adding a person to an existing eligible group. This person is considered to be included in the application that established the existing eligible group. However, in these instances, the date of application to add a person is the date the change is reported. When it is reported that a person is anticipated to enter the home, the date of application to add the person shall be the date of the report.
In those instances where a person previously excluded from the eligible group as described at 441--subrule 41.27(11) is to be added to the eligible group, the date of application to add the person is the date the person indicated willingness to cooperate.
EXCEPTIONS: When adding a person who was previously excluded from the eligible group for failing to comply with 441--subrule 41.22(13), the date of application to add the person is the date the social security number or proof of application for a social security number is provided.
When adding a person who was previously excluded from the eligible group as described at 441--subrules 41.24(8), 41.25(5), and 46.28(2), and rule 441--46.29(77GA,SF516 239B), the date of application to add the person is the day after the period of ineligibility has ended.
When adding a person who was previously excluded from the eligible group as described at 441--subrule 41.24(8), the date of application to add the person is the date the person signs a family investment agreement.
This rule is intended to implement 1997 Iowa Acts, Senate File 516, section 3 Iowa Code Supplement section 239B.2.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 441--40.26(239B) as follows:
441--40.26(239B) Effective date of grant. New approvals shall be effective as of the date the applicant becomes eligible for assistance, but in no case shall the effective date be earlier than seven days following the date of application. When an individual is added to an existing eligible group, the individual shall be added effective as of the date the individual becomes eligible for assistance, but in no case shall the effective date be earlier than seven days following the date the change is reported. When it is reported that a person is anticipated to enter the home, the effective date of assistance shall be no earlier than the date of entry or seven days following the date of report, whichever is later.
When the change is timely reported as described at subrule 40.27(4), a payment adjustment shall be made when indicated. When the individual's presence is not timely reported as described at subrule 40.27(4), excess assistance issued is subject to recovery.
In those instances where a person previously excluded from the eligible group as described at 441--subrule 41.27(11) is to be added to the eligible group, the effective date of eligibility shall be seven days following the date the person indicated willingness to cooperate. However, in no instance shall the person be added until cooperation has actually occurred.
EXCEPTIONS: When adding a person who was previously excluded from the eligible group for failing to comply with 441--subrule 41.22(13), the effective date of eligibility shall be seven days following the date that the social security number or proof of application for a social security number is provided.
When adding a person who was previously excluded from the eligible group as described at 441--subrules 41.24(8), 41.25(5), and 46.28(2), and rule 441--46.29(77GA,SF516 239B), the effective date of eligibility shall be seven days following the date that the period of ineligibility ended.
When adding a person who was previously excluded from the eligible group as described at 441--subrule 41.24(8), the effective date of eligibility shall be seven days following the date the person signs a family investment agreement. In no case shall the effective date be within the six-month ineligibility period of a subsequent limited benefit plan as described at 441--paragraph 41.24(8)"a."
This rule is intended to implement 1997 Iowa Acts, Senate File 516, section 4 Iowa Code Supplement section 239B.3.
ITEM 5. Amend 441--Chapter 41 by changing the parenthetical implementation statutes "239" and "77GA, SF516" to "239B" wherever they appear.
ITEM 6. Amend rule 441--41.24(239B) as follows:
Rescind subrule 41.24(1), paragraph "d," and adopt the following new paragraph "d" in lieu thereof:
d. Applicants who have chosen and are in a limited benefit plan that began on or after April 1, 1999, shallcomplete significant contact with or action in regard toPROMISE JOBS as described at paragraphs 41.24(8)"a" and "d" for FIP eligibility to be considered. For two-parent households, both parents must participate as previously stated except when one parent meets an exemption criteria described at subrule 41.24(2).
Amend subrule 41.24(4) as follows:
41.24(4) Method of referral.
a. While the eligibility decision is pending, applicants in a limited benefit plan that began on or after April 1, 1999, shall receive a letter which contains information about the need to complete significant contact with or action in regard to the PROMISE JOBS program to be eligible for FIP assistance and the procedure for being referred to the PROMISE JOBS program.
b. When the FIP application is approved or when exempt status is lost, volunteers and persons who are not exempt from referral to PROMISE JOBS shall receive a letter which contains information about participant responsibility under PROMISE JOBS and the FIA and reminds instructs the FIP participant to contact PROMISE JOBS within ten calendar days to schedule the PROMISE JOBS orientation. A referral file of volunteers and persons who are not exempt from referral shall be provided to the appropriate PROMISE JOBS provider agencies.
Amend subrule 41.24(8) as follows:
41.24(8) The limited benefit plan (LBP). When a participant responsible for signing and meeting the terms of afamily investment agreement as described at rule 441-- 93.109(249C 239B) chooses not to sign or fulfill the terms of the agreement, the FIP eligible group or the individual participant shall enter into a limited benefit plan. The first month of the limited benefit plan is the first month after the month in which timely and adequate notice is given to the participant as defined at 441--subrule 7.7(1). A participant who is exempt from PROMISE JOBS is not subject to the limited benefit plan.
a. A limited benefit plan shall either be a first limited benefit plan or a subsequent limited benefit plan. From the effective date of the limited benefit plan, for a first limited benefit plan, the FIP household shall not be eligible for up to three months of benefits based on the needs of the children only. until the participant who chose the limited benefit plan completes significant contact with or action in regard to the PROMISE JOBS program as defined in paragraph "d." At the end of the three-month period of reduced benefits, the FIP eligible group becomes ineligible for FIP benefits for a six-month period. If a second or subsequent limited benefit plan is chosen by the same participant, a subsequent six-month period of ineligibility applies. and ineligibility continues after the six-month period is over until the participant who chose the LBP completes significant contact with or action in regard to the PROMISE JOBS program as defined in paragraph "d." A limited benefit plan imposed in error shall not be considered a first limited benefit plan. A limited benefit plan is considered imposed when timely and adequate notice is issued establishing the limited benefit plan.
b. The limited benefit plan shall be applied to participants responsible for the family investment agreement and other members of the participant's family as follows:
(1) When the participant responsible for the family investment agreement is a parent or needy caretaker relative, for a first limited benefit plan, the FIP eligible group is eligible for up to three months of benefits based on the needs of the children only the limited benefit plan shall apply to the entire FIP eligible group as defined at subrule 41.28(1). At the end of the three-month period of reduced benefits, the FIP eligible group becomes ineligible for FIP benefits for a six-month period. For a second or subsequent limited benefit plan chosen by the same participant, a subsequent six-month period of ineligibility applies. If the eligible group reapplies for assistance after the six-month period of ineligibility, eligibility shall be established in the same manner as for any other new applicant.
(2) When the participant choosing a limited benefit plan is a needy relative who acts as payee when the parent is in the home but is unable to act as payee, or is a dependent child's stepparent who is in the FIP eligible group because of incapacity or caregiving, the limited benefit plan shall apply only to the individual participant choosing the plan. For a first limited benefit plan, the individual participant choosing the limited benefit plan is ineligible for nine months from the effective date of the limited benefit plan. For a second or subsequent limited benefit plan chosen by the same individual participant, a subsequent six-month period of ineligibility applies.
(3) No change.
(4) When the FIP eligible group includes children who are mandatory PROMISE JOBS participants, the children shall not have a separate family investment agreement but shall be asked to sign the eligible group's family investment agreement and to carry out the responsibilities of that family investment agreement. A limited benefit plan shall be applied as follows:
1. When the parent or needy caretaker relative responsible for a family investment agreement meets those responsibilities but a child who is a mandatory PROMISE JOBS participant chooses an individual limited benefit plan, the FIP eligible group is eligible for reduced benefits during the child's limited benefit plan shall apply only to the individual child choosing the plan. However, the child is ineligible for nine months for a first limited benefit plan, and for six months for a second or subsequent limited benefit plan.
2. No change.
(5) No change.
(6) When the FIP eligible group includes two parents both parents of a FIP child are in the home, a limited benefit plan shall be applied as follows:
1. When only one parent of a child in the eligible group is responsible for a family investment agreement and that parent chooses the limited benefit plan, the limited benefit plan applies to the entire family and cannot be ended by the voluntary participation in a family investment agreement by the exempt parent. However, for a first limited benefit plan, the exempt parent may continue to be included in the eligible group FIP grant during the three-month reduced benefit period by volunteering to participate in the PROMISE JOBS FIP-unemployed parent work program. If a second or subsequent limited benefit plan is chosen by either parent, the FIP eligible group becomes ineligible for a six-month period beginning with the effective date of the limited benefit plan.
2. When both parents of a child in the eligible group are responsible for a family investment agreement, both are expected to sign the agreement. If either parent chooses the limited benefit plan, the limited benefit plan cannot be ended by the participation of the other parent in a family investment agreement. However, for a first limited benefit plan, the other parent may continue to be included in the eligible group's FIP grant during the three-month reduced benefit period by participating in the PROMISE JOBS FIP-unemployed parent work program. If a second or subsequent limited benefit plan is chosen by either parent, the FIP eligible group becomes ineligible for a six-month period beginning with the effective date of the limited benefit plan.
3. When the parents from a two-parent eligible group family in a limited benefit plan separate, the limited benefit plan shall follow only the parent who chose the limited benefit plan and any children in the home of that parent.
4. A subsequent limited benefit plan applies when either parent in a two-parent family previously chose a limited benefit plan.
c. A participant shall be considered to have chosen a limited benefit plan under any of the following circumstances:
(1) A participant who does not establish an orientation appointment with the PROMISE JOBS program as described at 441--subrule 93.105(2) or who fails to keep or reschedule an orientation appointment shall receive a one reminder letter which informs the participant that those who do not attend orientation have elected to choose the limited benefit plan. A participant who chooses not to respond to the reminder letter does not establish an orientation appointment within ten calendar days from the mailing date of the reminder letter or who fails to keep or reschedule an orientation appointment shall receive notice establishing the limited benefit plan, the beginning date of the period of reduced benefits, for a first limited benefit plan, and the beginning and ending dates of the six-month period of ineligibility. Timely and adequate notice provisions as in 441--subrule 7.7(1) apply.
(2) No change.
(3) A participant who signs a family investment agreement but does not carry out the family investment agreement responsibilities shall be deemed to have chosen a limited benefit plan as described in subparagraph (1). This includes a participant who fails to respond to the PROMISE JOBS worker's request to renegotiate the family investment agreement when the participant has not attained self-sufficiency by the date established in the family investment agreement. A limited benefit plan shall be imposed regardless of whether the request to renegotiate is made before or after expiration of the family investment agreement.
d. A participant who chooses a limited benefit plan may reconsider that choice as follows:
(1) A participant who chooses a first limited benefit plan rather than sign a family investment agreement shall have through the entire three-month period of reduced benefits following the effective date of the limited benefit plan to reconsider and begin development of may reconsider at any time from the date timely and adequate notice is issued establishing the limited benefit plan. To reconsider, the participant must communicate the desire to engage in PROMISE JOBS activities to the department or appropriate PROMISE JOBS office and develop and sign the family investment agreement. The participant may contact the department or the appropriate PROMISE JOBS program office anytime from the date timely and adequate notice is issued establishing the limited benefit plan through the first three months of the limited benefit plan to begin the reconsideration process. Although FIP benefits shall not begin until the participant signs a family investment agreement during the PROMISE JOBS program orientation and assessment process, retroactive benefits shall be issued as described in rule 441-- 40.26(239). A limited benefit plan imposed in error shall not be considered a first limited benefit plan. A limited benefit plan is considered imposed when timely and adequate notice is issued establishing the limited benefit plan. FIP benefits shall be effective the date the family investment agreement is signed, or as described in rule 441--40.26(239B) for effective date of grant, whichever date is later. FIP benefits may be reinstated in accordance with subrule 40.22(5) when the family investment agreement is signed before the limited benefit plan goes into effect.
(2) A participant who signs a family investment agreement but does not and chooses a first limited benefit plan rather than carry out the family investment agreement responsibilities shall be deemed to have chosen a limited benefit plan and shall not be allowed to reconsider that choice may reconsider at any time from the date timely and adequate notice is issued establishing the limited benefit plan. To reconsider, the participant must communicate the desire to engage in PROMISE JOBS activities to the department or appropriate PROMISE JOBS office, sign or re-sign a new or updated family investment agreement, and satisfactorily complete 20 hours of employment or the equivalent in an activity other than work experience or unpaid community service, unless problems or barriers as described at rules 441-- 93.133(239B) and 93.134(239B) apply. The 20 hours of employment or other activity must be completed within 30 days of the date that the family investment agreement is signed unless problems or barriers as described at rules 441-- 93.133(239B) and 93.134(239B) apply. FIP benefits shall not begin until the person who chose the limited benefit plan completes the previously defined significant actions. FIP benefits shall be effective the date the family investment agreement is signed, or as described in rule 441-- 40.26(239B) for effective date of grant, whichever date is later. FIP benefits may be reinstated in accordance with 441-- subrule 40.22(5) when the significant actions have occurred before the limited benefit plan goes in effect. This includes a participant who fails to respond to the PROMISE JOBS worker's request to renegotiate the family invest-ment agreement when the participant has not attained self-sufficiency by the date established in the family investment agreement. A limited benefit plan shall be imposed regardless of whether the request to renegotiate is made prior to or after expiration of the family investment agreement.
(3) A participant who chooses a second or subsequent limited benefit plan shall not be allowed to may reconsider that choice at any time following the required six-month period of ineligibility. To reconsider, the participant must contact the department or the appropriate PROMISE JOBS office to communicate the desire to engage in PROMISE JOBS activities, sign a new or updated family investment agreement, and satisfactorily complete 20 hours of employment or the equivalent in an activity other than work experience or unpaid community service, unless problems or barriers as described at rules 441--93.133(239B) and 93.134(239B) apply. The 20 hours of employment or other activity must be completed within 30 days of the date that the family investment agreement is signed, unless problems or barriers as described at rules 441--93.133(239B) and 93.134(239B) apply. FIP benefits shall not begin until the person who chose the limited benefit plan completes the previously defined significant actions. FIP benefits shall be effective the date the family investment agreement is signed, or as described in rule 441--40.26(239B) for effective date of grant, whichever date is later, but in no case shall the effective date be within the six-month period of ineligibility.
(4) For a two-parent family when both parents are responsible for a family investment agreement as described at subrule 41.24(1), a first or subsequent limited benefit plan continues until both parents have completed significant contact or action with the PROMISE JOBS program as described in subparagraphs (1), (2) and (3) above.
(5) Persons reconsidering their limited benefit plans are not entitled to priority program services as long as other participants are waiting for services.
e. When a participant has chosen a subsequent limited benefit plan, a qualified social services professional shall attempt to visit with the participant to inquire into the family's family with a focus upon the children's well-being. The visit shall be performed during or within four weeks of the second month of the start of the subsequent limited benefit plan. The visit shall serve as an extension of the family investment program and the family investment agreement philosophy of supporting families as they move toward self-sufficiency. The department may contract for those services the visit. The visit shall be made in accordance with the following:
(1) For a participant in a first limited benefit plan who has the reconsideration option, a qualified social services professional, as defined at 441--subrule 185.10(1), shall inquire into the well-being of the family during month two of the reduced benefit period. If the participant who is responsible for a family investment agreement indicates a desire to develop a family investment agreement, the qualified social services professional shall assist the participant in establishing an appointment with the appropriate PROMISE JOBS program office.
(2) For a participant in a first limited benefit plan who does not enter into the family investment agreement process during the three-month reconsideration period, a qualified social services professional shall make another inquiry as to the well-being of the family during month four of the limited benefit plan.
(3) A participant who signs the family investment agreement but does not carry out family investment agreement responsibilities and, consequently, has chosen a first limited benefit shall not be allowed to reconsider that choice. However, a social services professional shall inquire as to the well-being of the family during month four of the limited benefit plan.
(4) A participant who has chosen a second or subsequent limited benefit plan shall not be allowed to reconsider that choice. However, a qualified social services professional shall inquire into the well-being of the family during month two of the limited benefit plan.
Amend subrule 41.24(9), catchwords, as follows:
41.24(9) Nonparticipation by volunteers volunteer participants.
Adopt the following new subrule 41.24(11):
41.24(11) Implementation. A limited benefit plan imposed effective on or after April 1, 1999, shall be imposed according to the revised rules becoming effective on that date. A limited benefit plan imposed effective on or before March 1, 1999, shall be imposed subject to the previous rules for the limited benefit plan. For a person who is in a limited benefit plan on March 1, 1999, the terms of the person's existing limited benefit plan shall continue until that limited benefit plan either ends or is lifted in accordance with previous limited benefit plan rules. A participant who chose a limited benefit plan under the previous policy and who then chooses a limited benefit plan that becomes effective on or after April 1, 1999, shall be subject to a subsequent limited benefit plan under the provisions of the revised rules.
ITEM 7. Amend rule 441--93.104(239B) as follows:
Rescind subrule 93.104(3) and adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
93.104(3) Applicants in a limited benefit plan who must complete significant contact with or action in regard to PROMISE JOBS for FIP eligibility to be considered, as described at 441--paragraphs 41.24(8)"a" and "d," are eligible for expense allowances for the 20 hours of activity. However, PROMISE JOBS services and allowances are only available when it appears the applicant will otherwise be eligible for FIP.
Amend subrule 93.104(4) as follows:
93.104(4) Volunteers and persons FIP participants who are responsible for the FIA shall contact the appropriate PROMISE JOBS office to schedule an appointment for PROMISE JOBS orientation within ten calendar days of notice that the FIP application is approved or that exempt status is lost and FIA responsibility has begun.
ITEM 8. Amend subrule 93.105(2) as follows:
93.105(2) Call-up Service upon referral. FIP applicants and participants who are referred to PROMISE JOBS after January 1, 1994, shall initiate call-up service for PROMISE JOBS orientation by contacting the appropriate PROMISE JOBS office within ten calendar days of the mailing date of the notice of FIP approval or within ten calendar days of notice that exempt status has been lost and FIA responsibility has begun, as required under 441--subrule 41.24(5).
PROMISE JOBS provider agencies shall schedule FIA orientation appointments at the earliest available times for FIP participants who contact the appropriate PROMISE JOBS office within the ten days except when the department exercises administrative authority to require prioritization of orientation services to ensure that specific groups receive services in order to achieve self-sufficiency in the shortest possible time, to meet federal minimum participation rate requirements and other TANF requirements.
Applicants who have chosen and are in a limited benefit plan are referred to PROMISE JOBS and must initiateservice by contacting the department or the appropriate PROMISE JOBS office as described at 441--subrule 41.24(1). The applicants who communicate the desire to engage in PROMISE JOBS activities shall be scheduled to begin or resume the family investment agreement process.
a. to f. Rescinded IAB 12/3/97, effective 2/1/98.
The department reserves the authority to prioritize orientation and other services to FIP applicants and participants in whatever order best fits the needs of participants and the PROMISE JOBS program.
Participants Applicants and participants who are participating in the food stamp employment and training (FSET) program at the time of call-up referral shall be allowed to use the FSET component in which they are currently enrolled as the first step in the FIA. This does not apply to persons who drop out of the FSET component.
ITEM 9. Amend rule 441--93.138(239B) as follows:
Rescind subrules 93.138(2) and 93.138(3) and adopt the following new subrules in lieu thereof:
93.138(2) Resolution process for FIP participants who choose a first limited benefit plan. Before a notice of decision establishing a first limited benefit plan is issued, the case shall be reviewed in a procedure approved by the division of workforce development administration in the workforce development department. The procedure may include review by state-level division of workforce development administration staff or by a regional PROMISE JOBS manager, a PROMISE JOBS supervisor, an income maintenance supervisor, a person designated to coordinate services for FIP participants in the area, or a combination of any of the above. Approval of any review procedure at less than the state level for participants choosing a limited benefit plan by not carrying out the FIA responsibilities shall occur only after the service delivery region demonstrates satisfactory performance of the resolution process.
The notice of decision establishing a first limited benefit plan shall inform the FIP participant that the participant may reconsider at any time from the date timely and adequate notice is issued establishing the limited benefit plan. The notice of decision shall inform the participant that the participant shall contact the department or appropriate PROMISE JOBS office to reconsider the limited benefit plan.
a. For participants who choose a first limited benefit plan rather than sign a family investment agreement, the notice of decision shall inform the participant of the action needed to reconsider the limited benefit plan as described at 441--subparagraph 41.24(8)"d"(1).
(1) When the participant contacts either the income maintenance worker or the PROMISE JOBS office, the participant shall be scheduled to begin or resume development of the FIA as described elsewhere in these rules.
(2) When the FIA is signed, the PROMISE JOBS worker shall notify the department and the limited benefit plan shall be terminated. FIP benefits shall be effective as described at 441--subparagraph 41.24(8)"d"(1).
b. For participants who choose a first limited benefit plan by not carrying out the FIA responsibilities, thePROMISE JOBS worker shall make every effort to negotiate for a solution, clearing misunderstanding of expectations or identifying barriers to participation which should be addressed in the FIA. The PROMISE JOBS supervisor shall be involved to provide further advocacy, counseling, or negotiation support, such as when a participant fails to respond to the PROMISE JOBS worker's request to renegotiate the FIA when the participant has not attained self-sufficiency by the date established in the FIA. An LBP shall be imposed regardless of whether the request to renegotiate is made prior to or after expiration of the FIA.
(1) Local PROMISE JOBS management shall have the option to involve an impartial third party to assist in a resolution process. Arrangements shall be indicated in the local services plan of the local service delivery region.
(2) If the above resolution actions do not lead to fulfillment of the FIA, the case shall be referred for review as previously stated in this rule.
(3) If the above steps do not lead to fulfillment of the FIA, the FIP participant is considered to have chosen the limited benefit plan and the notice of decision shall be initiated. The notice of decision shall inform the participant of the action needed to reconsider the limited benefit plan as described at 441--subparagraph 41.24(8)"d"(2).
(4) When the participant contacts either the income maintenance worker or the PROMISE JOBS office, the participant shall be scheduled to sign a new or updated FIA and to begin the significant action as described at 441--subparagraph 41.24(8)"d"(2).
(5) When the FIA is signed and the participant has satisfactorily completed significant action, the PROMISE JOBS worker shall notify the department and the limited benefit plan shall be terminated. FIP benefits shall be effective as described at 441--subparagraph 41.24(8)"d"(2).
c. Appeal rights under the limited benefit plan are described at rule 441--93.140(239B), and judicial review upon petition of the participant is always available.
93.138(3) Resolution process for FIP participants who choose a subsequent limited benefit plan. The notice of decision establishing a subsequent limited benefit plan shall inform the FIP participant that the participant may reconsider at any time following the six-month ineligibility period. To reconsider, the participant must complete significant contact with or action in regard to the PROMISE JOBS program as described at 441--subparagraph 41.24(8)"d"(3). When the six-month ineligibility period ends, and the participantcontacts either the income maintenance worker or thePROMISE JOBS office, the participant shall be scheduled to sign a new or updated FIA and to begin significant action as described at 441--subparagraph 41.24(8)"d"(3). When the FIA is signed and the participant has satisfactorily completed the significant action, the PROMISE JOBS worker shall notify the department and the limited benefit plan shall be terminated. FIP benefits shall be effective as described at 441--subparagraph 41.24(8)"d"(3).
a. For participants who choose a subsequent limited benefit plan as described at 441--subparagraph 41.24(8)"c"(1), the PROMISE JOBS supervisor shall send the participant one letter to explain the consequences of a subsequent limited benefit plan and to offer the participant an additional ten calendar days to schedule an orientation appointment before a notice of decision establishing the subsequent limited benefit plan is issued.
b. For participants who choose a subsequent limited benefit plan by not carrying out the FIA responsibilities, the PROMISE JOBS worker shall make every effort to negotiate for a solution, clearing misunderstanding of expectations or identifying barriers to participation which should be addressed in the FIA, such as when a participant fails to respond to the PROMISE JOBS worker's request to renegotiate the FIA when the participant has not attained self-sufficiency by the date established in the FIA. An LBP shall be imposed regardless of whether the request to renegotiate is made prior to or after expiration of the FIA.
(1) The PROMISE JOBS supervisor shall be involved to provide further advocacy, counseling, or negotiation support. The resolution actions of the supervisor shall be documented in the participant case file.
(2) Local PROMISE JOBS management shall have the option to involve an impartial third party to assist in a resolution process. Arrangements shall be indicated in the local services plan of the local service delivery region.
c. Before a notice of decision to establish a second limited benefit plan is issued, the case shall be referred to the division of workforce development administration for a review by state-level workforce development department staff.
d. If the above steps do not lead to fulfillment of the FIA, the FIP participant is considered to have chosen a subsequent limited benefit plan and the notice of decision establishing the limited benefit plan shall be initiated. The notice of decision shall inform the participant of the action needed toreconsider the limited benefit plan as described at 441--subparagraph 41.24(8)"d"(3).
e. Appeal rights under the limited benefit plan are described at rule 441--93.140(239B), and judicial review upon petition of the participant is always available.
f. A qualified professional shall attempt to visit with the participant family with a focus upon the children's well-being as described at subrule 93.138(4).
Amend subrule 93.138(4), introductory paragraphs and paragraph "a," as follows:
93.138(4) Check on the well-being of the family children in subsequent LBP households. For FIP households who have chosen the a subsequent LBP, the department shall provide for a qualified social services professionals to provide home visits to make inquiry into the professional shall attempt to visit with the participant family with a focus upon the children's well-being of the family in circumstances as described at 441--subrule 41.24(8)"e"(1) to (4). A qualified social services professional is a person meeting the qualifications for education and experience set forth at 441--subrule 185.10(1) for the type of service provided. The visit shall be performed during or within four weeks of the second month of the start of the subsequent benefit plan. The department may contract out for these services.
All visits to the FIP household shall be made in the spirit of supporting families who have chosen the LBP. The instructions for the visits shall be written to make it clear that these visits are an extension of the FIP and FIA philosophy of supporting families as they move toward self-sufficiency. If at any of the visits, initial or follow-up, the family denies entry to the qualified social services professional, this fact shall be reported to the department and no further action shall be taken.
a. For participants who choose a first limited benefit plan before signing the FIA, the qualified social services professional shall visit the family during month two of the limited benefit plan. The qualified social services professional shall visit the family in a spirit of supporting the family to move toward self-sufficiency, which could mean engagement into the FIA process, or exploring with the family their alternative plan, identifying areas where the qualified social services professional can help.
The qualified social services professional's home visit shall include, but is not limited to, discussing reasons for not participating in the FIA; offering to problem solve with perceived problems of the FIA participation; being a liaison with PROMISE JOBS and IM; recommending to IM when conditions seem to warrant exemption; assessing family ability to assess their situation and plan for the well-being of the family; discussing specific future plans, for example, child care, to ensure that the family has realistic plans; using the minimum sufficient level of care concept as the standard for evaluating the family plan for the future; planning appropriate follow-up visits or referrals for services if the minimum sufficient level of care standard is not met.
When the participant who is responsible for a family investment agreement indicates a desire to develop a family investment agreement, the qualified social services professional shall assist the participant in establishing an appointment with the appropriate PROMISE JOBS office.
Further amend subrule 93.138(4) by rescinding and reserving paragraph "b."
ITEM 10. Amend subrule 93.140(2) as follows:
93.140(2) Appeal rights under the limited benefit plan. A participant only has the right to appeal the establishment of the limited benefit plan once but for a first limited benefit plan there shall be two opportunities to do so. A participant in a first limited benefit plan has the right to appeal the limited benefit plan at the time the department issues timely and adequate notice establishing the limited benefit plan, or at the time the department issues the subsequent notice that establishes the six-month period of ineligibility. A participant who has chosen a second or subsequent limited benefit plan has the right to appeal only at the time the department issues the timely and adequate notice that establishes the six-month period of ineligibility the limited benefit plan.
However, when the reason for the appeal is based on incorrect grant computation, an error in determining the eligible group, or another worker error, a hearing shall be granted when the appeal otherwise meets the criteria for hearing.
ARC 8465A

HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code Supplement section 239B.4 and Iowa Code section 249A.4, the Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 41, "Granting Assistance," Chapter 46, "Overpayment Recovery," Chapter 75, "Conditions of Eligibility," and Chapter 93, "PROMISE JOBS Program," appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments implement the following changes to the Family Investment Program (FIP) and to the Family Medical Assistance Program (FMAP) and FMAP-related Medicaid programs:
1. Changes are made in the application of the earned income sanction for terminating, reducing, or refusing employment and the exemption of terminated income beginning with the benefit month of April 1999. Under the new rules, persons who terminate, reduce, or refuse employment without good cause will be allowed the 20 percent earned income deduction, and a deduction for child or adult care expenses, despite the person's employment issue. Also, the terminated income of these persons who are under retrospective budgeting is exempt for FIP, FMAP, and FMAP-related Medicaid programs beginning with the calendar month that the income is absent, providing the person is otherwise eligible for the exemption.
Currently, the terminated income of persons who terminate, reduce, or refuse employment without good cause is used retrospectively for FIP, FMAP, and FMAP-related Medicaid programs. These persons also receive an "earned income sanction," i.e., they are not allowed the 20 percent earned income deduction, or any child or adult care expense deductions, from countable earned income. In addition,FIP participants who are required to participate with thePROMISE JOBS program and who sign a Family Investment Agreement are considered to have chosen a limited benefit plan when the participant terminates, reduces, or refuses employment without good cause.
The Department believes the limited benefit plan is sufficient consequence for the action and there is no need to impose additional consequences.
Except for persons who are exempt from participating with PROMISE JOBS and persons who have not yet signed a Family Investment Agreement, PROMISE JOBS determines whether a person has good cause for terminating, reducing, or refusing employment. PROMISE JOBS also attempts to resolve the employment issue prior to imposing a limited benefit plan. Under the existing policy, the Department finds that the good cause determination cannot be completed in sufficient time to impose the sanction to earned income deductions or to disallow the terminated income exemption. Thus, the participant is allowed the usual earnings deductions and exemptions in the calculation of the FIP grant. When PROMISE JOBS later determines that the participant did not have good cause for terminating, reducing, or refusing employment, the Department is required to recover the excess FIP assistance the participant received by allowing the earnings deductions and exemptions. This is not administratively effective.
2. Changes are made in policy for persons who are discharged from employment due to misconduct. Beginning April 1, 1999, a FIP participant who is required to participate in the PROMISE JOBS program who has signed a Family Investment Agreement and who is discharged from employment due to misconduct chooses the limited benefit plan, unless the person identifies problems or barriers to participation in employment or otherwise resolves the employment issue. Currently, only employment terminations that the employer considers to be a voluntary termination without good cause by the employee result in the choice of a limited benefit plan.
PROMISE JOBS and income maintenance staff find that many FIP participants are discharged from employment due to misconduct. Current FIP rules do not provide for any consequence for persons who are discharged by the employer due to the employee's own inappropriate action or inaction. The Department believes there need to be consequences for employment discharge when it is due to misconduct of the employee, such as failure to call or appear at the work site without valid cause.
3. Other changes are made to correct or eliminate obsolete references.
The proposed amendments result from consideration and recommendation from income maintenance and PROMISE JOBS field staff, a limited benefit plan work group, and the Welfare Reform Advisory Group.
The following acronyms are used in these amendments:
FMAP - family medical assistance program
PAER - public assistance eligibility report
RRED - review/recertification eligibility document
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and arguments thereto received by the Bureau of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319-0114, on or before December 9, 1998.
Oral presentations may be made by persons appearing at the following meetings. Written comments will also be accepted at these times.
Cedar Rapids - December 9, 1998 10 a.m.
Cedar Rapids Regional Office
Iowa Building - Suite 600
Sixth Floor Conference Room
411 Third St. S.E.
Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401
Council Bluffs - December 9, 1998 9 a.m.
Administrative Conference Room
Council Bluffs Regional Office
417 E. Kanesville Boulevard
Council Bluffs, Iowa 51501
Davenport - December 10, 1998 10 a.m.
Davenport Area Office
Bicentennial Building - Fifth Floor
Conference Room 3
428 Western
Davenport, Iowa 52801
Des Moines - December 9, 1998 1:30 p.m.
Des Moines Regional Office
City View Plaza
Conference Room 104
1200 University
Des Moines, Iowa 50314
Mason City - December 10, 1998 10 a.m.
Mason City Area Office
Mohawk Square, Liberty Room
22 North Georgia Avenue
Mason City, Iowa 50401
Ottumwa - December 9, 1998 10 a.m.
Ottumwa Area Office
Conference Room 3
120 East Main
Ottumwa, Iowa 52501
Sioux City - December 10, 1998 1 p.m.
Sioux City Regional Office
Fifth Floor
520 Nebraska St.
Sioux City, Iowa 51101
Waterloo - December 9, 1998 10 a.m.
Waterloo Regional Office
Pinecrest Office Building
Conference Room 420
1407 Independence Avenue
Waterloo, Iowa 50703
Any persons who intend to attend a public hearing and have special requirements such as hearing or vision impairments should contact the Bureau of Policy Analysis at (515)281-8440 and advise of special needs.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement sections 239B.7 and 239B.9 and Iowa Code section 249A.4.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 441--41.27(239B) as follows:
Rescind subrule 41.27(2), paragraph "d," and adopt the following new paragraph "d" in lieu thereof:
d. Ineligibility for expenses and disregards. Except for persons in 41.27(8)"b" and "c," a person whose earned income must be considered is not eligible for the 20 percent earned income deduction or the care expense described in 41.27(2)"a" and "b" for any month in which the individual failed, without good cause, to timely report a change in earned income or to timely report earned income on Form 470-0455, Public Assistance Eligibility Report, or Form 470-2881, Review/Recertification Eligibility Document. However, the individual is eligible for the 50 percent work incentive deduction described in 41.27(2)"c." Good cause for not timely returning a Public Assistance Eligibility Report or a Review/Recertification Eligibility Document or for not timely reporting a change in earned income shall be limited to circumstances beyond the control of the individual, such as, but not limited to, a failure by the department to provide needed assistance when requested, to give needed information, to follow procedure resulting in a delay in the return of the Public Assistance Eligibility Report, or the Review/Recertification Eligibility Document, or when conditions require the forms to be mailed other than with the regular end-of-the-month mailing. Good cause shall also include, but not be limited to, circumstances when the individual was prevented from reporting by a physical or mental disability, death or serious illness of an immediate family member; or other unanticipated emergencies; or mail was not delivered due to a disruption of regular mail delivery. The applicant or recipient who returns the Public Assistance Eligibility Report, or the Review/Recertification Eligibility Document, listing earned income, by the sixteenth day of the report month shall be considered to have good cause for not timely returning the Public Assistance Eligibility Report or theReview/Recertification Eligibility Document.
Amend subrule 41.27(7), paragraph "ag," as follows:
ag. Terminated income of recipient households whoare subject to retrospective budgeting beginning withthe calendar month the source of the income is absent,provided the absence of the income is timely reported as described at 441--subrule 40.24(1) and 441--subparagraph 40.27(4)"f"(1).
EXCEPTION: Income that terminated in one of the two initial months occurring at time of an initial application that was not used prospectively shall be considered retrospectively as required by 41.27(9)"b"(1). In the case of earned income, the exemption does not apply to any person who quit employment unless the person has identified problems with participation of a temporary or incidental nature as described at rule 441--93.133(249C) or barriers to participation as described at rule 441--93.134(249C). If income terminated and is timely reported but a grant adjustment cannot be made effective the first of the next month, a payment adjustment shall be made. This subrule shall not apply to nonrecurring lump-sum income defined at 41.27(9)"c"(2).
Amend subrule 41.27(8), paragraph "a," subparagraphs (1) and (2), as follows:
(1) Treatment of income when parent is a citizen or an alien other than those described in 41.23(4)"a"(3). A parent who is living in the home with the eligible child(ren) but whose needs are excluded from the eligible group is eligible for the 20 percent earned income deduction, child care expenses for children in the eligible group, the 50 percent work incentive deduction described at 41.27(2)"a," "b," and "c," and diversions described at 41.27(4), and shall be permitted to retain that part of the parent's income to meet the parent's needs as determined by the difference between the needs of the eligible group with the parent included and the needs of the eligible group with the parent excluded except as described at 41.27(11). All remaining nonexempt income of the parent shall be applied against the needs of the eligible group. Excluded parents are subject to the earned income sanctions at 41.27(2)"d."(1) and (2). The 20 percent earned income deduction and child care expenses described at 41.27(2)"a" and "b" shall not be allowed for sanctioned earnings. However, the 50 percent work incentive deduction as in 41.27(2)"c" and diversions in 41.27(4) shall be allowed.
(2) Treatment of income of a parent who is ineligible because of lawful temporary or permanent resident status. The income of a parent who is ineligible as described in 41.23(4)"a"(3) shall be attributable to the eligible group in the same manner as the income of a stepparent is determined pursuant to 41.27(8)"b"(1) to (7), (9) and (10), except for child care expenses which are only allowed for the children in the eligible group. Nonrecurring lump-sum income received by the parent shall be treated in accordance with 41.27(9)"c"(2). The alien parent is subject to the earned income sanctions in 41.27(2)"d."(1) and (2). The 20 percent earned income deduction and child care expenses in 41.27(2)"a" and "b" shall not be allowed for sanctioned earnings. However, the 50 percent work incentive deduction in 41.27(2)"c" shall be allowed.
Further amend subrule 41.27(8), paragraph "b," subparagraph (11), as follows:
(11) The earned income sanctions described in 41.27(2)"d"(1) and (2) do not apply to earnings of the stepparent.
Further amend subrule 41.27(8), paragraph "c," last paragraph, as follows:
The earned income sanctions described in 41.27(2)"d"(1) and (2) do not apply to earnings of self-supporting parent(s) and their spouses.
Amend subrule 41.27(9), paragraph "d," as follows:
d. The third digit to the right of the decimal point in any computation of income, hours of employment and work expenses for care, as defined in 41.27(2)"b," shall be dropped. This includes the calculation of the amount of a truancy sanction as defined in subrule paragraph 41.25(8)"g" or a child support sanction as defined in paragraph 41.22(6)"f."
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 41.28(1), paragraph "b," subparagraph (4), as follows:
(4) The stepparent who is not incapacitated when the stepparent is the legal spouse of the natural or adoptive parent by ceremonial or common law marriage and the stepparent is required in the home to care for the dependent children. These services must be required to the extent that if the stepparent were not available, it would be necessary to allow for care as a deduction from earned income of the parent or educational income of the parent.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 441--46.21(239), definition of "Procedural error," as follows:
"Procedural error" means: A technical error which does not in and of itself result in an overpayment. Procedural errors include:
Failure to secure a properly signed application at the time of initial application or reapplication.
Failure to require an application when a new person is added to the eligible group or when a parent or a stepparent becomes a member of the household.
Failure of the local county office to conduct the face-to-face interviews described in 441--subrules 40.24(2) and 40.27(1).
Failure to request a Public Assistance Eligibility Report or a Review/Recertification Eligibility Document at the time of a monthly, or six-month semiannual, or annual review.
Failure of local county office staff to cancel the family investment program when the client submits a Public Assistance Eligibility Report or a Review/Recertification Eligibility Document which is not complete as defined in 441-- paragraph 40.27(4)"b." However, overpayments of grants as defined above based on incomplete reports are subject to recoupment.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 46.24(3), paragraph "a," as follows:
a. An overpayment due to client error shall be computed as if the information had been reported and acted upon timely.
EXCEPTION: When the client, without good cause, as defined in 441--subparagraph paragraph 41.27(2)"d,"(2), fails to report income earned as specified in 41.27(2)"d,"(2), the deductions in 441--paragraphs 41.27(2)"a" and "b" shall not be allowed. However, the work incentive deduction in 441--paragraph 41.27(2)"c" shall be allowed except as described in 441--paragraph 41.27(9)"a."
ITEM 5. Amend rule 441--75.57(249A) as follows:
Rescind subrule 75.57(2), paragraph "d," and insert the following new paragraph "d" in lieu thereof:
d. Ineligibility for expenses and disregards. Except for persons described at paragraphs 75.57(8)"b" and "c," a person whose earned income must be considered is not eligible for the 20 percent earned income deduction or the care expense described at paragraphs 75.57(2)"a" and "b" for any month in which the individual failed, without good cause, to timely report a change in earned income or to timely report earned income on Form 470-0455, Public AssistanceEligibility Report (PAER), or Form 470-2881, Review/Recertification Eligibility Document (RRED). However, the individual is eligible for the 50 percent work incentive deduction described at paragraph 75.57(2)"c." Good cause for not timely returning a PAER or a RRED or for not timely reporting a change in earned income shall be limited to circumstances beyond the control of the individual, such as, but not limited to, a failure by the department to provide needed assistance when requested, to give needed information, to follow procedure resulting in a delay in the return of the PAER or the RRED, or when conditions require the forms to be mailed other than with the regular end-of-the-month mailing. Good cause shall also include, but not be limited to, circumstances when the individual was prevented from reporting by a physical or mental disability, death or serious illness of an immediate family member, or other unanticipated emergencies, or mail was not delivered due to a disruption of regular mail delivery. The applicant or recipient who returns the PAER or the RRED listing earned income by the sixteenth day of the report month shall be considered to have good cause for not timely returning the PAER or the RRED.
Amend subrule 75.57(8), paragraph "a," as follows:
a. Treatment of income in excluded parent cases. A parent who is living in the home with the eligible children but whose needs are excluded from the eligible group is eligible for the 20 percent earned income deduction, child care expenses for children in the eligible group, the 50 percent work incentive deduction described at paragraphs 75.57(2)"a," "b," and "c," and diversions described at subrule 75.57(4), and shall be permitted to retain that part of the parent's income to meet the parent's needs as determined by the difference between the needs of the eligible group with the parent included and the needs of the eligible group with the parent excluded except as described at subrule 75.57(10). All remaining nonexempt income of the parent shall be applied against the needs of the eligible group. Excluded parents are subject to the earned income sanctions at subparagraphs paragraph 75.57(2)"d."(1) and (2). The 20 percent earned income deduction and child care expenses described at paragraphs 75.57(2)"a" and "b" shall not be allowed for sanctioned earnings. However, the 50 percent work incentive deduction as at paragraph 75.57(2)"c" and diversions at subrule 75.57(4) shall be allowed.
Amend subrule 75.57(8), paragraph "b," subparagraph (11), as follows:
(11) The earned income sanctions described at subparagraphs paragraph 75.57(2)"d"(1) and (2) do not apply to earnings of the stepparent.
Amend subrule 75.57(8), paragraph "c," second unnumbered paragraph, as follows:
The earned income sanctions described at subparagraphs paragraph 75.57(2)"d"(1) and (2) do not apply to earnings of self-supporting parents and their spouses.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 75.58(1), paragraph "b," subparagraph (4), as follows:
(4) The stepparent who is not incapacitated when the stepparent is the legal spouse of the natural or adoptive parent by ceremonial or common-law marriage and the stepparent is required in the home to care for the dependent children. These services must be required to the extent that if the stepparent were not available, it would be necessary to allow for care as a deduction from earned income of the parent or educational income of the parent.
ITEM 7. Amend rule 441--93.132(239B), numbered paragraph "11," as follows:
11. Participants who do not follow up on job referrals, or refuse offers of employment or terminate employment, or who are discharged from employment due to misconduct.
ITEM 8. Amend rule 441--93.133(239B) as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
441--93.133(239B) Problems with participation of a temporary or incidental nature. Problems with participation as described below shall be considered to be of a temporary or incidental nature when participation can be easily resumed. These problems are acceptable instances when a participant is excused from participation or for refusing or quitting a job or limiting or reducing hours or for discharge from employment due to misconduct.
Amend subrule 93.133(2), catchwords, as follows:
93.133(2) Acceptable instances when a person is excused from participation or for refusing or quitting a job or limiting or reducing hours or for discharge from employment due to misconduct.
Amend subrule 93.133(3), catchwords, as follows:
93.133(3) Jobs that participants have the choice of refusing or quitting or limiting or reducing, or instances when participants are excused for discharge from the job due to misconduct.
Further amend subrule 93.133(3) by adding the following new paragraph "e":
e. The employment changes substantially from the terms of hire, such as a change in work hours, work shift, or decrease in pay rate.
Amend subrule 93.133(4) as follows:
93.133(4) Instances when problems of participationcould negatively impact the client's achievement of self-sufficiency. There may be instances where staff determine that a participant's problems of participation are not described in 93.133(1) to 93.133(3), but may be circumstances which could negatively impact the participant's achievement of self-sufficiency. When this occurs, the case shall be referred to the administrator of the division of economic assistance for a determination as to whether the problems are acceptable instances for not participating or for refusing or quitting a job or for discharge from employment due to misconduct.
ARC 8466A
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]

Notice of Termination

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the Department of Human Services hereby terminates rule-making proceedings under the provisions of Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b" for Chapter 78, "Amount, Duration and Scope of Medical and Remedial Services," Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on September 23, 1998, as ARC 8333A.
The Notice proposed to amend subrule 78.1(17) to revise the policy governing payment for abortions to conform with the requirements of the new Hyde amendment to the federal Appropriations Act.
The Department is terminating rule making at this time because the Department's state appropriation specifies the types of abortions to be covered by the Iowa Medicaid program. In light of the appropriation, the Department does not believe that it has the authority to change the types of abortions covered, regardless of whether federal funding is available under the Hyde amendment.
ARC 8467A
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 234.6, the Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 185, "Rehabilitative Treatment Services," appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment extends the current procedures for establishing rates for Rehabilitative Treatment and Supportive Services (RTSS) for 12 months. Major changes are in proc-ess within the RTSS program. This amendment avoids unnecessary cost reporting by providers at this time and provides stability in the rate-setting methodology until the changes to the RTSS program are finalized. At that time a modified rate-setting methodology will also be implemented.
RTSS provider representatives have reviewed this amendment and are in general agreement with the changes.
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and arguments thereto received by the Bureau of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319-0114, on or before December 9, 1998.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 234.6 and 234.38.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend rule 441--185.112(234) as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
441--185.112(234) Interim determination of rates. Rules 441--185.102(234) to 441--185.107(234), 185.109(234) and 185.110(234) shall be held in abeyance for purposes of establishing rates effective during the time period beginning January 1, 1998, to June 30, 1999 2000, unless otherwise provided for in these rules. Rates for a service to be effective on or after February 1, 1998, shall be established based on the payment rate negotiated between the provider and the department. This negotiated rate shall be based upon the historical and future reasonable and necessary cost of providing that service, other payment-related factors and availability of funding. A rate in effect as of December 31, 1997, shall continue in effect until a negotiated rate is established in accordance with the requirements of subrules 185.112(1) to 185.112(3), subrule 185.112(6), or subrule 185.112(12) or until the service is terminated in accordance with subrule 185.112(4).
Amend subrule 185.112(1), paragraph "a," as follows:
a. On or after January 1, 1998, the department shall begin negotiating payment rates with providers of rehabilitative treatment and supportive services to be effective for services provided on or after February 1, 1998, through June 30, 1999 2000.
Amend subrule 185.112(6), paragraphs "d" and "e," as follows:
d. If an existing provider ceases to contract for and provide a service or program for which a zero rate has been established, and decides to again contract for and provide that program or service and has a contract for that service in effect prior to June 30, 1999 2000, the rate shall be established in accordance with subrule 185.112(2) and the starting point for negotiations shall be the weighted average rate.
e. If a provider ceases to contract for and provide a service or program after a rate has been established in accordance with subrule 185.112(1) and prior to June 30, 1999 December 31, 1999, decides to again contract for and provide that program or service, the rate shall be established at the rate in effect when service was interrupted.
Amend subrule 185.112(10) as follows:
185.112(10) Rates for services provided on or after July 1, 1999 2000. In absence of an alternative rate-settingmethodology effective July 1, 1998 1999, rules 441-- 185.102(234) to 441--185.107(234) shall be the basis of establishing rates to be effective for services provided on or after July 1, 1999 2000.
a. In absence of a new rate-setting methodology set forth in rule, all providers, regardless of when their fiscal year ends, shall submit a Financial and Statistical Report, Form 470-3049, for the time period July 1, 1998 1999, to December 31, 1998 1999, based on the cost principles set forth in rules 441--185.101(234) to 441--185.107(234). This report shall be submitted no later than March 31, 1999 2000. Rates based on reports submitted pursuant to this paragraph shall be effective no earlier than July 1, 1999 2000, and no later than August 1, 1999 2000, when the report is sufficient for the establishment of rates. However, if a provider with a contract in effect as of June 30, 1996, has a fiscal year which ends at the end of January, February or March 1999 2000, the provider shall submit the financial and statistical report for the time period July 1, 1998 1999, through the end of the provider's fiscal year 1999 2000. The report shall be submitted no later than three months after the close of the provider's established 1999 2000 fiscal year. Rates shall be effective no later than the first day of the second full month after receipt by the project manager of a complete financial and statistical report.
b. Failure by providers to submit the report within the established time frames without written approval from the chief of the bureau of purchased services or the chief's designee shall be cause to reduce the payment to 75 percent of the rate in effect June 30, 1999 2000, or the weighted average rate as of July 1, 1997, whichever is less. Approval for an extension for the submission shall be granted only when the provider can demonstrate that there have been catastrophic circumstances prohibiting timely submission.
c. If an extension is granted, the rate in effect as of June 30, 1999 2000, shall be continued until the new rate is established. If a new rate is not established by the date set forth by the chief of the bureau of purchased services or the chief's designee in the notice of approval of the request to extend the time frame for submission of the Financial and Statistical Report, Form 470-30490, the provider's rate in effect as of June 30, 1999 2000, shall be reduced to 75 percent of the rate in effect June 30, 1999 2000, or the weighted average rate as of July 1, 1997, whichever is less, until such time as the new rate can be established.
d. If a provider has submitted the report on time, but a rate cannot be established within four months of the original due date due to incomplete or erroneous information, payment shall be reduced to 75 percent of the rate in effect June 30, 1999 2000, or the weighted average rate as of July 1, 1997, whichever is less, until the new rate can be established.
e. No change.
f. Rates for individual providers shall be established pursuant to subrule 185.103(7) with the exception of rates to be in effect July 1, 1999 2000. Individual providers shall submit the information required by subrule 185.103(7) to the department no later than March 31, 1999 2000, to establish rates to be effective July 1, 1999 2000. Rates shall be recalculated annually on the anniversary of the effective date of the contract from that point forward.
ARC 8498A
LABOR SERVICES DIVISION[875]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 88.5 and 17A.3(1), the Labor Commissioner hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 10, "General Industry Safety and Health Rules," Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendment relates to methylene chloride.
If requested by December 8, 1998, a public hearing will be held on December 10, 1998, at 9 a.m. in the office of the Division of Labor Services, 1000 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa. Any interested person will be given the opportunity to make oral or written submissions concerning the proposed amendment. Written data or arguments to be considered in adoption may be submitted by interested persons no later than December 10, 1998, to the Deputy Labor Commissioner, Division of Labor Services, 1000 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319-0209.
The Division has determined that this Notice of Intended Action may have an impact on small business. This amendment will not necessitate additional annual expenditures exceeding $100,000 by any one political subdivision or agency or any contractor providing services to political subdivisions or agencies.
The Division will issue a regulatory flexibility analysis as provided by Iowa Code section 17A.31 if a written request is filed by delivery or by mailing postmarked no later thanDecember 9, 1998, to the Deputy Labor Commissioner, Division of Labor Services, 1000 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319. The request may be made by the Administrative Rules Review Committee, the Governor, a political subdivision, at least 25 persons who qualify as a small business under the Act, or an organization of small businesses representing at least 25 persons which is registered with the Division of Labor Services under the Act.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section 88.5.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend rule 875--10.20(88) by inserting at the end thereof:
63 Fed. Reg. 50729 (September 22, 1998)
ARC 8472A
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 19A.9, the Department of Personnel proposes to amend Chapter 15, "Benefits," Iowa Administrative Code.
Rule 581--15.6(19A) will allow employees of the state of Iowa to invest in a deferred compensation program and implement changes required by the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 and 1997 Iowa Acts, House File 540. The new rule ensures continued public input by the establishment of an Advisory Committee and Vendor Panel to assist the Department in the administration of the Deferred Compensation Plan.
Consideration will be given to all written suggestions and comments on the proposed amendments on or before December 10, 1998. Such written materials should be sent to Gregg Schochenmaier, General Counsel, Department of Personnel, Grimes State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319-0150; fax (515)242-6450.
Also, there will be a public hearing on December 10, 1998, at 1:30 p.m. in the North Conference Room, First Floor, Grimes State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa, at which time persons may present their views.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement section 19A.12B and 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1039, section 1.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Rescind rule 581--15.6(19A) and adopt the following new rule in lieu thereof:
191--15.6(19A) Deferred compensation.
15.6(1) Definitions. The following definitions shall apply when used in this rule:
"Account" means any fixed annuity contract, variable annuity contract, life insurance contract, documents evidencing mutual funds, variable or guaranteed investments, or combination thereof provided for in the plan.
"Beneficiary" means the person or estate entitled to receive benefits under the plan following the death of the participant.
"Director" means the director of the Iowa department of personnel.
"Employee" means a nontemporary (permanent full-time or permanent part-time) employee of the employer, including full-time elected officials and members of the general assembly, except employees of the board of regents. For the purposes of enrollment, elected officials-elect and members-elect of the general assembly shall be considered employees. Persons in a joint employee relationship with the employer shall not be considered employees eligible to participate in the plan.
"Employer" means the state of Iowa and any other governmental employer that participates in the plan.
"Governing body" means the executive council of the state of Iowa.
"Group" means one or more employees.
"Investment provider" means a company authorized under this rule to issue an account or administer the records of such an account or accounts under the deferred compensation plan authorized by Iowa Code section 509A.12 and chapter 19A.
"Normal retirement age" means 70½ years of age, unless an earlier age is specified by a participating employee pursuant to the plan's catch-up provision.
"Participating employee" means any employee or former employee of the employer who is currently deferring or who has previously deferred compensation under the plan and who retains the right to benefits under the plan.
"Plan" means the state of Iowa deferred compensation 457 plan and trust as set forth in this document, and as it may be amended from time to time, and which has been authorized by Iowa Code section 509A.12 and chapter 19A.
"Plan administrator" means the designee of the director who is authorized to administer the plan.
"Plan year" means a calendar year.
"Trustee" means the director of the Iowa department of personnel.
15.6(2) Plan administration.
a. The director is authorized by the governing body to administer a deferred compensation program for employees of the state of Iowa and to enter into contracts and service agreements with deferred compensation product vendors for the benefit of state of Iowa employees and on behalf of the state of Iowa. This rule shall govern all investment options and participant activity for the funds placed in the program.
b. The trustee may at any time amend, modify, or terminate this plan without the consent of the participant (or any beneficiary thereof). All amendments that are adopted in emergency rule making shall be effective immediately upon filing with the administrative rules coordinator. Amendments that are adopted pursuant to nonemergency rule making shall be effective no sooner than 35 days after publication in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin. The plan administrator shall provide sufficient notice to participating employees and investment providers of all amendments to the plan. No amendment shall deprive participants of any of the benefits to which they are entitled under this plan with respect to deferred amounts credited to their accounts before the effective date of the amendment. If the plan is curtailed or terminated, or the acceptance of additional deferred amounts is suspended permanently, the plan administrator shall nonetheless be responsible for the supervision of the payment of benefits resulting from amounts deferred before the amendment, modification, or termination. Payment of benefits will be deferred until the participant would otherwise have been entitled to a distribution pursuant to the provisions of the plan.
c. Location of account documentation. The investment providers shall send the original annuity policies, contracts or account forms to the plan administrator. Failure to do so may result in termination of an investment provider's service agreement. All such original documents shall be kept by the plan administrator. Participating employees may review their own documentation during normal work hours at the department, but may not under any circumstances remove the documentation from the premises. Each participating employee shall be provided a copy of the documentation establishing the employee's account with an investment provider by the investment provider, subject to the terms and conditions of the investment provider's service agreement with the plan administrator. The copy being furnished to the participating employee shall be clearly marked that it is not the original. Original documents shall be held by the plan administrator until proceeds are disbursed under the terms of the participating employee's or beneficiary's chosen method of disbursement.
d. Participation in this plan by an employee shall not be construed to give a contract of employment to the participant or to alter or amend an existing employment contract of the participant, nor shall participation in this plan be construed as affording to the participant any representation or guarantee regarding the participant's continued employment.
e. The employer, trustee, and the investment providers do not represent or guarantee that any particular federal or state of Iowa income, payroll, personal property or other tax consequences will result because of the participant's participation in the plan. The participant is obligated to consult with the participant's own tax representative regarding all questions of federal or state income, payroll, personal property or other tax consequences arising from participation in the plan.
f. The investment providers shall, subject to the trustee's consent, have the power to appoint agents to act for the investment providers in the administration of accounts according to the terms, conditions, and provisions of their service agreements with the employer. Investment providers are responsible for the conduct of their agents. The plan administrator may require an investment provider to remove the authority of any agent to provide services to the plan or plan participants when cause has been shown that the agent has violated these rules or state or federal law or regulation related to the governance of the plan or agent conduct.
g. Plan expenses. Expenses incurred by the plan administrator while administering the plan, including fees and expenses approved by the plan trustee for investment advisory, custodial, record-keeping, and other plan administration and communication services, and any other reasonable and necessary expenses or charges allocable to the plan that have been incurred for the exclusive benefit of plan participants and that have been approved by the plan trustee may be charged to the short-term interest that has accrued in the Deferred Compensation Trust Fund created by Iowa Code § 19A.12(c) (1998) prior to the allocation of funds to a participant's chosen investment provider.
h. Advisory committee and vendor panel. There shall be appointed by the plan trustee an advisory committee and vendor panel.
(1) The advisory committee shall consist of representatives appointed by the plan trustee of the legislative, judicial, and executive branches of government, public sector employees through their authorized collective bargaining representatives, and the private sector. Such representatives shall convene in regularly scheduled meetings, in a manner, time and place chosen by the plan trustee or designee to advise in the administration of the plan and the plan investment options. Such meetings shall occur no less than biannually.
(2) The vendor panel shall consist of a representative of each active investment provider under the plan and a representative of the authorized sales agents of the investment providers appointed by the plan trustee. Such representatives shall convene in regularly scheduled meetings in a manner, time and place chosen by the plan trustee or designee to aid in the efficient administration of the investment options under the plan. Such meetings shall occur no less than biannually. An executive committee of the vendor panel may be appointed by the plan trustee to convene at such times as may be necessary to aid in the administration of the investment options under the plan. The executive committee shall consist of the representatives of the sales agents of the investment providers, a representative of the active mutual fund investment provider(s), and a representative of the active fixed and variable annuity provider(s).
i. Time periods. As necessary or desirable to facilitate the proper administration of the plan and consistent with the requirements of Section 457 of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC), the plan administrator may modify the time periods during which a participating employee or beneficiary is required to make any election under the plan, and the time periods for processing these elections by the plan, including the making or amending of a deferral agreement, the making or amending of investment provider selections, the election of distribution commencement dates or distribution forms.
j. Supplementary information and procedures. Any explanatory brochures, pamphlets, or notices distributed by the plan shall be distributed for information purposes and shall not override any provision of this plan or give any person any claim or right not provided for under this plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the terms of this plan document authorize the adoption of supplementary guidelines or procedures, any publication announcing such guidelines or procedures may be relied upon by the persons to whom it is distributed, unless and until modified by a subsequent publication, or revocation of the publication by the plan administrator. Any procedural requirement described in any such publication shall be binding, as applicable, to the same extent as if such requirement were set forth in this plan document. In the event any form or other document used in administering this plan, including but not limited to enrollment forms and marketing materials, conflicts with the terms of the plan, the terms of the plan shall prevail.
k. This plan, and any properly adopted amendments, shall be binding on the parties hereto and their respective heirs, administrators, trustees, successors and assignees and on all beneficiaries of the participant.
15.6(3) Rights of participating employees.
a. The assets and income of the plan shall be held by the trustee for the exclusive benefit of the participating employee or the participating employee's beneficiary.
b. The rights of a participating employee under this plan shall not be subject to the rights of creditors of the participating employee or any beneficiary and, except as expressly provided herein, shall be exempt from execution, attachment, prior assignment, or any other judicial relief or order for the benefit of creditors or other third persons.
c. Designation of beneficiary. Upon enrollment, a participating employee must designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries. A participating employee may change the employee's designated beneficiary or beneficiaries at any time thereafter by providing the plan administrator with written notice of the change on the form prescribed by the plan administrator.
d. Neither a participating employee, nor the participating employee's beneficiary, nor any other designee shall have the right, except as expressly provided herein, to commute, sell, assign, transfer, borrow, alienate, use as collateral or otherwise convey the right to receive any payments hereunder which payments and right thereto are expressly declared to be nonassignable and nontransferable.
15.6(4) Trust provisions.
a. Trustee. The trustee shall be the director of the Iowa department of personnel.
b. Investment options. The trustee shall adopt various investment options for the investment of deferred amounts by participating employees or their beneficiaries and shall monitor and evaluate the appropriateness of the investment options offered by the plan. The trustee may remove options if it is deemed to be in the best interest of participants or for other good cause as determined by the trustee. Following such adoption or removal of investment options by the trustee, participating employees or their beneficiaries shall be entitled to select from among the available options for investment of their deferred amounts. In the event options are removed, the trustee may require participating employees or their beneficiaries to move balances to an alternative option offered by the plan. If participating employees or their beneficiaries fail to act in response to the written notice, the trustee shall transfer moneys out of the removed option to an alternative option chosen by the trustee (normally placed into a fixed guaranteed account or, if offered as an investment option offered in the plan, a money market fund). By exercising such right to select investment options or by failing to respond to notice to transfer from a removed option where the trustee moves the money on behalf of participating employees or their beneficiaries, participating employees and their beneficiaries agree that none of the plan fiduciaries will be liable for any investment losses or lost investment opportunities that are experienced by participating employees or their beneficiaries in the investment option(s) they select or that are selected for them if they fail to take appropriate action with regard to a removed fund or that may be implemented by the plan administrator in accordance with the plan.
c. Designation of fiduciaries. The trustee, the plan administrator, and the persons they designate to carry out or help carry out their duties or responsibilities are fiduciaries under the plan. Each fiduciary has only those duties or responsibilities specifically assigned to fiduciaries under the plan, contractual relationship, trust or as delegated to fiduciaries by another fiduciary. Each fiduciary may assume that any direction, information or action of another fiduciary is proper and need not inquire into the propriety of any such action, direction or information. No fiduciary will be responsible for the malfeasance, misfeasance or nonfeasance of any other fiduciary, except where the fiduciary participated in such conduct, or knew or should have known of such conduct in the discharge of the fiduciary's duties under the plan and did not take reasonable steps to compel the cofiduciary to redress the wrong.
d. Fiduciary standards.
(1) All fiduciaries shall discharge their duties with respect to the plan and trust solely in the interest of the participating employees and their beneficiaries and in accord with Iowa Code section 633.123. Such duties shall be discharged for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to the participating employees and beneficiaries and, if determined applicable, defraying expenses of the plan.
(2) The investment providers shall discharge their duties with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims and as defined by applicable Iowa law.
e. Trustee powers and duties. The trustee may exercise all rights or privileges granted by the provisions of the plan and trust and may agree to any alteration, modification or amendment of the plan. The trustee may take any action respecting the plan or the benefits provided under the plan which the trustee deems necessary or advisable. Persons dealing with the trustee shall not be required to inquire into the authority of the trustee with regard to any dealing in connection with the plan. The trustee may employ persons, including attorneys, auditors, investment advisors or agents, even if they are associated with the trustee, to advise or assist, and may act without independent investigation upon their recommendations. Instead of acting personally, the trustee may employ one or more agents to perform any act of administration, whether or not discretionary.
f. Trust exemption. This trust is intended to be exempt from taxation under § 501(a) of the IRC and is intended to comply with § 457(g) of the IRC. The trustee shall be empowered to submit or designate appropriate agents to submit this plan and trust to the IRS for a determination of the eligibility of the plan under IRC § 457, and the exempt status of the trust under IRC § 501(a), if the trustee concludes that such a determination is desirable.
g. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the plan, in accordance with Section 457(g) of the Internal Revenue Code, all amounts of compensation deferred pursuant to the plan, all property and rights purchased with such amounts, and all income attributable to such amounts, property, or rights shall be held in trust for the exclusive benefit of participants and beneficiaries under the plan. Any trust under the plan shall be established pursuant to a written agreement that constitutes a valid trust under the law of the state of Iowa. All plan assets shall be held under one or more of the following methods:
(1) All amounts of compensation deferred under the plan shall be transferred to a trust established under the plan within a period that is not longer than is reasonable for the proper administration of the accounts of participants. To comply with this requirement, all amounts of compensation deferred under the plan shall be transferred to a trust established under the plan not later than 15 business days after the end of the month in which the compensation would otherwise have been paid to the employee.
(2) Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the plan, including any annuity contract issued under the plan, in accordance with Section 457(g) of the Internal Revenue Code, all amounts of compensation deferred pursuant to the plan, all property and rights purchased with such amounts, and all income attributable to such amounts, property, or rights shall be held in one or more annuity contracts, as defined in Section 401(g) of such Code, issued by an insurance company qualified to do business in the state where the contract was issued, for the exclusive benefit of participants and beneficiaries under the plan. For this purpose, the term "annuity contract" does not include a life, health or accident, property, casualty, or liability insurance contract. All amounts of compensation deferred under the plan shall be transferred to an annuity contract described in Section 401(f) of the Internal Revenue Code within a period that is not longer than is reasonable for the proper administration of the accounts of participants. To comply with this requirement, all amounts of compensation deferred under the plan shall be transferred to a contract described in Section 401(f) of such Code not later than 15 business days after the end of the month in which the compensation would otherwise have been paid to the employee.
(3) Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the plan, in accordance with Section 457(g) of the Internal Revenue Code, all amounts of compensation deferred pursuant to the plan, all property and rights purchased with such amounts, and all income attributable to such amounts, property, or rights shall be held in one or more custodial accounts for the exclusive benefit of participants and beneficiaries under the plan. For purposes of this paragraph, the custodian of any custodial account created pursuant to the plan must be a bank, as described in Section 408(n) of the Internal Revenue Code, or a person who meets the nonbank trustee requirements of paragraphs (2) - (6) of Section 1.408-2(e) of the Income Tax Regulations relating to the use of nonbank trustees. All amounts of compensation deferred under the plan shall be transferred to a custodial account described in Section 401(f) of the Internal Revenue Code within a period that is not longer than is reasonable for the proper administration of the accounts of participants. To comply with this requirement, all amounts of compensation deferred under the plan shall be transferred to a custodial account described in Section 401(f) of such Code not later than 15 business days after the end of the month in which the compensation would otherwise have been paid to the employee.
15.6(5) Absolute safeguards of the employer, trustee, their employees, and agents.
a. The trustee and the plan administrator are authorized to resolve any questions of fact necessary to decide the participating employee's rights under this plan. An appeal of a decision of the plan administrator shall be made to the trustee, who shall render a final decision on behalf of the plan.
b. The trustee and the plan administrator are authorized to construe the plan and to resolve any ambiguity in the plan and to apply reasonable and fair procedures for the administration of the plan. An appeal of a decision of the plan administrator shall be made to the trustee, who shall render a final decision on behalf of the plan.
c. The participating employee specifically agrees that the employer, the trustee, the plan administrator, or any other employee or agent of the employer, shall not be liable for any loss sustained by the participating employee or the participating employee's beneficiary for the nonperformance of duties, negligence, or any other misconduct of the above-named persons except that this paragraph shall not excuse malicious or wanton misconduct.
d. The trustee, plan administrator, investment providers, their employees and agents, if in doubt concerning the correctness of their actions in making a payment of a benefit, may suspend the payment until satisfied as to the correctness of the payment or the identity of the person to receive the payment, or until the filing of an administrative appeal under Iowa Code chapter 17A, and thereafter in any state court of competent jurisdiction, a suit in such form as they consider appropriate for a legal determination of the benefits to be paid and the persons to receive them.
e. The employer, the trustee, the plan administrator, their employees and agents are hereby held harmless from all court costs and all claims for the attorneys' fees arising from any action brought by the participating employee, or any beneficiary thereof, under this plan or to enforce their rights under the plan, including any amendments hereof.
f. The investment providers shall not be required to participate in any litigation concerning the plan except upon written demand from the plan administrator or trustee.
15.6(6) Eligibility.
a. Initial eligibility. Any nontemporary executive, judicial or legislative branch employee who is regularly scheduled for 20 or more hours of work per week or who has a fixed annual salary is eligible to defer compensation under this rule except employees of the board of regents. An elected official-elect and elected members-elect of the general assembly are also eligible provided deductions meet the requirements set forth in the plan. Final determination on eligibility shall rest with the plan administrator.
b. Eligibility after terminating deferral of compensation. Any employee who terminates the deferral of compensation may choose to reenroll in the plan in accordance with the plan. Final determination on eligibility to reenroll shall rest with the plan administrator.
15.6(7) Enrollment and termination.
a. Enrollment. Employees may enroll in the plan at any time. The original account application form and the state of Iowa's required enrollment forms shall be submitted to the plan administrator for approval. An investment provider account shall become effective upon receipt of the first deduction or, where applicable, upon the transfer of assets from another investment provider. In all instances, eligible employees must enter into an agreement to defer compensation prior to the beginning of the month in which the agreement shall take effect. Employers are responsible for timely submission of payroll documents to initiate salary deductions. Enrollment is permitted for elected officials-elect and elected members-elect of the general assembly according to these rules.
b. Availability of forms. It is the responsibility of each employee interested in participating in the program to obtain the necessary forms from the employer or from the investment providers. It is the responsibility of each agency to inform its employees as to where and how they may obtain the necessary forms. The forms shall be prescribed by the plan administrator, and agencies shall be advised as to their availability.
c. Termination of participation. A participating employee may terminate participation in the plan provided notification is received by the plan administrator at least 15 days prior to the employee's next monthly deduction. Termination of plan participation does not provide for the disbursement of funds unless done in accordance with the distribution requirements of the plan.
15.6(8) Communications.
a. All enrollments, elections, designations, applications and other communications by or from an employee, participant, beneficiary, or legal representative of any such person regarding that person's rights under the plan shall be made in the form and manner established by the plan administrator and shall be deemed to have been made and delivered only upon actual receipt by the person designated to receive such communication. The employer or the plan shall not be required to give effect to any such communication that is not made on the prescribed form and in the prescribed manner and that does not contain all information called for on the prescribed form.
b. All notices, statements, reports, and other communications from the plan to any employee, participant, beneficiary, or legal representative of any such person shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered to, or when mailed by first-class mail to, such person at that person's last mailing address appearing on the plan records.
15.6(9) Deductions from earnings.
a. When deducted. Each participating employee shall have the option as to whether the entire monthly amount of deferred compensation will be deducted from the first paycheck of the month or the second paycheck of the month, or will be equally divided between the first and second paychecks of the month. If the monthly deferral cannot be divided into two equal payments, the third option is not available. Deductions will not be taken from the third paycheck of a month. Deductions may be allocated to more than one active investment provider. A participating employee may allocate deductions to one inactive investment provider and one or more active investment providers.
b. Deferral amount changes. Participating employees may increase or decrease their monthly deferral amount as frequently as provided for by procedures established by the plan administrator to ensure the efficient administration of the plan.
c. Maximum deferral limits. Participating employees' deferrals may not exceed the lesser of the maximum limitation or 33 1/3 percent of their includable compensation as defined under IRC Section 457. In practice, it may be considered that participating employees' deferrals may not exceed 25 percent of the amount of their annual income subject to federal income tax withholding less contributions to IPERS or any other applicable retirement program and certain taxable compensation excluded from wages under the IRC, determined without taking into account contributions made to this plan. The maximum limitation is $7,500, adjusted for the calendar year to reflect increases in cost of living in accordance with Sections 457(e)(15) and 415(d) of the Internal Revenue Code.
d. Minimum amount deferred. The minimum amount of deferred compensation to be deducted from the earnings of a participating employee during any month shall be $25.
e. Method of payment. Deferred amounts shall be forwarded to the investment providers by issuance of one warrant or electronic remittance following each pay period, regardless of the number of individual accounts, accompanied by a listing of participant accounts and the amounts to be credited to each participant account. Deferred amounts will be remitted in a timely manner consistent with the requirements of IRS regulations. However, no deferrals or remittances are made when a third payday occurs in a month. Investment providers must minimize crediting errors and provide timely and accurate credit resolution.
f. The employer shall cause all deferrals and transfers to be invested as soon as practicable after such amounts are withheld from the participating employee's salary or wages or are available from the transferor plan, as applicable.
g. Deferred compensation or tax-sheltered annuityparticipation--maximum contribution. Employees who, under the laws of the state of Iowa, are eligible for both deferred compensation and tax-sheltered annuities shall be allowed to participate in one or the other of the programs, but not both. If, in the same calendar year, an eligible participating employee changes from the deferred compensation plan to a tax-sheltered annuity plan or vice versa, the maximum deferral for that calendar year for both plans combined may not exceed the maximum permitted under IRC § 402(g), 403(b), 415, or 457, whichever is applicable based upon the employee's participation.
15.6(10) Contribution catch-up.
a. Contribution catch-up. A participating employee may elect to catch up contributions during the employee's last three tax years before reaching the year of the employee's normal retirement age. This catch-up provision, which when added to the maximum amount that is allowed, shall not exceed the lesser of one of the following:
(1) Fifteen thousand dollars, or such larger amount permitted under IRC Section 457, as determined by IRC 415(d) and the U.S. Treasury regulations thereunder, or
(2) The employee's maximum deferral limit plus the unused portion of any prior plan year's previous deferral limit for which the employee was eligible to participate in this or any other eligible deferred compensation plan.
b. If the participating employee does not utilize this provision during the first of the three catch-up years, the "lost" catch-up amount shall not be added to either the second or third year of the catch-up period. If the participating employee does not utilize this provision during the first two years of the catch-up period, the "lost" catch-up amount shall not be added to the third year of the catch-up period. The amount to be deferred shall remain constant from the previous calendar year unless a change request is submitted.
c. Participating employees may designate as their normal retirement age the age that will be attained in any year that is not earlier than the earliest year in which the employee will be eligible to retire without actuarial or similar reduction under IPERS or another applicable retirement system and that is not later than the plan's normal retirement age. Once a participating employee has utilized the catch-up provision or a comparable provision of another eligible deferred compensation plan, that participating employee's normal retirement age may not thereafter be changed.
15.6(11) Tax status.
a. FICA and IPERS. The deferred amount elected in the authorization to deduct form shall be included in the participating employee's gross wages for purposes of determining FICA withholding, IPERS, peace officers' and judicial retirement contributions, as applicable, until the maximum taxable wages established by law have been reached.
b. Federal and state income taxes. The amount of earned compensation deferred under the agreement is exempt from federal and state income taxes until such time as the funds are paid or made available as provided in IRC Section 457, as amended.
15.6(12) Disposition of funds.
a. Termination of employment. A participating employee who has terminated employment with the employer (including retirement) may request to defer distribution of funds or withdraw funds under any option available under the plan and the chosen investment according to the following:
(1) The participating employee shall elect, within 30 calendar days after termination, a distribution date on a form approved by the plan administrator.
(2) The distribution date shall be no later than the mandatory commencement date, which is April 1 of the calendar year following the later of:
1. The calendar year in which the participating employee attains age 70½, or
2. The calendar year in which the participating employee terminates employment with the employer.
(3) The participating employee shall indicate on the appropriate form when funds are to be paid. If the participating employee wishes to begin receiving disbursements within six months, then the distribution date and the distribution option must be specified.
(4) Where allowable under the plan, if the distribution election is not made by the latter of 30 days following termination or 30 days following attainment of age 70, the participating employee shall be deemed to have elected a distribution date 180 days subsequent to termination. If the participating employee does not exercise the right to one additional election to further delay the distribution of funds during this year, the funds will be distributed to the participating employee in a lump sum within a reasonable time after the expiration of this period.
(5) If a participant has elected, in accordance with the plan, to defer the commencement of distributions beyond the first permissible payout date, then the participant may make an additional election to further defer the commencement of distributions, provided that the election is filed before distributions actually begin and the later commencement date meets the required distribution commencement date provisions of Sections 401(a)(9) and 457(d)(2) of the IRC. A participant may not make more than one such additional deferral election after the first permissible payout date.
For purposes of the preceding paragraph, the "first permissible payout date" is the earliest date on which the plan permits payments to begin after separation from service, disregarding payments to a participant who has an unforeseeable emergency or attains age 70½, or under the in-service distribution provisions of the plan.
(6) When a participating employee elects to start receiving benefits after termination, the amount withdrawn must meet the following criteria consistent with the requirements of IRC § 457:
1. Be substantially nonincreasing; and
2. Meet minimum distribution requirements.
(7) A participating employee may elect to have an account distributed in one of the following methods, subject to the specific terms of the chosen investment option:
1. A single lump sum payment;
2. Substantially nonincreasing installment payments for a period of years (payable on an annual, semiannual, quarterly, or monthly basis) which extends no longer than the life expectancy of the participating employee or such longer period as permitted;
3. Partial lump sum payment of a designated amount, with the balance payable in substantially nonincreasing installment payments for a period of years, as described above;
4. Annuity payments (payable on an annual, quarterly, or monthly basis) for the participating employee's lifetime, or for the lifetimes of the participating employee and the employee's beneficiary if permitted;
5. Such other form of installment payments as may be approved by the plan administrator consistent with the limitations of the plan, the investment provider, and the applicable laws and regulations governing such choice. No distribution method may be made or changed after the commencement date for such distribution method.
(8) If a participating employee works beyond the normal retirement age or the plan's designated normal retirement age, the participating employee shall notify the plan administrator on the appropriate forms of the selected retirement option within 30 days after termination of employment.
(9) If a participating employee is rehired by an employer and is eligible to participate in the deferred compensation plan, the employee may, within 30 days following the employee's new hire date, notify the plan administrator in writing of the intent to void the previous election to delay receipt of the funds. This option is not available if the participating employee entered into a settlement option prior to the rehire date.
b. Unforeseeable emergency. A participating employee may request that the plan administrator allow the withdrawal of some or all of the funds held in the participating employee's account based on an unforeseeable emergency. Forms must be completed and returned to the plan administrator for review in order to consider a withdrawal request. The plan administrator shall determine whether the participating employee's request meets the definition of an unforeseeable emergency as provided for in U.S. Treasury Regulation 1.457-2(h). In addition to being extraordinary and unforeseeable, an unforeseeable emergency must not be reimbursable:
(1) By insurance or otherwise;
(2) By liquidation of the participating employee's assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship; or
(3) By cessation of deferrals under the plan.
Upon the plan administrator's approval of an unforeseeable emergency distribution, the participating employee will be required to stop current deferrals for a period of no less than six months.
A participating employee who disagrees with the initial denial of a request to withdraw funds on the basis of an unforeseeable emergency may request that the director reconsider the request by submitting additional written evidence of qualification or reasons why the request for withdrawal of funds from the plan should be approved.
c. Voluntary in-service distribution. A participant who is an active employee of an eligible employer shall receive a distribution of the total amount payable to the participant under the plan if the following requirements are met:
(1) The total amount payable to the participant under the plan does not exceed $5,000 (or the dollar limit under Section 411(a)(11) of the Internal Revenue Code, if greater),
(2) The participant has not previously received an in-service distribution of the total amount payable to the participant under the plan,
(3) No amount has been deferred under the plan with respect to the participant during the two-year period ending on the date of the in-service distribution, and
(4) The participant elects to receive the distribution.
The plan administrator may also elect to distribute the accumulated account value of a participant's account without consent, if the above criteria are met.
This provision is available only once in the lifetime of the participating employee. If funds are distributed under this provision, the participating employee is not eligible under the plan to utilize this provision at any other time in the future.
d. Plan-to-plan transfers.
(1) Participating employees who have accepted employment with a new employer that offers an eligible plan as defined in U.S. Treasury Regulation § 1.457-2(c)(1) may transfer their account values to their new employer's plan if that plan provides for the acceptance of the account and the funds are placed in a like plan in accordance with IRC § 457.
(2) Transfers from other eligible deferred compensation plans as defined in U.S. Treasury Regulation § 1.457-2(c)(1) to this plan will be accepted at the participating employee's request if such transfers are in cash or covered under an investment option currently offered under the plan. Any such transferred amount shall not be subject to the yearly deferral limitations of the plan, provided, however, that the actual amount deferred during the calendar year under both plans shall be taken into account in calculating the deferral limitation for that year. For purposes of determining the limitation set forth in the catch-up provision of the plan, years of eligibility to participate in the prior plan and deferrals under that plan shall be considered.
e. Transfers under domestic relations orders.
(1) To the extent required under a final judgment, decree, or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) made pursuant to a state domestic relations law, any portion of a participating employee's account may be paid or set aside for payment to a spouse, former spouse, or child of the participating employee. The employer will determine whether the judgment, decree, or order is valid and binding on the plan, and whether it is issued by a court or agency with jurisdiction over the plan. The judgment, decree or order must specify which of the participating employee's accounts are to be paid or set aside, the valuation date of the accounts and, to the extent possible, the exact value of the accounts. Where necessary to carry out the terms of such an order, a separate account shall be established with respect to the spouse, former spouse, or child who shall be entitled to choose investment providers in the same manner as the participating employee. Any amount so set aside for a spouse, former spouse, or child shall be paid out in a lump sum at the earliest date that benefits may be paid to the participating employee, unless the judgment, decree, or order directs a different form of payment. Unless otherwise subsequently suspended or altered by federal law, all applicable taxes shall be withheld and paid from this lump sum distribution. However, the distribution and all applicable taxes shall be reported as if received by and paid by the participating employee. This shall not be construed to authorize any amount to be distributed under the plan at a time or in a form that is not permitted under Section 457 of the Internal Revenue Code.
(2) A right to receive benefits under the plan shall be reduced to the extent that any portion of a participating employee's account has been paid or set aside for payment to a spouse, former spouse, or child pursuant to these rules or to the extent that the employer or the plan is otherwise subject to a binding judgment, decree, or order for the attachment, garnishment, or execution of any portion of any account or of any distributions therefrom. The participating employee shall be deemed to have released the employer and the plan from any claim with respect to such amounts in any case in which:
1. The employer, the plan, or any plan representative has been served with legal process or otherwise joined in a proceeding relating to such amounts,
2. The participating employee has been notified of the pendency of such proceeding in the manner prescribed by the law of the jurisdiction in which the proceeding is pending for service of process or by mail from the employer or a plan representative to the participating employee's last-known mailing address, and
3. The participating employee fails to obtain an order of the court in the proceeding relieving the employer and the plan from the obligation to comply with the judgment, decree, or order.
(3) Neither the employer nor any plan representative shall be obligated to incur any cost to defend against or set aside any judgment, decree, or order relating to the division, attachment, garnishment, or execution of the participating employee's account or of any distribution therefrom. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the employer, the plan, or a plan representative is joined in any such proceeding, a plan representative shall take such steps as it deems necessary and appropriate to protect the terms of the plan.
f. Method of payment.
(1) Payments will not be initiated by the investment providers or the plan administrator until at least 31 calendar days after termination of employment. Investment providers will, upon written instruction from the plan administrator, make payments directly to the participating employee or to the participating employee's beneficiary, in satisfaction of the employer's continuing obligation under the plan. This shall not, however, give the participating employee or beneficiary any right to demand payment from the employer or the investment provider(s).
(2) Benefits paid to the participating employee shall be paid in accordance with the payment options elected by the participating employee. The form of payment and the settlement options available shall be as provided by each of the investment providers, consistent with the limitations of the plan. Amounts payable with respect to the participating employee will be paid consistent with the times specified by applicable U.S. Treasury regulations which are not later than the time determined under IRC § 401(a)(9) relating to incidental benefits.
g. Incompetence of payee. If the plan administrator shall find that any person to whom any amount is payable under the plan is unable to care for that person's affairs, is a minor, or has died, any payment due the person, or that person's estate, may be paid to the person's spouse, a child, a relative, or any other person maintaining or having custody of such person, unless a prior claim therefor has been made by a duly appointed legal representative. Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of all liability under the plan thereof.
h. Federal and state withholding taxes. It shall be the responsibility of the investment providers, when making payment directly to the participating employee or the participating employee's beneficiary, to withhold the required federal and state income taxes, to remit them to the proper government agency on a timely basis, and to file all necessary reports as required by federal and state regulations, including W-2s.
15.6(13) Death of a participant.
a. When a participant dies, the following information shall be provided by the participant's beneficiary to the plan administrator: participating employee's name, social security number and a certified copy of the death certificate. Upon receipt of the above information, the plan administrator shall initiate procedures so that the proceeds being held in the plan may be distributed as provided in the agreement, unless an irrevocable election is made by the beneficiary to defer benefits to no later than the deceased participant's normal retirement date or in accordance with the participant's irrevocable election on file with the plan administrator.
b. After the death of a participating employee, the participating employee's beneficiary shall have the right to amend the participating employee's or the beneficiary's own investment specification by signing and filing with the plan administrator a written amendment on a form and in the procedural manner approved by the plan administrator. Any change in an investment specification by a beneficiary shall be effective on a date consistent with these rules and the specifications of the investment provider. The right of a beneficiary to amend an investment specification shall terminate on the last day available for an election concerning the form of payment.
c. Payments to a beneficiary.
(1) If a participating employee dies after distribution of the account has begun, distribution shall continue to be paid to the beneficiary at the same or greater rate as under the method of distribution in effect at the time of the participating employee's death.
(2) If a participating employee dies before payments have begun, payments to a beneficiary must comply with one of the following requirements:
1. The entire account value must be distributed within five years following the participating employee's death; or
2. Distribution of the account must begin on or before December 31 of the calendar year following the participating employee's death and the entire account must be paid over a period not extending beyond 15 years (or if the beneficiary is the participating employee's spouse, the life expectancy of the beneficiary); or
3. If the beneficiary is the participating employee's surviving spouse, distribution of the account may be delayed until December 31 of the calendar year in which the participating employee would have attained age 70½.
(3) If distributions have not begun, the beneficiary shall choose a distribution commencement date by filing an election with the plan administrator within 120 days following the participating employee's death. This election shall not be changed once it has been made. If no election is made within 120 days following the participating employee's death, the distribution commencement date will be December 31 of the calendar year following the participating employee's death and shall be completed according to the applicable time period specified in subparagraph (2) above.
(4) The beneficiary shall elect the form of payment based upon the options then available. Distributions to a beneficiary shall be completed within the applicable time period specified in subparagraph (2) above. Such election is irrevocable after the thirtieth day preceding the date on which benefits will commence.
(5) Failure to file an election as to the form of payment will result in the plan administrator making a lump sum payment to the beneficiary according to subparagraph (3) above.
15.6(14) Investment providers.
a. Participation. The investment providers under the plan are authorized to offer new accounts and investment products to employees only if awarded a service agreement through a competitive bid process. A list of active investment providers shall be provided, upon request, to any employee or other interested party. Inactive investment providers shall participate to the extent necessary to fully discharge their duties under the applicable federal and state laws and regulations, the plan, their service agreements or contracts with the employer, and their investment accounts or contracts with participating employees.
b. Investment products. Investment products shall be limited to those that have been selected by the plan administrator. No new accounts shall be available to employees for life insurance under the plan.
c. Reports and consolidated statements. The investment providers will provide various reports to the plan administrator as well as consolidated statements, newsletters, and performance reports to participants as specified in their service agreements.
d. Dividends and interest. The only dividend or interest options available on policies or funds are those where the dividend or interest remains within the account to increase the value of the account.
e. Quality standards. An investment provider that issues individual or group annuity contracts, or that has issued life insurance policies, must have:
(1) A minimum credit rating of at least "A-" from the A.M. Best Corporation financial strength rating system, or equivalent ratings from two other major, recognized ratings services, and
(2) A minimum number of years in existence greater than 12.
f. In lieu of (1) and (2) above, companies that provide mutual funds shall be selected by the plan administrator using a selection process that includes quality standard requirements as set forth in a competitive bid process and in the investment provider's service agreement.
g. Minimum contract requirements. In addition to meeting selection requirements, an investment provider must meet and maintain the requirements set forth in its contract or service agreement with the state of Iowa.
h. Removal from participation. Failure to comply with the provisions of these rules, the investment provider contract or service agreement with the employer, or the terms and conditions of the investment provider account with the participating employee, may result in termination of an investment provider contract or service agreement, and all rights therein shall be exercised by the employer.
15.6(15) Marketing and education.
a. Orientation and information meetings. Employers may hold orientation and information meetings for the benefit of their employees during normal work hours using materials developed and approved by the plan administrator. Active investment providers may make presentations upon approval of individual agency or department authorities during non-work hours. There shall be no solicitation of employees by investment providers at an employee's workplace during the employee's working hours, except as authorized in writing by the plan administrator.
b. General requirements for solicitation.
(1) An active investment provider may solicit business from participants and employees through representatives, the mail, or direct presentations.
(2) Active investment providers and representatives may solicit business at a state agency's work site only with the prior permission of the agency director or other appropriate authority.
(3) All investment providers or representatives may not conduct any activity with respect to a registered investment option unless the appropriate license has been obtained.
(4) An investment provider or representative may not make a representation about an investment option that is contrary to any attribute of the option or that is misleading with respect to the option.
(5) An investment provider or representative may not state, represent, or imply that its investment options are endorsed or recommended by the plan administrator, a state agency, the state of Iowa, or an employee of the foregoing.
(6) An investment provider or representative may not state, represent, or imply that its investment option is the only option available under the plan.
c. Disclosure.
(1) Enrollment. When soliciting business for an investment product, an active investment provider or representative shall provide each participating employee or eligible employee with a copy of the approved disclosure for that option. If a variable annuity product has several alternative investment choices, the participant must receive disclosures concerning all investment choices. An investment provider is responsible for any violations of these rules by a representative who is marketing the investment provider's investment options. An active investment provider shall notify the plan administrator in writing if the investment provider will be marketing its investment options through representatives. The notification must contain a complete identification of the representatives who will be marketing the options. Every representative and agent that enrolls eligible employees in the plan and is authorized by the investment provider to sign plan forms must be included on this notification.
(2) Disbursement methods and account values. When discussing distribution methods for an investment option, investment providers or representatives shall disclose to each participating employee or eligible employee all potential distribution methods and the potential income derived from each method for that option. An investment provider is responsible for any violations of these rules by a representative who is marketing the investment provider's investment options.
d. Approval of a disclosure form.
(1) An investment provider shall complete and submit to the plan administrator a disclosure form for each approved investment product. If a variable annuity product has several investment choices, the plan administrator must receive all disclosures related to those investment choices. An investment provider shall complete a disclosure on each investment product that has participating employee funds (including those no longer offered).
(2) If changes occur during the plan year, any changes must be submitted to the plan administrator for approval prior to their implementation. Disclosure forms will be updated quarterly. Even if no changes occur, an investment provider shall resubmit its disclosure form to the plan administrator for approval every year.
(3) If an investment provider or representative materially misstates a required disclosure or fails to provide disclosure, the plan administrator may sanction the investment provider or bind the investment provider to the disclosure as stated on the form.
e. Confidentiality. The plan administrator may provide any information that can be made available under the Iowa department of personnel's rules to all active investment providers. Notwithstanding any rule of the Iowa department of personnel to the contrary, the plan administrator shall make available to all active investment providers the names and home addresses of all state employees. The plan administrator may assess reasonable costs to the active investment providers to defray the expense of producing any requested information. All information obtained under the plan shall be confidential and used exclusively for purposes relating to the plan and as expressly contemplated by the service agreement or contract entered into by the investment provider.
f. Number of companies. Only investment providers who are selected through a competitive bid process, who are subsequently awarded a service agreement, and who are authorized to do business in the state of Iowa may sell annuities, mutual funds or other approved products under the plan, and then only if they agree to the terms, conditions, and provisions of the service agreement. At any given time, no more than 11 investment providers may be authorized to open new accounts for participating employees. Beginning January 1, 1999, during the term of a service agreement with the employer, any investment provider that does not enroll an average of 25 new participating employees per plan year will not be eligible for renewal as an active investment provider upon expiration of a service agreement except through a competitive bid process.
g. Company changes/transfers. If a participating employee wishes to change deferrals to another active investment provider within the plan, the participating employee shall submit forms to the plan administrator. The funds accumulated under the prior investment option may be transferred in total or in accordance with such other options offered by the active investment providers, according to the participating employee's direction to the plan administrator, to the new investment option. The appropriate forms shall be provided to the plan administrator prior to requesting the surrender or partial withdrawal of an existing account. A participating employee may request at any time during the calendar year to transfer accumulated funds from an investment provider to another active investment provider offered under the plan. A participating employee may only transfer an account to an investment provider that is not active if the participating employee already has an established account with the investment provider and the transfer does not necessitate the creation of a new account. A participating employee may change investment providers anytime during the calendar year. Surrender charges pursuant to individual participant investment contracts may apply. In the event of a transfer, participating employees who have made irrevocable elections as required under the plan will be required to maintain this election under the new investment provider.
15.6(16) Investment of deferred amounts.
a. The deferred amounts shall be delivered by the employer to investment providers or their designated agents for investment as designated by the participating employee or beneficiary.
b. Investment providers shall use the participating employee's or beneficiary's investment specifications to determine the value of the deferred account maintained with respect to the participating employee and shall invest the deferred amounts according to such specifications.
c. All interest, dividends, charges for premiums and administrative expenses, as well as changes in value due to market fluctuations applicable to each participating employee's account, shall be credited or debited to the account as they occur.
d. All assets of the plan, including all deferred amounts, property, and rights purchased with deferred amounts, as well as all income attributable to such deferred amounts, property or rights, shall be held in a trust, custodial account, or an annuity contract, in accordance with the provisions of the plan, and shall be held (until made available to the participating employee or beneficiary) for the exclusive benefit of the participating employees and their beneficiaries.
15.6(17) Investment option removal/replacement. The plan administrator may determine that an investment option offered under the plan is no longer acceptable for inclusion in the program. If the plan administrator decides to remove an investment option from the plan as the result of the option's failure to meet the established evaluation criteria and according to the recommendations of consultants or advisors, the option shall be removed or phased out of the plan. Employees newly enrolling in the plan shall be informed in writing that the terminating investment option does not meet the evaluation criteria and that this investment option is not open to new enrollments.
a. Any participating employees already deferring to the terminating investment option shall be informed in writing that they need to redirect future deferrals from this option to an alternative investment option offered under the plan by notifying the plan administrator, unless otherwise directed, of their new investment choice.
b. At the end of a sufficient period, and with sufficient notice of not less than 45 days to participating employees, the plan administrator shall instruct an investment provider to automatically redirect any participating employee's deferrals that have not been redirected to an alternative investment option from the terminated option into another investment option offered by the plan. Existing participating employee account balances shall be allowed to remain in the terminating investment option during this period.
c. Participating employees may subsequently be directed to transfer existing balances from the terminating option to another investment option offered under the plan. If any participating employee has failed to move a remaining account balance from the terminated investment option, the plan administrator shall instruct an investment provider to automatically move that participating employee's account balance into another designated alternative investment option offered under the plan.
d. At any time during this process, the plan administrator may reexamine the performance of the terminating investment option and the recommendations of consultants and advisors to determine if the investment option's continued plan participation is justified.
15.6(18) Demutualization of companies.
a. An investment provider that is a mutual company and that provides any annuity product or life insurance product held under the plan shall provide the plan administrator with a ballot(s) for official vote registration. The ballot(s) shall be completed and returned to the company according to the specified deadline in the instructions. The ballot(s) shall include the owner's name, policy numbers of affected contracts, name of annuitant or insured, number of shares anticipated, and the control number for the group of shares.
b. The company shall provide the plan administrator with a policyholder booklet, as well as instructions and guide information, prior to or in conjunction with the delivery of the ballot(s). Notices of progress, time frames and meetings will also be provided to the plan administrator as such information becomes available.
c. Compensation will be provided in cash according to the terms of the demutualization plan. In the event that stocks are issued in lieu of cash, the company shall issue all certificates to the employer on behalf of the affected participants and shall provide a listing which includes participants' names, social security numbers, policy numbers, and number of shares pro rata. The certification(s) will be delivered to the treasurer of the state of Iowa by the plan administrator for safekeeping within five workdays following receipt. The certificate(s) will be retrieved from the treasurer of the state of Iowa when an arrangement has been made with a stockbroker for the sale of the stock.
d. An arrangement will be entered into between the plan administrator and a stockbroker as soon as administratively possible in order to liquidate the stock for cash. The broker shall retain commission fees according to the arrangement entered into from the value obtained at the time of sale. The employer will not realize a tax liability nor will the participating employees.
e. The proceeds of the sale of the stock, less the broker commission, shall be made payable to the company. Cash will be immediately credited to the participating employee's accounts by the company. The company shall credit each participating employee's accounts pro rata based on the allotted shares per contract, and the plan administrator will be provided with a listing of the dollar amount credited to each participating employee's accounts. The company will credit the accounts based on the printout provided to the plan administrator. A statement of this transaction will also be provided by the company to participating employees at their home addresses upon completion of crediting of the accounts. The funds will be remitted to the company on a separate warrant and day from normal contributions. The company will report the investment return credit to the plan administrator in a specified format and show the credit under the earnings column.
f. In the event that dividends are issued prior to the sale of the stock, the dividends will be returned to the company and the company will credit each eligible account with the correct dividend based on the pro-rata shares. The company will also provide a statement to the participating employees at their home addresses which shows the credit of the dividend. The plan administrator shall be provided with a printout which includes a participating employee's name, social security number, policy number, and dollars credited.
ITEM 2. Rescind rule 581--15.13(19A).
ARC 8470A
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK FUND BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 455G.4(3), 455G.6(15), 455G.9 and 455G.21, the Iowa Comprehensive Petroleum Underground Storage Tank Fund Board (Board) hereby proposes to amend Chapter 11, "Remedial or Insurance Claims," Iowa Administrative Code.
Chapter 11 describes the guidelines for remedial or insurance claims. These guidelines require compliance with UST system upgrade deadlines established by the Iowa legislature, and provide for reimbursement limitations consistent with the Iowa Code. These amendments address legislative changes which expand certain benefits and extend the upgrade deadline from January 1, 1995, to December 22, 1998.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on these proposed amendments on or before December 8, 1998. Such written comments should be directed to the Administrator, Iowa Comprehensive Petroleum Underground Storage Tank Fund Board, 1000 Illinois Street, Suite B, Des Moines, Iowa 50314.
Persons who want to orally convey their views should contact Patrick Rounds, Administrator, Iowa Comprehensive Petroleum Underground Storage Tank Fund Board, at (515)284-1616, during regular business hours.
There will be a public hearing on December 8, 1998, at10 a.m. in the Conference Room of the Administrator's Office, 1000 Illinois Street, Suite B, Des Moines, Iowa. Persons may present their views at this public hearing either orally or in writing.
These amendments will not necessitate additional annual expenditures exceeding $100,000 by political subdivisions or agencies and entities which contract with political subdivisions. Therefore, no fiscal note accompanies this Notice.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 455G.9 and 455G.21.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subparagraph 11.1(3)"d"(6) as follows:
(6) A retroactive claim for a release for a small business shall be subject to the copayment requirements of Iowa Code section 455G.9(4). For all other retroactive claims, the program shall pay the lesser of $50,000 or the total cost of corrective action for that release or total corrective action costs for that release as determined under 455G.9(4).
ITEM 2. Amend paragraph 11.1(3)"o," introductory paragraph, as follows:
o. An owner/operator eligible for remedial benefits who complied with 11.1(3)"b" by using program insurance au-thorized pursuant to Iowa Code section 455G.11 will remain eligible for remedial benefits even though the insured tanks were not upgraded by January 1, 1995, December 22, 1998, under the following conditions:
ARC 8471A
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK FUND BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 455G.4(3), 455G.6(15), 455G.9 and 455G.21, the Iowa Comprehensive Petroleum Underground Storage Tank Fund Board (Board) hereby proposes to amend Chapter 11, "Remedial or Insurance Claims," Iowa Administrative Code.
Chapter 11 describes the guidelines for remedial or insurance claims. Subrule 11.1(3) relates to eligibility criteria for remedial and retroactive claims. Subrule 11.1(5) relates to eligibility criteria for innocent landowner claimants. The purpose of these amendments is to establish deadlines for submittal of risk-based corrective action evaluations at sites eligible for reimbursement. Claimants will be required to submit a Tier 1 or, if required, a Tier 2 evaluation by June 30, 2000, or 180 days after confirmation of a release, whichever is later, to remain eligible for reimbursement. In addition, the amendments require that claimants comply with Department of Natural Resources report submittal deadlines to maintain eligibility.
These amendments are intended to expedite the corrective action process by basing reimbursement eligibility on compliance with Department report submittal deadlines. Establishing an initial deadline of June 30, 2000, will allow for sufficient time for the Board to notify all claimants of the deadline and provide sufficient time for all evaluations to be completed.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on these proposed amendments on or before December 8, 1998. Such written comments should be directed to the Administrator, Iowa Comprehensive Petroleum Underground Storage Tank Fund Board, 1000 Illinois Street, Suite B, Des Moines, Iowa 50314.
Persons who want to orally convey their views should contact Patrick Rounds, Administrator, Iowa Comprehensive Petroleum Underground Storage Tank Fund Board, at (515)284-1616, during regular business hours.
There will be a public hearing on December 8, 1998, at10 a.m. in the Conference Room, Administrator's Office, 1000 Illinois Street, Suite B, Des Moines, Iowa. Persons may present their views at this public hearing either orally or in writing.
These amendments will not necessitate additional annual expenditures exceeding $100,000 by political subdivisions or agencies and entities which contract with political subdivisions. Therefore, no fiscal note accompanies this Notice.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 455G.9 and 455G.21.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 11.1(3) by adopting the following new paragraph:
r. Compliance with report submittal deadlines. To be eligible for remedial benefits, claimants must comply with all department deadlines for submittal of Tier 1, Tier 2 and corrective action design report (CADR) requirements and must submit a Tier 1, and Tier 2 if required, by June 30, 2000, or 180 days after confirmation of a release from the site, whichever is later.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 11.1(5) by adopting the following new paragraph:
f. Compliance with report submittal deadlines. To be eligible for remedial benefits, claimants must comply with all department deadlines for submittal of Tier 1, Tier 2 and corrective action design report (CADR) requirements and must submit a Tier 1, and Tier 2 if required, by June 30, 2000, or 180 days after confirmation of a release from the site, whichever is later.
ARC 8492A
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]

BOARD OF BARBER EXAMINERS

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 147.76 and 158.15, the Board of Barber Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 20, "Barber Examiners," Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment provides direction in submitting an application for examination and licensure in a time frame that allows for ordering the newly imposed national exam 30 days prior to the exam date and for processing the application within the Professional Licensure Division.
Any interested person may make written or oral suggestions or comments on the proposed amendment on or before December 8, 1998. Comments should be directed to Roxanne Sparks, Professional Licensure Division, Department of Public Health, Lucas State Office Building, Fourth Floor, Des Moines, Iowa 50319-0075.
A public hearing will be held on December 8, 1998, from 2 to 3 p.m. in the Fourth Floor Conference Room #1, Lucas State Office Building, at which time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the proposed amendment.
The Board has determined that the amendment will have no impact on small business within the meaning of Iowa Code section 17A.31.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 147.76 and 158.15.
The following amendment is proposed.
Adopt new rule 645--20.12(158) as follows:
645--20.12(158) Application. All persons who practice barbering in the state of Iowa are required to be licensed as barbers. To be considered eligible for examination or licensure, or both, an applicant shall meet the licensure requirements of Iowa Code section 158.3, submit fees, and a completed application form prescribed by the board. An application for examination must be filed with the board at least 45 days preceding the examination. Application forms may be obtained from the barber school at which the student is enrolled, or by contacting the Board of Barber Examiners, Department of Public Health, Lucas State Office Building, Fourth Floor, Des Moines, Iowa 50319-0075.
ARC 8496A
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 135.11(9) and 144.3, the Department of Public Health hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 101, "Death Certification, Autopsy and Disinterment," Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments clarify the procedures to be followed in the removal, transportation, and disposition of a dead human body or fetus and will ensure that the burial-transit permit rule is consistent with the amendment made in Iowa Code Supplement section 144.32.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on these proposed amendments on or before December 8, 1998. Such written material should be directed to Mike Marshall, Department of Public Health, Fourth Floor, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319-0075 or fax (515)281-4958.
Also, there will be a public hearing on December 8, 1998, at 3 p.m. in the Fourth Floor Conference Room of the Lucas State Office Building. Any persons who intend to attend the public hearing and have special requirements, such as hearing or mobility impairments, should contact the Department of Public Health and advise of special needs.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 135.11(9) and Iowa Code Supplement section 144.32.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Rescind rule 641--101.4(135,144) and adopt new rule 641--101.4(135) as follows:
641--101.4(135) Removal of dead body or fetus.
101.4(1) Before assuming custody of a dead human body or fetus, any person shall:
a. Contact the attending physician and receive assurance that death is from natural causes and that the physician will assume responsibility for certifying to the cause of death or fetal death; or
b. If the case comes within the jurisdiction of the medical examiner, contact the medical examiner and receive authorization to remove the dead human body or fetus.
101.4(2) If a person other than a funeral director, medical examiner, or emergency medical service assumes custody of a dead human body or fetus, the person shall secure a burial-transit permit.
ITEM 2. Rescind rule 641--101.5(135,144) and adopt new rule 641--101.5(144) as follows:
641--101.5(144) Burial-transit permit.
101.5(1) The burial-transit permit shall be issued upon a form prescribed by the state registrar and shall state:
a. The name, date of death, cause of death and other necessary details required by the state registrar;
b. That a satisfactory certificate of death has been filed;
c. That permission is granted to inter, remove or otherwise dispose of the body; and
d. The name and location of the cemetery or crematory where final disposition of the body is to be made.
The burial-transit permit shall be issued by the county medical examiner, a funeral director, or the county registrar of the county where the certificate of death or fetal death was filed.
101.5(2) The burial-transit permit shall be delivered to the person in charge of the place of final disposition.
101.5(3) The person in charge of every place of final disposition shall see that all of the requirements of this chapter relative to burial-transit permits have been complied with before disposition. Such person shall retain the burial-transit permit for a period of one year from the date of final disposition.
101.5(4) A burial-transit permit shall not be issued prior to the filing of a certificate of death or fetal death in the county where the death occurred.
101.5(5) A burial-transit permit shall not be issued to a person other than a licensed funeral director if the death or fetal death is of a suspected or known communicable disease as defined by 641--paragraph 1.2(1)"a."
ITEM 3. Rescind rule 641--101.6(135,144) and adopt new rule 641--101.6(135) as follows:
641--101.6(135) Transportation and disposition of dead body or fetus.
101.6(1) A dead human body or fetus shall be transported only after enclosure in a tightly sealed outer receptacle, unless the body or fetus has been embalmed. In addition, the transport of a dead human body or fetus shall be in a manner that, applying contemporary community standards with respect to what is suitable, is respectful of the dead, the feelings of relatives, and the sensibilities of the community.
101.6(2) When a dead human body or fetus is transported from the state, the burial-transit permit shall accompany the body or fetus. When a dead human body or fetus is brought into the state, a burial-transit permit under the law of the state in which the death occurred shall accompany the body or fetus.
101.6(3) If the final disposition of a dead human body or fetus is cremation at a licensed cremation establishment, scattering of cremated remains shall be subject to the local ordinances of the political subdivision, and any and all regulations of the cemetery, if applicable, in which the scattering site is located. However, such local ordinances and cemetery regulations shall not allow scattering of cremated remains upon state property or upon private property without the property owner's consent. In the absence of an applicable local ordinance or cemetery regulation, scattering of cremated remains shall not be allowed upon any public property or upon private property without the property owner's consent. All other rules and regulations of the department relating to dead human bodies or fetuses shall not apply to the cremated remains.
101.6(4) If the final disposition of a dead human body or fetus is burial, interment or entombment, local ordinances of the political subdivision in which the final disposition site is located and any and all regulations of the cemetery, if applicable, shall apply. In the absence of an applicable local ordinance, the depth of the grave at its shallowest point shall be at least three feet from the top of the burial container.
ARC 8497A
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1221, section 5, subsection 4"a"(2)(c), the Department of Public Health hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to adopt Chapter 150, "Iowa Regionalized System of Perinatal Health Care," Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed chapter implements the recommendations of the Department's perinatal guidelines advisory committee and of the American Academy of Pediatrics and the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists for Iowa's voluntary regionalized system of perinatal health care. Hospitals within the state may choose to participate in Iowa's regionalized system of perinatal health care and select the hospital's level of participation in the regionalized system. A hospital having determined to participate in the regionalized system shall comply with the rules appropriate to the level of participation selected by the hospital.
The following rules present a description of the levels of care among Iowa perinatal hospitals. The levels are as follows: Level I hospital, Level II hospital, Level II regional center, and Level III center. The Department is very much aware of the need for organization of limited resources in a rural state. Accordingly, the rules are designed to encourage and support the presence of a Level II regional center in areas not populous enough to support a Level III center.
The primary purpose of designation is to assure Iowa perinatal patients appropriate care as close to their homes as possible. The further intent of these rules is to ensure that when a hospital markets itself at a particular level of perinatal care, it is capable of providing that care. The rules provide the framework to be used in defining and evaluating the level of perinatal services being offered.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on this proposed chapter on or before December 8, 1998. Such written material should be directed to Mike Marshall, Department of Public Health, Fourth Floor, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319-0075, or fax (515) 281-4958.
Also, there will be a public hearing on December 9, 1998, at 10 a.m. over the Iowa Communications Network (ICN) at which time persons may present their views. The sites for the public hearing are as follows: Iowa School for the Deaf, ICN Classroom 1, 1600 South Highway 275, Council Bluffs; Central High School, 1120 Main St., Davenport; Mason City High School, Room 153, 1700 4th St. SE, Mason City; East High School, Room 215, 5011 Mayhew Ave., Sioux City; East High School, 214 High St., Waterloo; and the Iowa Department of Public Health ICN Room, Third Floor, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines.
Any persons who intend to attend the public hearing and have special requirements, such as hearing or mobility impairments, should contact the Department of Public Health and advise of special needs.
The proposed chapter is intended to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1221, section 5, subsection 4"a"(2)(c).
The following chapter is proposed.
Adopt the following new chapter:
CHAPTER 150

IOWA REGIONALIZED SYSTEM
OF PERINATAL HEALTH CARE

641--150.1(135,77GA,ch1221) Purpose and scope. Hospitals within the state shall determine whether to participate in Iowa's regionalized system of perinatal health care and shall select the hospital's level of participation in the regionalized system. A hospital having determined to participate in the regionalized system shall comply with the rules appropriate to the level of participation selected by the hospital.
Iowa's regionalized system of perinatal health care helps practitioners in rural Iowa to rapidly access specialty services for their patients even though such services may not exist in the local community. This is predicated on several factors, including the willingness of certain hospitals in moderate-to-large Iowa cities to provide specialty services and the presence of a functional system of patient transportation. These rules address how participating Iowa hospitals relate to the regionalized system and suggest a level of functioning which should identify the role each participating hospital plays in the system.
The following rules present a description of the levels of care among Iowa perinatal hospitals. The levels are as follows: Level I hospital, Level II hospital, Level II regional center, and Level III center. The department is very much aware of the need for organization of limited resources in a rural state. Accordingly, the rules are designed to encourage and support the presence of a Level II regional center in areas not populous enough to support a Level III center.
These rules are not meant to hold Iowa hospitals and Iowa perinatal professionals to an impractical ideal. Although the rules are clearly not intended to serve as standards, they do specify particulars when feasible. For example, specification of a designated level of care for a hospital should be clearly evident from the descriptions. Levels of care are designated by the functional capacity of the hospital. Thus, it may be possible to have a number of Level II hospitals or Level III centers in one city.
The primary purpose of designation is to ensure Iowa perinatal patients appropriate care as close to their homes as possible. In an ideal situation, no community hospital would be more than 50 miles from a perinatal center. Unfortunately, Iowa's low population density precludes this. Accordingly, Iowa developed a network of regional centers.
The further intent of these rules is to ensure that when a hospital markets itself at a particular level of perinatal care, it is capable of providing that care. The public is entitled to know the level of functioning. The rules provide the framework to be used in defining and evaluating the level of perinatal services being offered.
641--150.2(135,77GA,ch1221) Definitions. For the purpose of these rules, the following definitions shall apply:
"Categorization" means a preliminary determination by the department that a hospital is capable of providing peri-natal care at Level I, Level II, Level II regional, or Level III care capabilities.
"Certificate of verification" means a document awarded by the department that identifies a hospital's level of peri-natal care and term of verification at that level.
"Department" means the Iowa department of public health.
"Director" means the director of the Iowa department of public health.
"Fetal death" means a birth which fails to show any sign of life after delivery. Reportable fetal deaths in Iowa are those of greater than 20 weeks' gestation. "Fetal death" and "stillbirth" are synonymous terms.
"Hospital" means a facility licensed under Iowa Code chapter 135B, or a comparable facility located and licensed in another state.
"Infant death" means the death of a liveborn infant under one year of age and includes both neonatal and postneonatal deaths.
"Live birth" means a birth that shows any sign of life after delivery. The World Health Organization considers a sign of life as being breathing or showing of any other evidence of life, such as beating of the heart, pulsation of the umbilical cord, or definite movement of voluntary muscles, whether or not the umbilical cord has been cut or the placenta is attached.
"Maternal death" means a death due to complications of pregnancy, labor, delivery or puerperium. For additional information regarding maternal death, see also Iowa Administrative Code, 641--5.1(135).
"Neonatal death" means the death of a liveborn infant occurring within the first 27 days of life.
"On-site verification survey" means an on-site survey conducted by the department's statewide perinatal care program based at the University of Iowa hospitals and clinics to assess a hospital's ability to meet the level of designation selected by the hospital.
"Perinatal advisory committee" means the committee that provides review and counsel to the statewide perinatal care program based at the University of Iowa hospitals and clinics.
"Perinatal death" means the death of a fetus of greater than 20 weeks' gestation or death of a liveborn infant under 28 days of life.
"Perinatal guidelines advisory committee" means the committee that provides consultation to the department regarding these rules for the regionalized system of perinatal health care.
"Postneonatal death" means the death of a liveborn infant after the first 27 days of life, but before one year of age.
"Regionalized system of perinatal health care" means the department's program for the provision of appropriate perinatal care as close to patients' homes as possible.
"Statewide perinatal care program" means the educational team based at the University of Iowa hospitals and clinics.
"Stillbirth" means a fetus born dead after 20 weeks of gestation. See Fetal death.
"Verification" means a process by which the department certifies a hospital's capacity to provide perinatal care in accordance with criteria established for Level I hospitals, Level II hospitals, Level II regional centers, and Level III centers under these rules.
641--150.3(135,77GA,ch1221) Perinatal guidelines advisory committee.
150.3(1) Purpose. The director shall appoint an advisory committee to consult with the department in its development and maintenance of the regionalized system of perinatal health care. This advisory committee should not be confused with the perinatal advisory committee that provides review and counsel to the statewide perinatal care program.
150.3(2) Appointment.
a. Members of the advisory committee shall include a representative from each of the following organizations that chooses to designate a nominee to the director: Iowa Hospitals and Health Systems; Iowa Medical Society; Iowa Osteopathic Medical Association; Iowa Chapter, American Academy of Pediatricians; Iowa Section, American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists; Iowa Academy of Family Physicians; Iowa Nurses Association; Iowa Association of Neonatal Nurses; Iowa Association of Women's Health, Obstetrical and Neonatal Nurses; and Iowa Chapter, Great Plains Organization for Perinatal Health Care.
b. Nonvoting ex officio members of the committee shall include representatives from the department of inspections and appeals and the statewide perinatal care program at the University of Iowa hospitals and clinics.
c. Vacancies shall be filled in the same manner in which the original appointments were made.
d. Three consecutive unexcused absences shall be grounds for the director to consider dismissal of the committee member and appointment of another. The chairperson of the committee is charged with providing notification of absences.
150.3(3) Officers. Officers of the committee shall be a chairperson and a vice chairperson and shall be elected at the first meeting of each fiscal year unless designated at the time of appointment. Vacancies in the office of chairperson shall be filled by elevation of the vice chairperson. Vacancies in the office of vice chairperson shall be filled by election at the next meeting after the vacancy occurs. The chairperson shall preside at all meetings of the committee, appoint such subcommittees as deemed necessary, and designate the chairperson of each subcommittee. If the chairperson is absent or unable to act, the vice chairperson shall perform the duties of the chairperson. When so acting, the vice chairperson shall have all the powers of and be subject to all restrictions upon the chairperson. The vice chairperson shall also perform such other duties as may be assigned by the chairperson.
150.3(4) Meetings.
a. The committee shall establish a meeting schedule on an annual basis to conduct its business. Meetings may be scheduled as business requires, but notice to members must be at least five working days prior to the meeting date. A four-week notice is encouraged to accommodate the schedules of members.
b. Robert's Rules of Order shall govern all meetings.
c. Action on any issue before the committee can only be taken by a majority vote of the entire membership. The committee shall maintain information sufficient to indicate the vote of each member present.
150.3(5) Subcommittees. The committee may designate one or more subcommittees to perform such duties as may be deemed necessary.
150.3(6) Expenses of committee members. The following may be considered necessary expenses for reimbursement of committee members when incurred on behalf of committee business and are subject to established state reimbursement rates:
a. Reimbursement for travel in a private car.
b. Actual lodging and meal expenses including sales tax on lodging and meals.
c. Actual expense of public transportation.
641--150.4(135,77GA,ch1221) Categorization and selection of level of care designation. Hospitals that have previously participated in the regionalized system of perinatal health care shall be categorized by the department at the level of care designation last verified by the department. A hospital that has chosen to participate in the regionalized system for the first time or that has chosen to select a new level of care designation shall:
1. Submit the following information to the department:

* Description of the geographic area to be served.

* Identification of the target population to be served.

* Identification of Level I hospitals to be served.

* Identification of any overlap with existing higher level hospitals or centers, or both.

* Identification of unmet needs of the area to be served.

* Demonstration of the ability to meet these rules.
2. Mail the information to:
Iowa Regionalized System of Perinatal Health Care
Iowa Department of Public Health
Division of Family and Community Health
321 East 12th Street, Lucas Building
Des Moines, Iowa 50319-0075
3. Seek a certificate of need reviewability determination and, if reviewable, obtain certificate of need approval. See Iowa Code sections 135.61 to 135.83 and Iowa Administrative Code 641--Chapters 202 and 203.
641--150.5(135,77GA,ch1221) Recommendation by the statewide perinatal care program.
150.5(1) Upon receipt of the hospital's information, the statewide perinatal care program will provide verification of the hospital's ability to meet the criteria for the level of designation selected by the hospital. The results of the verification shall be submitted to the department, along with a recommendation to grant or deny the hospital a certificate of verification.
150.5(2) The statewide perinatal care program shall also perform periodic on-site verification surveys of established perinatal service programs to verify the continued ability of each hospital visited to meet the criteria for the level of designation selected by the hospital. The results of each survey shall also be submitted to the department, along with a recommendation to continue, suspend, or revoke the hospital's certificate of verification.
150.5(3) Any review and evaluation of the University of Iowa hospitals and clinics' established perinatal service program shall be performed by the department or for the department by a person or entity unaffiliated with the University of Iowa hospitals and clinics.
641--150.6(135,77GA,ch1221) Level I hospitals.
150.6(1) Definition. Level I hospitals provide basic inpatient care for pregnant women and newborns without complications; manage perinatal emergencies, including neonatal resuscitation; provide leadership in early risk identification before and after birth; seek consultation or referral for high-risk patients; and provide public and professional education.
150.6(2) Functions. Level I hospitals have a family-centered philosophy regarding sibling visitation. Parents have reasonable access to their newborns 24 hours a day within all functional units and are encouraged to participate in the care of their newborns. Generally, parents can be with their newborns in the mother's room. Noninfectious siblings may visit in the mother's room or in a designated space.
Level I hospitals have the capability to:
a. Provide surveillance and care of all patients admitted to the obstetric service with an established triage system for identifying high-risk patients who should be transferred to a facility that provides Level II or higher care, prior to delivery;
b. Provide proper detection and supportive care of unanticipated maternal-fetal problems that occur during labor and delivery;
c. Perform emergency Cesarean sections as soon as possible after the decision to do the operation has been made;
d. Provide transfusions of blood and fresh frozen plasma on a 24-hour basis;
e. Provide anesthesia, pharmacy, radiology, respiratory support, electronic fetal heart-rate monitoring, and laboratory services on a 24-hour basis;
f. Provide care of postpartum conditions;
g. Evaluate the condition of healthy neonates and their continuing care until discharge;
h. Resuscitate all neonates using the neonatal resuscitation program guidelines as published by the American Heart Association/American Academy of Pediatrics;
i. Stabilize all neonates including unexpectedly small or sick neonates before transfer to a Level II regional center or Level III center;
j. Consult and arrange transfers in conjunction with the pediatrician or neonatologist at the referral center;
k. Maintain a nursery for normal term or near-term newborns.
150.6(3) Physical facilities. Physical facilities for peri-natal care in hospitals should be conducive to care that meets the normal physiologic and psychosocial needs of mothers, neonates, fathers, and families. Special facilities should be available when deviations from the norm require uninterrupted physiologic, biochemical, and clinical observations of patients throughout the perinatal period. Labor, delivery, and newborn care facilities should be located contiguously.
The following recommendations are intended as general guidelines and are meant to be flexible enough to meet local needs. It is recognized that individual limitations of physical facilities for perinatal care may impede strict adherence to the recommendations. Furthermore, not all hospitals will have all the functional units described. Provisions for individual units should be consistent within the framework of a regionalized perinatal care system and the state and local public health regulations.
a. Obstetric functional units.
(1) Labor. Areas used for women in labor are equipped with the following components:
1. Adequate space for support persons, personnel, and equipment;
2. Adequate ventilation and temperature control;
3. A labor or birthing bed;
4. A storage area for the patient's clothing and personal belongings;
5. Adjustable lighting that is pleasant for the patient and adequate for examinations;
6. An emergency signal and an intercommunication system;
7. A sphygmomanometer and stethoscope;
8. Mechanical infusion equipment;
9. Fetal monitoring equipment;
10. Oxygen and suction outlets;
11. Access to at least one shower for use by labor patients; and
12. Storage facilities for supplies and equipment.
(2) Delivery.
1. Delivery rooms should be close to the labor rooms in order to afford easy access and to provide privacy to women in labor. A waiting area for families should be adjacent to the delivery suite, and restrooms should be located nearby.
2. Traditional delivery rooms and Cesarean birth rooms are similar in design to operating rooms. Vaginal deliveries can be performed in either room, whereas Cesarean birth rooms are designed especially for that purpose and are thus larger. Each type of birthing room is well lighted and environmentally controlled to prevent chilling of the mother and neonate.
3. It is desirable that Cesarean deliveries be performed in the obstetric unit; however, if this is not possible due to cost and space, equipment for neonatal stabilization and resuscitation, as described herein under 150.6(3)"b"(1), is available during delivery.
4. Each delivery room is maintained as a separate unit with the following equipment and supplies necessary for normal delivery and for the management of complications:

* Delivery/operating table that allows variation in position for delivery;

* Instrument table and solution basin stand;

* Instruments and equipment for vaginal delivery, repair of laceration, Cesarean delivery, and the management of obstetric emergencies;

* Solutions and equipment for the intravenous administration of fluids;

* Equipment for administration of all types of anesthesia, including equipment for emergency resuscitation of the mother;

* Individual oxygen, air, and suction outlets for mother and neonate;

* An emergency call system;

* Mirrors for patients to observe the birth;

* Wall clock with a second hand;

* Equipment for fetal heart rate monitoring; and

* Scrub sinks with controls strategically placed to allow observation of the patient.
5. Trays containing drugs and equipment necessary for emergency treatment of both mother and neonate are kept in the delivery room area. Equipment necessary for the treatment of cardiac arrest is easily accessible.
(3) Postpartum care. The postpartum unit is flexible enough to permit comfortable accommodation of patients when the patient census is at its peak and use of beds for alternate functions when the patient census is low. Ideally, single-occupancy rooms should be provided; however, not more than two patients should share one room. If possible, each room in the postpartum unit should have its own toilet and handwashing facilities. When this is not possible and it is necessary for patients to use common facilities, patients should be able to reach them without entering a general corridor. When the newborn rooms-in with the mother, the room should have handwashing facilities, a mobile bassinet unit, and supplies necessary for the care of the newborn.
(4) Combined units (labor/delivery/recovery or labor/delivery/recovery/postpartum room).
1. Comprehensive obstetric and neonatal care can be provided to the low-risk and the high-risk parturient and infant and the family in a single room. A homelike, family-centered environment with the capability for providing high-risk care is a key design criterion for both the labor/delivery/recovery (LDR) and labor/delivery/recovery/postpartum (LDRP) rooms. Each room is equipped for all types of delivery except Cesarean deliveries or those that may require general anesthesia.
2. During the labor, delivery, and recovery phases, care can be provided in an LDR room or can be extended to include the postpartum period in an LDRP room.
3. Nurses providing care in combined units are knowledgeable in antepartum care, labor and delivery, postpartum care, and neonatal care, making the use of staff cost-effective and increasing the continuity and quality of care.
b. Neonatal functional units.
(1) Resuscitation/stabilization.
1. A resuscitation and stabilization bed should be available in the immediate area of delivery for those neonates who require it. Contingent upon their condition, neonates are moved from this area to the nursery for admission and stabilization and possible transfer to a Level II regional center or Level III center.
2. The resuscitation area contains the following items:

* Overhead source of radiant heat that can be regulated based on the infant's temperature; radiant warmers with accommodations for X-ray capabilities are recommended;

* Thin resuscitation/examination mattress that allows access on three sides;

* Wall clock;

* Equipment and medications as recommended by the neonatal resuscitation program. This includes a laryngoscope with infant-sized blades, endotracheal tubes, and resuscitation (breathing) bags with masks for full-term and preterm neonates;

* Oxygen, compressed air and suction sources that are separate from those for the mother;

* Equipment for examination, immediate care, and identification of the neonate.
3. The resuscitation area is usually within the delivery room, although it may be in a designated, contiguous, separate room. If resuscitation takes place in the delivery room, the area is large enough to ensure that the resuscitation of the neonate can be achieved without interference with or from the ongoing care of the mother. Following stabilization of the neonate, the newborn's vital signs must be maintained (e.g., by using prewarmed blankets). The room temperature is kept at a level higher than that customary for patient rooms or operating suites. Qualified nursing staff is available to assess the newborn during this period.
(2) Admission/observation (transitional care stabilization).
1. The admission/observation area is for careful assessment of the neonate's condition during the first 24 hours after birth (i.e., during the period of physiologic adjustment to extrauterine life). This assessment may take place within one or more functional areas (e.g., the room in which the mother is recovering, the LDRP room, the newborn nursery, or a separate admission/observation area). In some hospitals, the newborn nursery is the primary area for transitional care, both for neonates born within the hospital and for those born outside the hospital.
2. The admission/observation area should be near thedelivery/Cesarean birth room. If it is part of the maternal recovery area, which is preferable, physical separation of the mother and newborn during this period can be avoided.
3. The capacity of the admission/observation area depends on the size of the delivery service and the duration of close observation. The admission/observation area is well lighted, has a wall clock, and contains emergency resuscitation equipment similar to that in the designated resuscitation area.
4. The physicians' and registered nurses' assessments of the neonate's condition determine the subsequent level of care. Most neonates are transferred from the admission/observation area to the newborn nursery or to the postpartum area for rooming-in. Some neonates may require transfer to another facility. Consultation with a pediatrician or neonatologist and possible referral to a hospital offering a higher level of care should be initiated for infants with respiratory distress or those infants requiring oxygen therapy for more than two hours.
5. Respiratory distress is defined as tachypnea (respiratory rate of 60 or more per minute), grunting, tugging, retracting, nasal flaring, or cyanosis. Any or all of these may constitute respiratory distress.
(3) Newborn nursery. Routine care of apparently normal full-term neonates who have demonstrated successful adaptation to extrauterine life may be provided either in the newborn nursery or in the area where the mother is receiving postpartum care. The nursery should be relatively close to the postpartum area. The newborn nursery is well lighted, has a large wall clock, and is equipped for emergency resuscitation.
150.6(4) Medical personnel.
a. The obstetric/newborn care area is under the super-vision of a board-eligible or board-certified obstetrician-gynecologist, pediatrician or a physician with special interest and experience in obstetrics or pediatrics.
b. Adequate anesthesia coverage under the supervision of a licensed physician is available in a timely fashion for emergency situations on a 24-hour-a-day, 7-day-a-week basis.
c. For Cesarean sections or if neonatal problems are anticipated during vaginal delivery, a second physician or attendant who is skilled in resuscitation and care of the neonate should be in attendance.
150.6(5) Nursing personnel. Nurses assigned to theobstetrical/neonatal service demonstrate competency in the care of the mother and infant.
a. Staffing. Registered nurses assigned to theobstetrical/neonatal service must be licensed to practice in Iowa, complete an obstetrical or neonatal orientation and demonstrate obstetrical or neonatal competencies as defined by each hospital. At least one of these registered nurses must be available at all times. The primary responsibility of the registered nurse is the delivery of nursing care and departmental organization.
b. Labor/delivery/immediate postpartum/newborn.
(1) A registered nurse is responsible for the admission assessment of the gravida in labor, as well as continuing assessment and support of the mother and fetus during labor, delivery and the early postpartum period.
(2) A registered nurse is responsible for the admission assessment of the newborn, as well as continuing assessment during the stabilization period.
(3) Licensed practical nurses, nursing assistants and other appropriate technical personnel may assist in the care of the gravida in labor, but should be under the direct supervision of the registered nurse.
c. Later postpartum period/newborn care.
(1) Nursing care of the mother and newborn is directed and supervised by a registered nurse. A licensed practical nurse may provide care for patients without complications.
(2) Nurses have a supporting and teaching role in assisting mothers to care for their infants. This should be recognized and fostered.
150.6(6) Outreach education. Level I hospitals should assume an active role in the development and coordination of wellness and preventive programs concerning maternal/child health at the community level (e.g., programs on family planning, family-life education, parenting, breastfeeding, cessation of smoking).
150.6(7) Allied health personnel and services. Level I hospitals have available, but are not limited to, the following allied health personnel and services:
a. Registered dietitian with knowledge of maternal and neonatal nutrition management;
b. Social worker;
c. Bioengineer-safety and environmental control;
d. Pharmacy;
e. Radiology;
f. Laboratory;
g. Pathology.
150.6(8) Infection control.
a. Each hospital establishes written policies and procedures for assessing the health of personnel assigned to the perinatal care services and those who have significant contact with the newborn. This includes restricting their contact with patients when necessary. These policies and procedures include screening for tuberculosis and rubella. Routine culturing of specimens obtained from personnel is not useful, although selective culturing may be of value when a pattern of infection is suspected.
b. No special or separate isolation facilities are required for neonates born at home or in transit to the hospital. Detailed descriptions of the isolation categories and requirements should be available in each hospital's infection control manual.
150.6(9) Newborn safety. The protection of infants is the responsibility of all personnel in a facility. Infants are to be transported in a bassinet or stroller and should never be carried. Infants are transported one at a time and are never grouped in a hallway without direct supervision. Infants should always be within the sight and supervision of staff, the mother, or other family members or friends designated by the mother. Each hospital has a policy established that addresses strategies to promote infant safety.
150.6(10) Maternal-fetal transport. Maternal-fetal transport is an essential component of modern perinatal care. All facilities in the state providing obstetrics need to be familiar with their own resources and capabilities in dealing with obstetrical and neonatal complications. In most instances,maternal-fetal transport is preferable to neonatal transport. Each hospital, when transporting or accepting a transport, needs a system in place to facilitate a smooth transition of care in the most expeditious manner possible. The majority of maternal-fetal transports can be carried out by ground transportation. It is important for ambulance services to be equipped for maternal-fetal transport and have appropriately trained staff.
641--150.7(135,77GA,ch1221) Level II hospitals.
150.7(1) Definition. Level II hospitals provide the same care and services as Level I hospitals plus they provide management of certain high-risk pregnancies and services for newborns with selected complications. These hospitals deliver approximately 500 or more babies annually and have an obstetrician and pediatrician on staff. The perinatal unit is under the co-direction of a pediatrician and an obstetrician.
150.7(2) Functions. In addition to the functions of Level I hospitals, Level II hospitals have the capability to:
a. Manage selected high-risk pregnancies.
b. Manage neonates of 34 weeks and greater gestation.
c. Manage mildly ill newborns with problems which are expected to resolve rapidly.
d. Manage recovering neonates who can be appropriately transferred from the referral center.
e. Maintain a special area designated for the care of sick neonates.
f. Maintain nursing personnel with training in the care of sick neonates.
g. Maintain nursing personnel with training in the care of high-risk mothers.
Consultation with a pediatrician or neonatologist and possible referral to a higher-level perinatal center should be initiated for infants requiring oxygen therapy for more than six hours or ventilatory care for more than two hours.
150.7(3) Physical facilities. Level II hospitals have the same physical facilities as Level I hospitals.
150.7(4) Medical personnel. Level II hospitals have the same medical personnel as Level I hospitals. In addition,the perinatal units in Level II hospitals are under the co-direction/supervision of either a board-eligible or board-certified obstetrician/gynecologist or a board-eligible or board-certified pediatrician for their respective areas. Allied medical specialists in various disciplines are on staff, including specialists in internal medicine, radiology, and pathology. Psychiatric services are available.
150.7(5) Nursing personnel. Level II hospitals have the same minimal requirements for nursing personnel as Level I hospitals. Nursing orientation and competencies in a Level II hospital are specific to the patient population they serve.
150.7(6) Outreach education. Level II hospitals have the same responsibility for outreach education as Level I hospitals.
150.7(7) Allied health personnel and services. Level II hospitals have the same allied health personnel and services available as Level I hospitals, with the addition of the following:
a. Respiratory therapy.
b. Ultrasound.
150.7(8) Infection control. Infection control guidelines are the same as for Level I hospitals.
150.7(9) Newborn safety. Level II hospitals have at least the same requirements for newborn safety as Level I hospitals.
150.7(10) Maternal-fetal transport. Level II hospitals have the same requirements for maternal-fetal transport as Level I hospitals. In addition, Level II hospitals are expected to accept patient referrals when appropriate. A critical function of providers at Level II hospitals is to communicate with the providers at Level I hospitals in deciding whether a particular patient should be transported to the Level II hospital. Careful assessment of the hospital's capabilities for perinatal management will be critical in these decisions. This information will need to be disseminated among the hospital staff. Providers of obstetric care need to know the critical gestational age limitations for their particular nursery. Below this gestational age, maternal-fetal transport should be utilized if delivery is anticipated and the circumstances permit.
150.7(11) Perinatal care committee.
a. All Level II hospitals maintain a perinatal care committee. Members of this committee should represent, but not be limited to, the fields of obstetrics, pediatrics, family practice, nursing, administration, laboratory, respiratory therapy, anesthesia and social services.
b. Responsibilities of the perinatal care committee include the following:
(1) Develop policies for the unit including provisions to ensure adequate patient care by qualified providers.
(2) Conduct a meeting at least semi-annually to resolve problems related to the unit.
(3) Review educational activities conducted by the unit.
(4) Serve as a general liaison between the various groups represented on the committee.
641--150.8(135,77GA,ch1221) Level II regional centers.
150.8(1) Definition.
a. Level II regional centers have a developed neonatal intensive care unit (NICU). The sizes of the units vary because of the differing demands in the various regions in Iowa. Accordingly, a Level II regional center may have as few as four neonatal intensive care beds.
b. The obstetric service in a Level II regional center provides services for maternity patients at higher risk than those in Level II hospitals because of the presence of an NICU. However, reasonable efforts should be expended to transfer those patients whose newborns are likely to require a higher intensity of care not available in the Level II regional center but offered in a Level III center.
c. Level II regional centers provide the same care and services as Level II hospitals. In addition, Level II regional centers have the following differentiating characteristics:
(1) A defined referral area;
(2) A defined relationship with a Level III center either in Iowa or a contiguous state;
(3) A minimum of three pediatricians and three obstetricians on staff; and
(4) The ability to manage patients at higher risk than Level I or Level II hospitals. Complexity of care is determined by the training and experience of physicians and nursing staff and extent of support services available.
150.8(2) Functions. Level II regional centers have the same functions as Level II hospitals. In addition, Level II regional centers have the capability to:
a. Accept selected maternal transports based on criteria developed in conjunction with the Level III center;
b. Maintain specially trained nursing personnel in the care of high-risk mothers;
c. Maintain a defined neonatal intensive care unit;
d. Maintain specially trained nursing personnel for the neonatal intensive care unit;
e. Provide care for infants requiring ventilatory support;
f. Maintain a functioning neonatal transport team for the regional area served; and
g. Provide for follow-up care of high-risk newborns in accordance with the Iowa high-risk infant follow-up program.
150.8(3) Physical facilities. Level II regional centers have the same physical facilities as Level II hospitals with the addition of the following.
a. Obstetric functional units.
(1) Labor/delivery. Patients who have significant medical or obstetric complications are cared for in a room especially equipped with cardiopulmonary resuscitation equipment and other monitoring equipment necessary for observation and special care. It is preferable that this room be located in the labor and delivery area and meet the physical requirements of any other intensive care room in the hospital. When patients with significant medical or obstetric complications are cared for in the labor and delivery area, the unit has the same capabilities as an intensive care unit.
(2) Postpartum. Larger services may have a specific recovery room for postpartum patients with a separate area for high-risk patients. Required equipment is similar to that needed in any surgical recovery room and includes equipment for monitoring vital signs, suctioning, administering oxygen, and infusing fluids intravenously. Cardiopulmonary resuscitation equipment must be immediately available.
b. Neonatal functional units.
(1) Continuous cardiopulmonary monitoring and con-stant nursing care and other support for severely ill infants are provided in the intensive care area. Because emergency care is provided in this area, laboratory and radiologic services are readily available 24 hours a day. The results of blood gas analysis are available soon after blood sample collection.
(2) The neonatal intensive care area should be near thedelivery/Cesarean birth room and should be easily accessible from the hospital's ambulance entrance. It should be away from routine hospital traffic.
(3) The amount and complexity of equipment are considerably greater than required in Level I and Level II nurseries. Equipment and supplies in the intensive care area include the same items as needed in the resuscitation and intermediate care areas. Immediate availability of emergency oxygen is essential. Continuous monitoring of delivered oxygen concentrations, patient oxygenation, body temperature, ECG, respirations and blood pressure should be available. Supplies should be kept close to the patient station so that nurses are not away from the neonate unnecessarily and may use their time and skills efficiently.
150.8(4) Medical personnel.
a. Level II regional centers have the same medicalpersonnel as Level II hospitals with the addition of a board-eligible or board-certified pediatrician serving as director of the NICU. This physician maintains a consultative relationship with Level III physicians. Additionally, Level II regional centers have a minimum of three pediatricians and three obstetricians on staff.
b. If an infant is placed on mechanical ventilation, a physician, nurse practitioner, physician assistant, or appropriate person capable of airway management and experienced in diagnosis is available in-house on a 24-hour basis.
150.8(5) Nursing personnel. Level II regional centers have the same minimal requirements for nursing personnel as Level II hospitals. Additionally, Level II regional center registered nurses have a special interest in high-risk obstetrics or neonatal care.
150.8(6) Outreach education. Outreach education is provided to each hospital in the referral area at least once per year. This can be achieved by one or more of the following:
a. Sponsoring an annual conference;
b. Visiting Level I and Level II hospitals;
c. Providing educational programs at the regional center for the staff members of the Level I and Level II hospitals;
d. Sending written educational materials to the Level I and II hospitals.
150.8(7) Allied health personnel and services. Level II regional centers have the same allied health personnel and services available as Level II hospitals, with the addition of the following:
a. A respiratory therapist, certified lab technician/blood gas technician and an X-ray technologist should be in-house on a 24-hour basis when a neonate is being managed on mechanical ventilation.
b. Allied personnel should have special training and an interest in high-risk mothers and infants.
150.8(8) Infection control. Infection control guidelines are the same as for Level II hospitals.
150.8(9) Newborn safety. Level II regional centers have at least the same requirements for newborn safety as Level II hospitals.
150.8(10) Maternal-fetal transport. Level II regional centers have the same requirements for maternal-fetal transport as Level II hospitals. In addition, Level II regional centers are expected to provide transportation services.
150.8(11) Perinatal care committee. Level II regional centers have at least the same requirements for a perinatal care committee as Level II hospitals.
641--150.9(135,77GA,ch1221) Level III centers.
150.9(1) Definition and function. Level III centers provide the same care and services as Level II regional centers, plus they manage most high-risk pregnancies and neonates under 34 weeks gestation, with the possible exception of a few very specialized complications. The Level III center is an extension of the Level II regional center and serves the same regional functions. The differentiating factor between them is primarily one of additional professional staff and more extensive physical facilities. There may be multiple Level III centers in the same city.
150.9(2) Physical facilities. Level III centers have the same physical facilities as Level II regional centers; however, they have more equipment and serve a more complicated patient population.
150.9(3) Medical personnel.
a. The medical director of the maternal/fetal intensive care unit is a full-time, board-eligible or board-certified obstetrician with certification in maternal-fetal medicine.
b. The medical director of the neonatal intensive care unit is a full-time, board-eligible or board-certified pediatrician with certification in neonatal/perinatal medicine.
c. Anesthesiologists on staff have special training or experience in obstetric and pediatric anesthesia.
d. A pediatric surgeon is on staff.
e. A pediatric cardiologist is on staff.
f. These physicians must be immediately available to the Level III center and reside in the same metropolitan area as the hospital.
g. A neonatologist should be on the premises when unstable critically ill infants are in the Level III center. An obstetrician should be on the premises when unstable critically ill mothers are in the Level III center.
150.9(4) Nursing personnel. Level III centers have the same minimal requirements for nursing personnel as Level II regional centers except the nurse managers of the perinatal units in Level III centers have prior experience in maternal or pediatric nursing and have a minimum of a bachelor of science in nursing degree.
150.9(5) Outreach education. Level III centers have the same responsibilities for outreach education as Level II regional centers.
150.9(6) Allied health personnel and services. Level III centers have the same allied health personnel and services as Level II regional centers. Additionally, Level III centers have respiratory therapists, certified lab technicians/blood gas technicians, X-ray technologists and ultrasound technicians with neonatal/perinatal experience available on a 24-hour basis. Level III centers also have social work services with social workers assigned specifically to the maternal and neonatal units.
150.9(7) Infection control. Infection control guidelines are the same as for Level II regional centers.
150.9(8) Newborn safety. Level III centers have at least the same requirements for newborn safety as Level II regional centers.
150.9(9) Maternal-fetal transport. Level III centers have the same requirements for maternal-fetal transport as Level II regional centers. In addition, Level III centers are capable of providing ground and air transportation with fully staffed crews. Important decisions to be made jointly will include the appropriateness of transport, the best mode of transportation, the need for additional personnel accompanying the transport, and the appropriate medical management to initiate prior to transport.
150.9(10) Perinatal care committee. Level III centers maintain a perinatal care committee with additional representation by surgical specialties.
641--150.10(135,77GA,ch1221) Grant or denial of certificate of verification; and offenses and penalties.
150.10(1) Upon receipt of the on-site survey results, the department shall within 30 days issue its decision to grant or deny the hospital a certificate of verification. The department may deny verification or may give a citation and warning, place on probation, suspend, or revoke existing verification if the department finds reason to believe the hospital's perinatal care program has not been or will not be operated in compliance with these rules. The denial, citation and warning, period of probation, suspension, or revocation shall be effected and may be appealed in accordance with the requirements of Iowa Code section 17A.12.
150.10(2) All complaints regarding the operation of a participating hospital's perinatal care program shall be reported to the department and to the department of inspections and appeals.
150.10(3) Complaints and the investigative process shall be treated as confidential to the extent they are protected by Iowa Code section 22.7.
150.10(4) Complaint investigations may result in the department's issuance of a notice of denial, citation and warning, probation, suspension or revocation.
150.10(5) Notice of denial, citation and warning, probation, suspension or revocation shall be effected in accordance with the requirements of Iowa Code section 17A.12. Notice to the hospital of denial, citation and warning, probation, suspension or revocation shall be served by certified mail, return receipt requested, or by personal service.
150.10(6) Any request for a hearing concerning the denial, citation and warning, probation, suspension or revocation shall be submitted by the aggrieved party in writing to the department by certified mail, return receipt requested, within 20 days of the receipt of the department's notice to take action. The address is: Iowa Regionalized System of Perinatal Care, Iowa Department of Public Health, Division of Family and Community Health, 321 East 12th Street, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319-0075. If the request is made within the 20-day time period, the notice to take action shall be deemed to be suspended pending the hearing. Prior to or at the hearing, the department may rescind the notice upon satisfaction that the reason for the denial, citation and warning, probation, suspension or revocation has been or will be removed. If no request for a hearing is received within the 20-day time period, the department's notice of denial, citation and warning, probation, suspension or revocation shall become the department's final agency action.
150.10(7) Upon receipt of a request for hearing, the request shall be forwarded within five working days to the department of inspections and appeals pursuant to the rules adopted by that agency regarding the transmission of contested cases. The information upon which the adverse action is based and any additional information which may be provided by the aggrieved party shall also be provided to the department of inspections and appeals.
150.10(8) The hearing shall be conducted according to the procedural rules of the department of inspections and appeals found in 481--Chapter 10, Iowa Administrative Code.
150.10(9) When the administrative law judge makes a proposed decision and order, it shall be served by certified mail, return receipt requested, or delivered by personal service. That proposed decision and order then becomes the department's final agency action without further proceedings ten days after it is received by the aggrieved party unless an appeal to the director is taken.
150.10(10) Any appeal to the director for review of the proposed decision and order of the administrative law judge shall be filed in writing and mailed to the director by certified mail, return receipt requested, or delivered by personal service within ten days after the receipt of the administrative law judge's proposed decision and order by the aggrieved party. A copy of the appeal shall also be mailed to the administrative law judge. Any request for an appeal shall state the reason for appeal.
150.10(11) Upon receipt of an appeal request, the administrative law judge shall prepare the record of the hearing for submission to the director. The record shall include the following:
a. All pleadings, motions, and rules.
b. All evidence received or considered and all other submissions by recording or transcript.
c. A statement of all matters officially noticed.
d. All questions and offers of proof, objections and rulings on them.
e. All proposed findings and exceptions.
f. The proposed decision and order of the administrative law judge.
150.10(12) The decision and order of the director becomes the department's final agency action upon receipt by the aggrieved party and shall be delivered by certified mail, return receipt requested, or personal service.
150.10(13) It is not necessary to file an application for a rehearing to exhaust administrative remedies when appealing to the director or the district court as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.19. The aggrieved party to the final agency action of the department who has exhausted all administrative remedies may petition for judicial review of that action pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 17A.
150.10(14) Any petition for judicial review of a decision and order shall be filed in the district court within 30 days after the decision and order becomes final. A copy of the notice of appeal shall be sent to the department by certified mail, return receipt requested, or by personal service. The address is: Iowa Regionalized System of Perinatal Care, Iowa Department of Public Health, Division of Family and Community Health, 321 East 12th Street, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319-0075.
150.10(15) The party who appeals a final agency action to the district court shall pay the cost of the preparation of a transcript of the contested case hearing for the district court.
150.10(16) Final decisions of the department relating to disciplinary proceedings may be transmitted to the department of inspections and appeals and to the appropriate professional associations or news media.
641--150.11(135,77GA,ch1221) Prohibited acts. A hospital that imparts or conveys, or causes to be imparted or conveyed, that it is a participating hospital in Iowa's regionalized system of perinatal care, or that uses any other term, such as a designated level of care, to indicate or imply that the hospital is a participating hospital in the regionalized system of peri-natal care without having obtained a certificate of verification from the department is subject to licensure disciplinary action by the department of inspections and appeals, as well as to the application by the director to the district court for a writ of injunction to restrain the use of the term or terms "Level I hospital," "Level II hospital," "Level II regional center," and "Level III center" in relation to the provision of perinatal care services.
641--150.12(135,77GA,ch1221) Construction of rules. Nothing in these administrative rules shall be construed to restrict a hospital from providing any services for which it is duly authorized.
These rules are intended to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1221, section 5, subsection 4"a"(2)(c).
ARC 8456A
RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 99F.4, the Racing and Gaming Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 25, "Riverboat Operation," Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment would allow the administrator to grant permission for a certified peace officer not to be present on a riverboat during gaming hours.
Any person may make written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendment on or before December 8, 1998. Written material should be directed to the Racing and Gaming Commission, 717 E. Court, Suite B, Des Moines, Iowa 50309. Persons who wish to convey their views orally should contact the Commission office at (515)281-7352.
Also, there will be a public hearing on December 8, 1998, at 9 a.m. in the office of the Racing and Gaming Commission, 717 E. Court, Suite B, Des Moines, Iowa. Persons may present their views at the public hearing either orally or in writing.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 99F.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend subrule 25.14(2) as follows:
25.14(2) Peace officer. Each licensee will ensure that a person who is a certified peace officer is present during all gaming hours, unless permission is otherwise granted by the administrator.
ARC 8452A
WORKERS' COMPENSATION DIVISION[876]

Amended Notice of Intended Action

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 86.8, the Workers' Compensation Commissioner hereby amends ARC 8187A published July 29, 1998, in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin. Rule 8.10(85B) provides for age-related hearing loss for workers' compensation occupational hearing loss claims.
In 1998 the legislature passed Senate File 2333. The Governor signed Senate File 2333 on May 5, 1998. Senate File 2333 relates to apportionment of occupational hearing loss. There is no effective date provision in the bill. Section 7 of that bill provides in relevant part: "The decibels of age-related loss shall be calculated according to tables adopted by the industrial commissioner consistent with tables of the national institute for occupational safety and health existing on July 1, 1998, and consistent with section 85B.9, subsection 3."
In 1972 the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) published Criteria for a Recommended Standard: Occupational Exposure to Noise (NIOSH Publication No. 73-11001). Those criteria included Table B-1, page I-16, the Age Corrections Values to be Used for Age Correction of Initial Baseline Audiograms for Males, and Table B-2, page I-17, the Age Corrections Values to be Used for Age Correction of Initial Baseline Audiograms for Females.
Under Publication 98-126, the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) revised its criteria for Recommended Standard for Occupational Noise Exposure. That publication does not carry a specific effective date but is dated "June 1998." That publication was apparently not distributed by NIOSH until early August 1998. There are no tables for age-related hearing level loss in the 1998 NIOSH standards. The 1998 NIOSH standards specify that NIOSH does not recommend that age correction be applied to an individual's audiogram for significant shift calculations.
Rule 8.10(85B) was Adopted and Filed Emergency and published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 8188A and was simultaneously published under Notice of Intended Action as ARC 8187A. This rule provides tables and a worksheet for apportioning age-related hearing loss. Public comment was accepted until August 18, 1998. Because NIOSH Publication 98-126 was not distributed and available until early August 1998, it is unclear whether all those wishing to comment on the rule were aware of that publication. Therefore, the Notice of Intended Action, ARC 8187A, is amended to extend the time for comment to December 8, 1998. The extension is intended to allow the public to comment or submit argument or both on the use of the 1972 National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health Criteria for a Recommended Standard: Occupational Exposure to Noise (NIOSH Publication No. 73-11001) in establishing the tables in the rule.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on this proposed amendment on or before December 8, 1998, to the Workers' Compensation Commissioner, Division of Workers' Compensation, 1000 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
The amendment is intended to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2333, section 7, and Iowa Code section 86.8.
FILED EMERGENCY

ARC 8458A
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]

Adopted and Filed Emergency After Notice

Pursuant to Iowa Code Supplement section 455H.105, the Environmental Protection Commission (Commission) hereby adopts Chapter 137, "Iowa Land Recycling Program and Response Action Standards," Iowa Administrative Code.
The 1997 Iowa Legislature established the Iowa Land Recycling and Environmental Remediation Standards Act in Senate File 528 requiring the Commission to adopt rules developed jointly by the Department of Natural Resources and a Technical Advisory Committee (TAC) made up of members of the public. This program is designed to meet the dual objectives of addressing contaminated sites and promoting the redevelopment of these sites. The primary means of meeting these objectives is through a program which encourages voluntary participation to address contamination, establishes a three-tiered set of risk-based response action standards and provides a measure of liability protection to participants and future property owners.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on August 12, 1998, as ARC 8241A.
The Department of Natural Resources received written comments and conducted three public hearings. The written and oral comments have been summarized in a Responsiveness Summary dated September 30, 1998, and are available from the Department.
The TAC was provided copies of the Responsiveness Summary and reached consensus on the amendments which were proposed to the Commission for adoption. At a public meeting on October 19, 1998, the Commission voted to adopt the rules as amended.
The Commission, at their October 19, 1998, meeting, approved these rules and voted to make these rules effective upon filing in accordance with Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)"b." These rules establish a new voluntary cleanup program which confers a benefit on the public by providing standards and policies which are intended to encourage voluntary actions to address contamination and enhance the development of contaminated property. Iowa Code Supplement section 455H.501(3) directs the Commission to adopt rules by October 1, 1998.
The rules as published under Notice are adopted except for the following changes:
1. In subrule 137.6(6), Tables I and II have been amended to correct errors. In Table I, the entry for the variable EDa, for the chemical group, C,D,E, for soil at a depth greater than 10 feet has been changed from 30 years to 1 year, as had been intended. In Table II, the entry for the variable EDa (exposure duration by an adult expressed in years) under the heading "Soil Depth (ft), 2-10," has been changed from 5 to 1 as was the original intent.
2. Subrule 137.3(1), paragraph "d," has not been adopted and the remaining paragraphs have been relettered. In response to several comments the Department and the TAC agreed this paragraph was misleading because the intent was not to exclude from participation in the program sites which to various degrees were affected by "releases" as designated in the paragraph. This paragraph contained the definition of "release" as specified in Iowa Code Supplement section 455H.103(13) which is also incorporated into the definitions in rule 137.2(455H).
3. Subrule 137.3(2), paragraph "d," required participants to submit assessment reports "relating to the environmental conditions at the property" as part of the enrollment process. Some commentators felt this language was too broad and that any submittals of previously acquired assessment information should be voluntary. The Department and the TAC decided submittal of this type of information was justified but agreed to more clearly define the scope of the required submittals. Assessment information relating to contamination which is documented to be above a statewide standard or otherwise reportable under Department rules in 567--Chapter 131 must be submitted as part of the enrollment process.
4. The rules provide that the target cancer risk (TR) in groundwater for statewide and site specific standards is 5 _ 10-6. However, the TR for soils under statewide and site-specific standards was 10-6 . In order to make the target cancer risk consistent between soil and groundwater, the soil target cancer risk in subrules 137.5(5) and 137.6(6) are amended from TR = 10-6 to TR = 5 _ 10-6.
5. The first sentence of subrule 137.6(1) was intended to describe in general terms the general assumptions which distinguish the application of statewide standards from site-specific standards. This sentence was revised to remove any implication that it was placing any preconditions on participants' choice to use statewide or site-specific standards under this program.
6. The references in subrule 137.6(5) to using wellhead protection areas as a consideration in assessing nonused groundwater in a protected groundwater source have been deleted. Partially in response to comments and upon further study, it was felt that most public water supplies did not have formal well protection area designations developed from consistent methods and criteria which could be relied upon for the purposes of this rule.
7. In response to public comment raising questions about how the Department could oversee the progress of participants who initiate site assessment activities without review and approval of a work plan, subrules 137.8(2) and 137.8(5) have been amended. The changes make it clear that participants have the option to proceed to the site assessment without approval of a work plan as long as they give prior notice to the agency that they intend to do so with a brief explanation of the scope of the assessment and a schedule for completion. These changes also provide that participants may proceed from site assessment to the risk evaluation/response action phase without review and approval of the site assessment report as long as prior notice with a completion schedule is given the agency.
8. Subrule 137.10(6) contained an incorrect cross reference. The original intent was to require demonstration of compliance with site-specific standards for soil to use the 95 percent confidence level method as is the case for groundwater. The cross reference in subrule 137.10(6) has been changed from 137.10(5)"a"(1) to 137.10(5)"a"(2).
The rules are intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement chapter 455H.
These rules became effective upon filing on October 27, 1998.
The following chapter is adopted.
Adopt the following new chapter:
CHAPTER 137

IOWA LAND RECYCLING PROGRAM
AND RESPONSE ACTION STANDARDS

567--137.1(455H) Authority, purpose and applicability.
137.1(1) Authority. This chapter is adopted under the authority of Iowa Code Supplement chapter 455H. These rules establish the policy and procedures for the voluntary enrollment of contaminated property in the "land recycling program" established under chapter 455H. These rules also establish the response action standards which participants must meet in order to qualify for a no further action certificate and the statutory protections and immunities which follow from it.
137.1(2) Purpose. Consistent with the declaration of policy stated in Iowa Code Supplement section 455H.104, these rules are intended to achieve the dual objective of addressing the current and future risks associated with contaminated property and thereby enhancing the market conditions which can lead to development of these properties into their highest productive use. These objectives can in part be met through a program which encourages voluntary participation by persons who may have a legal duty to address, in whole or in part, the contamination within an affected area as well as persons who might not have a legal obligation but who have an interest in development of enrolled sites. These rules attempt to provide a degree of certainty in the response action process as an incentive to participants and as a means of assisting participants in quantifying their financial investment. The following statement of principles is intended as a guide both in the interpretation of these rules and as a statement of the department's regulatory philosophy.
a. It is the objective of the department and these rules to establish a collaborative process between the participant(s) and department staff as the most effective means of achieving consensus and resolving disputes on issues which are not or cannot be fully defined and anticipated by rule.
b. Although participation in this program is voluntary, these rules establish basic standards which must be met in order to obtain regulatory closure from the department through issuance of a no further action certificate.
c. Although the scope of the response actions addressed under these rules may not in every case address all known or unknown releases within an affected area, it should be the objective of both the department and the participants to work together and to use all resources available to address all known releases within an affected area in the interest of protecting public health, safety and the environment as well as achieving regulatory finality.
137.1(3) Applicability. These rules shall apply only to releases of contaminants which are being addressed at enrolled sites. The department may in its discretion apply the response action rules in 137.4(455H) through 137.10(455H) to releases of contaminants at sites which are not enrolled. These rules do not in any way limit the statutory liabilities of participants or nonparticipants except as expressly provided within the context of enrollment and Iowa Code Supplement chapter 455H. Consistent with Iowa Code Supplement section 455H.505, these rules do not limit the authority of the department or the responsibility of statutorily responsible persons to provide notice of hazardous conditions under 567--Chapter 131 or to respond to new releases and undertake emergency response actions under 567--Chapter 133. For sites which are not enrolled, 567--Chapter 133 rules will remain in effect and for enrolled sites 567--Chapter 133 shall apply to the extent it is not inconsistent with this chapter.
567--137.2(455H) Definitions.
"Affected area" means any real property affected, suspected of being affected, or modeled to be likely affected by a release occurring at an enrolled site.
"Affiliate" means a corporate parent, subsidiary, or predecessor of a participant, a co-owner or co-operator of a participant, a spouse, parent, or child of a participant, an affiliated corporation or enterprise of a participant, or any other person substantially involved in the legal affairs or management of a participant as defined by the department.
"Background standard" means a standard which represents concentrations of contaminants which are naturally occurring or are generally present and not related to a readily identifiable release.
"Carcinogenic health risk" means the incremental risk of a person developing cancer over a lifetime (70 years) as a result of exposure to a hazardous substance, expressed as a probability such as one in a million (10-6). The contaminant level for the probability value is derived from application of certain designated exposure assumptions and a slope factor.
"Contaminant" means any hazardous substance found in the various media of the environment.
"Contaminant of concern" means specific hazardous substances that are identified for evaluation in the risk assessment process. Identification can be based on their historical and current use at the site, detected concentrations in environmental media and their mobility, toxicity, and persistence in the environment.
"Enrolled site" means any property which has been or is suspected to be the site of or affected by a release and which has been enrolled pursuant to this chapter by a participant.
"Environmental protection easement" means an institutional control created under Iowa Code Supplement section 455H.206 which is a statutorily authorized restriction on land use.
"Exposure pathway" means the course a contaminant of concern may take from its source area to an exposed organism. Each exposure pathway includes a source or release from a source, a point of exposure, and an exposure route.
"Exposure route" means the manner in which a contaminant of concern comes in contact with an organism (e.g., ingestion, inhalation, dermal contact).
"Free product" means a hazardous substance that is present as a nonaqueous phase liquid (e.g., liquid not dissolved in water) or is present as a solid in its original form as a product or waste material.
"Gross contamination" means contamination present at concentrations in an amount sufficient to reasonably expect that institutional or technological controls will not be adequately protective of human health or the environment.
"Group A and B chemicals" means hazardous substances which have been classified for human carcinogenicity as Group A - Human Carcinogen or Group B - Probable Human Carcinogen. Group A is used only when there is sufficient evidence from epidemiological studies to support a causal association between the hazardous substance and cancer in humans. Group B is divided into two subgroups. Group B1 is for hazardous substances for which there is limited evidence of carcinogenicity from epidemiological studies. Group B2 is for hazardous substances for which there is sufficient evidence of carcinogenicity from animal studies but inadequate or no data from epidemiological studies.
"Group C, D and E chemicals" means hazardous substances which have been classified for human carcinogenicity as Group C - Possible Human Carcinogen; Group D - Not Classifiable as to Human Carcinogenicity; Group E - Evidence of Noncarcinogenicity for Humans; or which have not been classified for human carcinogenicity. Group C is for hazardous substances with limited evidence or inadequate human and animal evidence of carcinogenicity or for which no data are available. Group E is for hazardous substances which show no evidence of carcinogenicity in two adequate animal tests in different species or in both adequate epidemiological and animal studies.
"Hazardous substance" means any substance or mixture of substances that presents a danger to the public health or safety and includes, but is not limited to, a substance that is toxic, corrosive, or flammable, or that is an irritant or that generates pressure through decomposition, heat, or other means. "Hazardous substance" may include any hazardous waste identified or listed by the administrator of the United States Environmental Protection Agency under the Solid Waste Disposal Act as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, or any toxic pollutant listed under Section 307 of the federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended to January 1, 1977, or any hazardous substance designated under Section 311 of the federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended to January 1, 1997, or any hazardous material designated by the Secretary of Transportation under the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act.
"Hydraulic conductivity" means a measure of the capacity of a porous medium (rock or soil) to transmit water. It is expressed as the volume of water that will flow through a unit length of a unit cross-sectional area of the porous medium in a unit time with a unit head loss.
"Institutional controls" means a nonphysical action which restricts land use to reduce or eliminate exposure to the contaminants of an affected area.
"Lifetime health advisory level (HAL)" means an advisory level established by the United States Environmental Protection Agency which represents the concentration of a single contaminant in drinking water which is not expected to cause adverse health effects over lifetime exposure.
"Maximum contaminant level (MCL)" means a standard for drinking water established by the United States Environmental Protection Agency under the Safe Drinking Water Act which is the maximum permissible level of a contaminant in water which is delivered to any user of a public water supply.
"No further action certificate" means the same as no further action letter in Iowa Code Supplement section 455H.301. It is a document issued by the department to the participant certifying no further response action is required at an enrolled site for those conditions classified as no further action except the monitoring or the maintenance of institutional or technological controls when required.
"No further action certification" means the department has determined an enrolled site has met all standards applicable for the identified hazardous substances and no further response action is required except the monitoring or the maintenance of institutional or technological controls when required.
"Noncancer health risk" means the potential for adverse systemic or toxic effects caused by exposure to noncarcinogenic hazardous substances expressed as the hazard quotient for a hazardous substance. A hazard quotient is the ratio of the level of exposure of a hazardous substance over a specified time period to a reference dose derived for a similar time period.
"Participant" means any person who enrolls property pursuant to this chapter. A participant is a participant only to the extent the participant complies with the requirements of this chapter.
"Point of compliance" means a location selected within the affected area where the concentration of contaminants of concern must be at or below the target levels established for that point.
"Point of exposure" means the location at which an individual or population may come in contact with a contaminant of concern from the enrolled site.
"Protected groundwater source" means a saturated bed, formation, or group of formations which has a hydraulic conductivity of at least 0.44 meters per day (m/d) and a total dissolved solids concentration of less than 2,500 milligrams per liter (mg/l).
"Receptor" means an individual or population that is or may be affected by a release from the enrolled site.
"Release" means any spilling, leaking, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, or disposing into the environment of a hazardous substance, including the abandonment or discarding of barrels, containers, and other closed receptacles containing any hazardous substance, but excludes all of the following:
1. Any release which results in exposure to persons solely within a workplace, with respect to a claim which such persons may assert against the employer of such persons.
2. Emission from the engine exhaust of a motor vehicle, rolling stock, aircraft, vessel, or pipeline pumping station engine.
3. The release of source, by-product, or special nuclear material from a nuclear incident, as those terms are defined in the federal Atomic Energy Act of 1954, if such release is subject to requirements with respect to financial protection established by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission under 42 U.S.C.§ 2210 or, for the purposes of 42 U.S.C. § 9604 or any other response action, any release of source, by-product, or special nuclear material from any processing site designated under 42 U.S.C. § 7912(a)(1) or § 7942(a).
4. The use of pesticides in accordance with the product label.
"Residential land-use area" means an area zoned for residential use or an area where residential use currently exists, is planned, or is not otherwise precluded. In addition, a residential land-use area includes other areas where frequent, long-term, close contact with soils is likely to occur (e.g., playgrounds, sport fields, gardens, child care facilities).
"Response action" means an action taken to reduce, minimize, eliminate, clean up, control, assess, or monitor a release to protect the public health and safety or the environment. "Response action" includes, but is not limited to, investigation, excavation, removal, disposal, cleaning of groundwaters or surface waters, natural biodegradation, institutional controls, technological controls, or site management practices.
"Restricted access" means a nonresidential area in which access is physically limited to prevent unauthorized access or incidental exposure (e.g., fenced-in, covered with buildings or pavement, remote location).
"Risk evaluation/response action document" means a document based on the site assessment for the enrolled site which includes a risk evaluation, proposed response action, and proposed compliance verification strategy for the enrolled site.
"Site assessment plan" means the optional plan submitted to the department which lays out the rationale and the steps to be followed in the conduct of a site assessment for the enrolled site.
"Site assessment report" means the report of the site assessment which defines the nature and extent of contamination, identifies likely exposure pathways, and allows for characterizing potential and current exposure risks posed by the enrolled site.
"Site-specific standard" means a standard for a specific site which represents a concentration of a contaminant in a media of an affected area at which exposure through a specific pathway is considered unlikely to pose a threat to human health, safety, or the environment given site-specific factors related to contaminant transport and likely exposure.
"Statewide standard" means a standard which represents a concentration of a contaminant in a specific media of an affected area at which normal, unrestricted exposure through a specific exposure pathway is considered unlikely to pose a threat to human health, safety, or the environment.
"Surface water" means general use segments as provided in 567--paragraph 61.3(1)"a" and designated use segments of water bodies as provided in 567--paragraph 61.3(1)"b" and 567--subrule 61.3(5).
"Target level" means a concentration of a contaminant of concern required to establish compliance with background, statewide or site-specific standards.
"Technological control" means a physical action whose main purpose is to reduce or eliminate exposure to the contaminants of an affected area.
567--137.3(455H) Enrollment in land recycling program.
137.3(1) Property eligible for enrollment. Unless excluded by statute or this rule and subject to eligibility conditions specified in this chapter, property which has been or is suspected to be the site of or affected by a release of a hazardous substance as defined in Iowa Code Supplement section 455H.103 is eligible for enrollment beginning October 27, 1998. The following sites shall not be enrolled in the land recycling program:
a. Property with petroleum releases associated with underground storage tanks subject to regulation under Iowa Code chapter 455B, division IV, part 8; and department rules under 567--Chapter 135. (However, property affected by releases of "regulated substances" from underground storage tanks other than petroleum as defined in rule 567-- 135.2(455B) subject to regulation under 567--Chapter 135 may be enrolled under this chapter.) Property enrolled and affected by a release from underground storage tanks of regulated substances other than petroleum will be subject to the response action standards in this chapter rather than those in 567--135.8(455B) through 135.12(455B). See also 567-- paragraph 135.1(3)"e."
b. Property which has been placed or is proposed to be included on the national priorities list established pursuant to the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA), 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq. A property will be considered proposed at the time that a public notice of intent to list the property on the national priorities list is published in the Federal Register in accordance with 40 CFR 300.425.
c. An animal feeding operation structure as defined in Iowa Code section 455B.161.
d. Properties subject to administrative or judicial enforcement action by the department or the Environmental Protection Agency or subject to an administrative or judicial consent order addressing environmental conditions. These properties may be eligible for enrollment only with the written approval of and under such terms as determined by the enforcing agency.
e. Eligible properties which are or may be affected by or commingled with ineligible releases or conditions will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis to determine their appropriateness for enrollment. Only the eligible property and participant(s) will be afforded the benefits and immunities available under Iowa Code Supplement chapter 455H. Any protections provided by issuance of a no further action certificate will be limited by and may be subject to reopening due to future conditions associated with the ineligible release. Considerations for enrollment or exclusion include but are not limited to the following:
(1) The extent to which eligible releases and site conditions can be assessed and response action(s) designed and implemented independent of the ineligible releases and property.
(2) The extent to which the liability and other protections offered by Iowa Code Supplement chapter 455H and the conditions of a no further action certificate can reasonably be defined to apply to the eligible site without consideration of or dependence on future conditions associated with the ineligible release and property.
(3) The extent to which a participant is willing to conduct all response action(s) necessary to address the health, safety and environmental conditions implicated by both eligible and ineligible releases and conditions. The extent to which a nonparticipant responsible for the ineligible release and property can establish an intention and ability to cooperatively address and share costs associated with the commingled conditions and satisfy both the standards in this chapter and any other regulatory standards applicable to the ineligible release or condition.
137.3(2) Enrollment policy and procedures. Prior to enrollment, the applicant/participant(s) should have conducted sufficient preliminary site investigation and project planning to be prepared to show that a site is eligible for enrollment and the participant(s) is ready and capable of initiating and completing a response action in accordance with these rules. The applicant/participant(s) must submit a completed program application and participation agreement form as supplied by the department. The program application shall contain at least the following information.
a. An acknowledgment of access/control of the site signed by the participant if that person is a fee titleholder in the affected property; if the applicant/participant(s) is not a fee titleholder, then an acknowledgment by the fee titleholder of the affected property. If acknowledgment of access cannot be obtained, the participant must describe efforts to obtain access and reasons why it has been refused.
b. The name, address and other relevant information of each current and anticipated participant(s). The description should include a brief statement of the reasons for each person's participation including but not limited to that person's interest in and legal relationship to the property enrolled and the expected role and scope of any participation. Other persons who are not participants but who may have an interest in the project should be identified, such as state and local development agencies, community groups, and financing sources.
c. The applicant/participant(s) must demonstrate the presence of hazardous substances at concentrations that warrant response action(s) under the standards in this chapter. At a minimum the environmental condition to be addressed must be documented by the submission of a report which includes the following:
(1) Soil and groundwater samples of hazardous substances which have been analyzed by a laboratory certified under 567--Chapter 83 for the analytes being tested. If there is not a laboratory certified under 567--Chapter 83 for the analytes being tested, then samples may be tested in accordance with 567--paragraph 133.3(1)"d." The laboratory analysis should establish the presence of hazardous substances under conditions which exceed or are likely to exceed a statewide standard, if a statewide standard is available. Copies of the laboratory analytical report, boring logs and a site diagram showing the location of the sampling points in relation to the site should be included.
(2) A description of the current and historical uses of the property based on a reasonable and diligent inquiry. This must include a description of the following: known sources and probable locations of hazardous substances and probable location of the sources at the property which the participant proposes to address as part of the project; a general description of the historical uses of the property and probable hazardous substances which could reasonably be associated with past land use; and a general description of the surface characteristics of the property and surrounding areas such as current zoning, residential, commercial and industrial uses, and current uses of adjoining properties.
d. Any assessments or other reports relating to contamination at the property in excess of a statewide standard or reportable under 567--Chapter 131 which are known to and within the control of the applicant/participant shall be submitted. If the applicant/participant intends to claim that information constitutes a privileged environmental audit as provided in 1998 Iowa Acts, House File 681, the applicant must notify the department of the claim and resolve the issue of privilege prior to submittal. The applicant shall not submit to the department a report or any part of a report which it claims to be privileged and any information submitted under this paragraph shall be deemed a nonprivileged submittal as provided in section 6, paragraph (1)"a," of the Act. This provision does not relieve the applicant/participant of any obligation to notify the department of a hazardous condition as provided in Iowa Code section 455B.386 and rules under 567--Chapter 131.
e. A statement of the project objectives which includes the current use of the property, proposed development activities, and an expected time frame for meeting these objectives. The statement should include a general description of the scope of the proposed environmental condition to be addressed and a proposed schedule for initiation and submittal of site assessment activities pursuant to rule 137.8(455H). The statement should describe any foreseeable barriers toward achieving project objectives such as access to property, financing uncertainties, legal actions, allocation of responsibility amongst parties.
f. A list of all known permits and regulatory actions and directives associated with an environmental condition at the site. If any parcel of the proposed enrolled site is subject to any federal regulatory corrective action directives, administrative orders or judicial actions, these must be explained. The applicant must submit written proof that the appropriate federal regulatory agency has been notified of the applicant's desire to participate in the Iowa land recycling program. Objections, concerns or issues which could lead to disputes regarding dual or conflicting jurisdiction should be resolved prior to application, if possible, and before admission.
g. The department will respond in writing within 60 days of receipt of the enrollment application. The department will notify the applicant/participant(s) whether the site has been accepted and an expected time line for assignment of the project to a manager. If the site is not accepted, the department will notify the applicant of the reason(s). Upon notification of admission, the property shall be considered enrolled. Once the department has assigned the enrolled site to a project manager, the department will enter into a participation agreement with the participant(s).
137.3(3) Enrollment fees and oversight costs. A nonrefundable enrollment fee of $750 must be submitted with the program application. This fee is intended to cover the department's cost of reviewing the program application and a minimum amount of subsequent oversight costs. Subsequent fees in excess of the minimum $750 may be assessed for actual oversight costs incurred by the department as provided in this chapter. Department oversight activities may include, but are not limited to: review of documents, meetings with the participant(s), site visits, sampling, and laboratory costs related to verification of submitted materials. The total fees for oversight costs shall not exceed $7,500 per enrolled site. Fees shall be assessed and collected as follows:
a. Hourly billing rate. Project oversight fees shall be based on an hourly rate to cover wages and overhead costs of personnel employed by the department in the land recycling program. The department shall calculate and publish on an annual basis an hourly billing rate at which oversight fees shall be calculated.
b. Quarterly payments. The department shall bill the participant(s) on a quarterly basis for additional oversight costs beyond the review of the application incurred by the department. The participant(s) shall pay the department within 30 days after receiving the department's quarterly fee statement. If there is more than one participant, each shall be jointly and severally responsible for payment. The department will provide split billings if provided with an enforceable written contract allocating the fees amongst the participants.
c. Failure to pay required fees. If the participant(s) fails to pay department oversight fees that are required under this subrule, the department shall cease to provide oversight to the participant(s) and terminate enrollment of the site as described in subrule 137.3(7).
137.3(4) Participation agreement. All participants shall enter into a participation agreement. This agreement shall be executed at the time the project is assigned to a project manager. At a minimum, the agreement shall establish the following:
a. A requirement that the participant(s) agree and provide necessary documentation to ensure reasonable access to the affected property by department staff and other authorized representatives of the department.
b. A requirement that the participant(s) reimburse the department for the actual costs assessed as provided in 567-- subrule 136.3(3).
c. A requirement that the participant(s) certify that the participant(s) has the financial means to complete the project based on an initial estimate of completion costs. The department may require modification and amendment of the financial certification at any stage in the project and may require the participant(s) to provide financial documentation as necessary to support the certification.
d. A requirement that the participation agreement include a general description of the scope of the project and the goals to be achieved, a general time frame for submission and review of documents in accordance with this chapter, allocation of responsibility amongst multiple participants and other appropriate milestones. Either the participant(s) or the department may request a meeting to develop a statement describing the scope, goals, and time frames for the project.
137.3(5) Prioritization. Eligible sites will be enrolled in the order in which they are received. The department reserves the right to elevate the priority of a given site if it determines the threat to the public health or environment or environmental conditions in combination with the development objectives consistent with Iowa Code Supplement section 455H.104 is significantly greater than those of sites with an earlier enrollment date.
137.3(6) Withdrawal procedures. Enrollment and continued participation in the program are voluntary. The participant(s) may withdraw the enrolled site and individual participants may withdraw from further participation in the land recycling program at any time upon written notice to the department. Any participant who withdraws an enrolled site from further participation in the program shall not be entitled to any refund or credit for the $750 enrollment fee and shall be liable for any oversight costs actually incurred by the department up to the cap of $7,500 per enrolled site. A participant who withdraws a site prior to completion of all response action(s) required by this chapter and issuance of a no further action certificate in accordance with rule 137.11(455H) forfeits all benefits and immunities provided by this chapter and Iowa Code chapter 455H. Prior to withdrawal, the participant(s) shall submit a plan, which must be approved by the department, for stabilization of conditions at the site or a justification for why further action to stabilize the site is not necessary. Participants shall be required to take such actions as the department determines necessary to stabilize conditions at the site, including, but not limited to, securing or properly abandoning monitoring wells, removing or otherwise properly disposing of all contaminated soil excavations, removing or properly disposing of exposed or exhumed contaminants, filling or properly fencing open excavations, and posting safety notices.
137.3(7) Termination of enrollment. Enrollment of the participant(s) may be terminated based on a finding of material noncompliance with department rules and statutory requirements including but not limited to the following:
a. Significant failure, after written notice, to comply with schedules for completion and submission of reports and implementation of response action(s) required by these rules or otherwise agreed upon in writing by the department and participants. Written requests for reasonable schedule extensions may be granted upon a showing of extenuating circumstances beyond the control of the participant(s) and the participant(s) agent/contractor.
b. Failure to proceed in a timely manner after written notice in performing the additional response action required due to a failure of technological and institutional controls pursuant to rule 137.7(455H).
c. Material misstatement or omission of fact in reports submitted to the department by the participant or agents of the participant.
d. Evidence that the site falls under one of the exclusion categories in subrule 137.3(1).
e. Failure to pay required fees to the department as required in subrule 137.3(3).
137.3(8) Appeal rights. The department will notify participant(s) of a denial of enrollment or of an intent to terminate enrollment and provide a statement of reasons. The participant(s) shall have a right to appeal the decision to deny enrollment or to terminate enrollment. Upon timely appeal, contested case procedures shall be initiated pursuant to 561--Chapter 7.
567--137.4(455H) Background standards.
137.4(1) Purpose. This rule defines the basis and procedure for establishing background standards in groundwater, soil, surface water, and air. Background standards represent concentrations of contaminants that are naturally occurring or generally present and not related to a readily identifiable release. Background standards provide a baseline for assessing impacts of contaminant releases from within the affected area.
137.4(2) Determination of background standards. Background standards shall be based on sampling at appropriate site-specific background locations. Background sampling locations shall be outside the influence of any possible contamination associated with releases occurring on the property in which the enrolled site is located. Sufficient supporting information shall be provided to demonstrate the appropriateness of background sampling locations. Appropriateness for background sampling locations has two aspects which shall be addressed:
a. Background samples shall be collected from a location which represents a true background condition with respect to the enrolled site. For example, a background groundwater sample will be collected from an upgradient location relative to groundwater movement.
b. Background samples will represent conditions which are comparable to the contaminated media being addressed. In the case of soils, samples from the affected area and the background areas will be comparable in physical, chemical, and biological attributes.
Sampling conducted for the purpose of establishing a background standard shall meet quality criteria specified for the site assessment, rule 137.8(455H). The minimum number of samples to be collected from the medium of concern for which a background standard is being established shall be consistent with rule 137.10(455H), regarding demonstration of compliance.
567--137.5(455H) Statewide standards.
137.5(1) Purpose. This rule defines the basis and procedure for establishing statewide standards for contaminants in groundwater, soil, and surface water. Statewide standards for groundwater and soil represent concentrations of contaminants in these media at which normal exposure via ingestion is considered unlikely to pose a threat to human health. Statewide standards for surface water are based on protection of aquatic life, except when the surface water is a source of drinking water in which case they are based on protection of human health. This rule also describes how air standards are to be addressed.
137.5(2) Scope. Statewide standards described herein address what are considered to be the most likely, normal exposure situations. Statewide standards address direct exposure via ingestion to contaminants in the media of concern only. In the event other exposure concerns are identified, such that statewide standards are not protective of human health and the environment, the department may deny the use of the statewide standards prescribed herein and require the use of site-specific standards based on site-specific conditions pursuant to subrule 137.6(9).
Examples of exposure concerns not anticipated by thestatewide standard might include, but are not limited to:

* Significant plant uptake of contaminants from soil or groundwater,

* Contaminants entering drinking water lines from contact with soil or groundwater,

* Situations in which dermal exposure to contaminants in soil poses a substantially greater risk than ingestion of the soil,

* Situations where the contaminated media represents a contaminant source for other exposure concerns or pathways,

* Ecological concerns, other than for surface water,

* Groundwater in a nonprotected groundwater source that is used or likely to be used for drinking water or other use.
137.5(3) Establishment of risk-based contaminant concentrations.
a. Risk-based concentration formula. Risk-based contaminant concentrations for soil and groundwater, except lead, shall be computed using the following formula, where appropriate:
(Formula I)

C


=


RF_AT_365 days/year




Abs_[(ERc_EFc_EDc)
BWc+(ERa_EFa_EDa)
BWa]_CF


Where: C = Concentration of contaminant (soil: mg/kg, water: mg/l)
RF = Risk factor
For protection from cancer health risks:
RF = TR÷SF
Where: TR = Target cancer risk (unitless)
SF = Oral slope factor per (mg/kg)/day;
see paragraph "c" for source.
For protection from noncancer health risks:
RF = THQ _ RfD
Where: THQ = Target hazard quotient (unitless)
RfD = Oral reference dose (mg/kg)/day;
see paragraph "c" for source.
AT = Averaging time (years); time over which exposure is
averaged and potential adverse effects may occur
Abs = Absorption factor (unitless); portion of exposed
contaminant absorbed by the body
ERc = Exposure rate by a child (soil: mg/day, water: l/day)
EFc = Exposure frequency by a child (days/year)
EDc = Exposure duration by a child (years)
BWc = Body weight of exposed child (kg)
ERa = Exposure rate by an adult (soil: mg/day, water: l/day)
EFa = Exposure frequency by an adult (days/year)
EDa = Exposure duration by an adult (years)
BWa = Body weight of exposed adult (kg)
CF = Conversion factor: 10-6 kg/mg for soils;
1 (unitless) for water
b. Carcinogenic classification of chemicals. The potential carcinogenicity of chemicals will be based on the weight-of-evidence classification system utilized by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). Risk-based concentrations will be based on cancer health effects for chemicals that are classified as Group A or Group B. Risk-based concentrations will be based on noncancer health effects for chemicals that are classified as Group C, Group D or Group E. In the absence of such classification for a chemical, the Group D classification will be assumed.
c. Source of toxicity values. Source of information on toxicity factors (e.g., oral reference doses and oral slope factors) and carcinogenic classification for chemicals shall be in accordance with the following hierarchy. The most recent version of each shall be used.
(1) EPA's Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS).
(2) EPA's Health Effects Assessment Summary Tables (HEAST).
(3) Best available information, including consultation with toxicologists at EPA's National Center for Exposure Assessment in Cincinnati, Ohio.
137.5(4) Statewide standards for groundwater.
a. Protected groundwater source. Statewide standards for groundwater in a protected groundwater source will be the enforceable Maximum Contaminant Level (MCL) established by the EPA pursuant to the Safe Drinking Water Act, if one exists. If no enforceable MCL exists, the statewide standard for chemicals will be the lifetime health advisory level (HAL) as provided in the latest "Drinking Water Regulations and Health Advisories" by the EPA's Office of Water or equivalent. If no MCL or HAL exists, the statewide standard for a chemical will be calculated using Formula I and input variables for groundwater ingestion in accordance with the following subparagraphs.
(1) Input variables for calculating statewide standards for chemicals in groundwater from a protected groundwater source based on cancer risk are as follows:
TR = 5 _ 10-6
SF = Chemical-specific (see paragraph 137.5(3)"c")
AT = 70 years
Abs = 1
ERc = 1 l/day
EFc = 0 days/year
EDc = 6 years
BWc = 15 kg
ERa = 2 l/day
EFa = 365 days/year
EDa = 70 years
BWa = 70 kg
CF = 1
(2) Input variables for calculating statewide standards for chemicals in groundwater from a protected groundwater source based on noncancer risk are as follows:
THQc = 0.02 (Group C chemicals); THQD,E = 0.2 (Group D and E chemicals)
RfD = Chemical-specific (see paragraph 137.5(3)"c")
AT = 70 years
Abs = 1
ERc = 1 l/day
EFc = 0 days/year
EDc = 6 years
BWc = 15 kg
ERa = 2 l/day
EFa = 365 days/year
EDa = 70 years
BWa = 70 kg
CF = 1
b. Groundwater in a nonprotected groundwater source. The statewide standard for a Group A or B chemical, except arsenic, in groundwater in a nonprotected groundwater source will be 20 times the statewide standard for the chemical in a protected groundwater source or a risk-based concentration using Formula I with TR = 10-4 and the exposure factors specified in subparagraph 137.5(4)"a"(1), whichever is larger. The statewide standard in a nonprotected groundwater source for arsenic will be 0.1 mg/l. The statewide standard for a Group C chemical in a nonprotected groundwater source will be 50 times the statewide standard for the chemical in a protected groundwater source. The statewide standard for a Group D or E chemical in a nonprotected groundwater source will be 5 times the statewide standard for the chemical in a protected groundwater source. However, in no case will the statewide standard for a Group C, D, or E chemical in a nonprotected groundwater source be less than a risk-based concentration using Formula I with a THQ = 1 and exposure factors as specified in subparagraph 137.5(4)"a"(2). The statewide standards for groundwater in a nonprotected groundwater source are based on groundwater ingestion only.
137.5(5) Statewide standards for soil. Statewide standards for chemicals in soil, except lead, will be calculated using Formula I based on incidental ingestion of soil and dust with input variables in accordance with the following paragraphs. The statewide standard for lead in soil shall be 400 mg/kg.
a. Input variables for calculating statewide standards for chemicals in soil based on cancer risk are as follows:
TR = 5 _ 10-6
SF = Chemical-specific (see paragraph 137.5(3)"c")
AT = 70 years
Abs = 1
ERc = 200 mg/day
EFc = 350 days/year
EDc = 6 years
BWc = 15 kg
ERa = 100 mg/day
EFa = 350 days/year
EDa = 64 years
BWa = 70 kg
CF = 10-6 kg/mg
b. Input variables for calculating statewide standards for chemicals in soil based on noncancer risks are as follows:
THQ = 1
RfD = Chemical-specific (see paragraph 137.5(3)"c")
AT = 6 years
Abs = 1
ERc = 200 mg/day
EFc = 350 days/year
EDc = 6 years
BWc = 15 kg
ERa = 100 mg/day
EFa = 350 days/year
EDa = 0 years
BWa = 70 kg
CF = 10-6 kg/mg
137.5(6) Statewide standards for surface water. Water quality standards pursuant to 567--Chapter 61 shall be considered statewide standards for surface water. If a promulgated water quality standard does not exist for a contami-nant of concern, the department may establish an appropriate standard in a manner consistent with 567--Chapter 61.
137.5(7) Statewide standards for air. Ambient air quality standards pursuant to 567--Chapter 28 constitute statewide standards for air. Air emission sources must meet air quality emission standards as set forth in 567--Chapters 20 through 31 inclusively, as applicable. Any relevant air quality standard that is subsequently promulgated by statute or rule shall become a statewide standard for air upon the effective date of adoption by the state. In the absence of applicable, adopted standards, site-specific air standards must be met, in accordance with subrule 137.6(8), when air quality issues are addressed at a site.
137.5(8) Point of exposure for statewide standards. The point of exposure associated with the use of only statewide standards in the determination of compliance will be assumed to be anywhere and everywhere, except for surface water. The point of exposure associated with the use of statewide standards for surface water will be assumed to be the point of groundwater or other site runoff immediately before it discharges to the surface water body.
137.5(9) Practical quantification limits. In no case will the statewide standard be less than the practical quantification limit, as determined by the department.
137.5(10) Maintenance of statewide standards. The toxicity values and promulgated standards that are a basis for statewide standards are subject to periodic revision due to actions not governed under this rule. The department will maintain a guidance document that contains a current list of statewide standards that will be readily available to the public. Statewide standards for individual sites will be locked-in at the beginning of the site assessment process (rule 137.8(455H)). If a statewide standard does not exist for a chemical, it will be the department's responsibility to establish a statewide standard, pursuant to subrules 137.5(4) and 137.5(5), for groundwater and soil, and to add it to the comprehensive list of statewide standards in the guidance document maintained by the department.
567--137.6(455H) Site-specific standards.
137.6(1) Purpose. As opposed to statewide standards, site-specific standards are derived by applying exposure and risk assumptions applicable to the conditions at a particular site. Like statewide standards, site-specific standards must always be shown to be protective of public health and safety and the environment. Statewide standards may be used in combination with site-specific standards to address different exposure pathways. Site-specific standards may be required to address exposure pathways which the department determines must be evaluated to be protective of human health, safety and the environment and for which statewide standards have not been established under rule 137.5(455H). Site-specific standards may involve development of target levels for contaminants of concern based on site-specific exposure assumptions for use in lieu of background or statewide standards. Site-specific standards may also include consideration of the actual or potential location where exposure to contaminants occurs or may occur, the likelihood of an exposure occurring, and the overall magnitude and extent of contamination. Site-specific standards may involve use of site-specific target levels for contaminants of concern alone or in conjunction with other site-specific criteria, such as the location where the standard is applied.
137.6(2) General provisions.
a. This rule establishes a minimum protocol that must be met at all enrolled sites which have not established compliance by application of background or statewide standards. Groundwater ingestion and soil ingestion pathway standards under this rule must be evaluated. Surface water and air quality standards under subrules 137.6(7) and 137.6(8) must be met whenever exposure concerns are evident and the participant or the department determines these pathways may present an unacceptable risk for current or future exposures. This rule is not intended to preclude the department or the participant from addressing other exposure pathways, and the department expressly reserves the right to require evaluation of other exposure pathways and compliance with site-specific standards developed for them, such as dermal contact, ingestion of vegetables containing contaminants from soil or irrigation water, migration of contaminants from groundwater or soil into water distribution lines or into air in a confined space, migration of contaminants from soil to groundwater, and migration of contaminants in a nonprotected groundwater source to a protected groundwater source. Participants must establish compliance with standards applicable to all exposure pathways required by the department under this rule in order to qualify for no further action classification under rule 137.11(455H) unless granted a variance as provided in Iowa Code section 455H.205.
b. Site-specific standards are subject to the approval of the department. Assurances in the form of technological or institutional controls (rule 137.7(455H)) will be required, as needed, to ensure continued protectiveness of site-specific standards.
c. The following subrules provide options for the site-specific standards. The participant may select any of these options, or combinations thereof, for use as site-specific standards.
137.6(3) Site-specific groundwater point of exposure. A site-specific groundwater standard may be an appropriate target level applied at groundwater points of exposure that are limited by technological or institutional controls.
a. A point of exposure for groundwater is a location within the affected area where a well exists or could be placed (potential point of exposure). Where technological or institutional controls are determined to effectively restrict the placement of groundwater wells, the points of exposure apply outside the area of restriction. A sufficient number of points of exposure may be established for determining compliance such that compliance with appropriate target levels at these points will ensure compliance at all points of exposure. Normally a compliance point of exposure will be a location at the boundary of the area restricted by an institutional control where a groundwater well could be installed that would have the highest contaminant concentration. Generally more than one compliance point of exposure must be established due to uncertainties, such as spatial and temporal variabilities in groundwater flow and contaminant occurrence.
b. Target levels. The point of exposure target level for drinking water wells is the statewide standard applicable to groundwater ingestion or an alternative site-specific target level approved under subrule 137.6(9) or 137.6(10). The point of exposure target level for non-drinking water wells is the statewide standard applicable to nonprotected groundwater or an alternative site-specific target level approved under subrule 137.6(9) or 137.6(10). The point of exposure target level for nonused groundwater meeting the conditions in subrule 137.6(5) is the statewide standard for a nonprotected groundwater source.
c. Nonprotected groundwater sources. A nonprotected groundwater source which is affecting or likely to affect an existing drinking water well shall be required to meet the same site-specific standards, including point of exposure target level(s), as applied to a protected groundwater source.
d. Unless conditions can be demonstrated to be stable, predictive techniques in accordance with subrule 137.9(4) must be used to determine the future effects of groundwater contamination on existing drinking and non-drinking water wells and to determine the area predicted to exceed the point of exposure target level(s) where wells could be installed. When using predictive techniques, determining the location(s) where the applicable point of exposure target level is expected to be exceeded may involve comparison of the appropriate numerical standard to the predicted contaminant concentration at a passive monitoring well at the groundwater point of exposure. Alternatively, predictive techniques using site-specific models (paragraph 137.9(4)"b") may involve simulation of pumping at a well located at the point of exposure, in which case the pumping rate used in the simulation shall be the rate that is reasonably possible for the area that yields water with the highest contaminant concentration. In absence of site-specific justification for doing otherwise, long-term pumping will be assumed to be at a rate of 100 gallons per day; the sustainable yield, if less than 100 gallons per day; or a reasonable, higher rate, if such a rate results in higher contaminant concentration.
e. Institutional controls. For a protected groundwater source or a nonprotected groundwater source as described in paragraph "b" above, institutional controls must be shown to effectively prohibit the installation of wells for the period of time in which contaminant concentrations might otherwise be expected to result in an exceedance of the appropriate target levels. For a nonprotected groundwater not described as in paragraph "b" above, a less stringent standard of effectiveness as well as the type of future well installation to be restricted may be utilized for those areas of potential concern. Unless there is a history of usage of what might otherwise be considered nonprotected groundwater or there is uncertainty as to the uniformity in the hydraulic characteristics of the nonprotected groundwater source, notice to the authority responsible for permitting private wells under 567--Chapters 39 and 49 may be adequate especially if combined with a municipal or county ordinance prohibiting installation of private wells based on the availability of a public water supply.
137.6(4) Site-specific groundwater point of compliance. A site-specific standard may be established for a site-specific groundwater point of compliance that is different from a compliance point of exposure. A site-specific groundwater point of compliance must be used in conjunction with all groundwater compliance points of exposure pursuant to subrule 137.6(3) to provide an alternative monitoring location. Target levels for contaminants of concern at a site-specific groundwater point of compliance must be established using predictive techniques as specified in subrule 137.9(4). A target level established for a groundwater point of compliance must ensure that the appropriate target level at the groundwater compliance points of exposure will be achieved. A groundwater point of compliance shall be located on the contaminant migration path from the contaminant source to the point of exposure to the maximum extent practicable.
137.6(5) Nonused groundwater in a protected water source. Statewide standards for groundwater in a nonprotected groundwater source, pursuant to paragraph 137.5(4)"b," may be used as target levels for contaminants in an otherwise protected groundwater source when groundwater in the affected area is not used and is not likely to be used in the future in accordance with the following. It must be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the department that contaminants from the enrolled site do not currently, and likely will not in the future, have an impact on any existing water supply well. Any detection, or predicted detection above the practical quantification limit, of a chemical that can be attributed to a release from the enrolled site will be considered to constitute an impact. In addition, it must be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the department that the impacted or potentially impacted aquifer is not a locally significant water resource. Factors that will go into this determination may include, but are not limited to:

* Existence of a nonimpacted public water supply in the potentially affected area;

* General availability of other water resources in the vicinity;

* Plans for development of public water supplies in the vicinity;

* Potential for use of the impacted aquifer as a water supply (e.g., yield, natural water quality); and

* Identification of the aquifer(s) commonly used for water supply in the vicinity.
A local ordinance prohibiting installation of private drinking water wells or notification to the local water utility and water permitting authority, or both, may constitute acceptable institutional controls for site-specific standards under this subrule.
The target levels that may be used in accordance with this subrule are based solely on groundwater ingestion. Compliance with this site-specific standard will not guarantee that contaminants in groundwater may not cause unacceptable exposure via other pathways (e.g., groundwater to air in a confined space, groundwater to surface water, or groundwater to a water distribution line).
137.6(6) Site-specific soil standards based on land use and soil depth. Site-specific soil standards based on land use and soil depth may be used in conjunction with institutional controls. Predetermined site-specific soil exposures based on residential, nonresidential, and restricted-access land use and soil depth are provided in the following paragraphs. Lists of resulting site-specific soil standards for these land use and soil depth categories will be maintained by the department in a guidance document and made readily available to the public. Use of these site-specific soil standards must be supported by institutional controls that ensure that land use will not change to a land use that has a larger potential exposure to soil than land use which forms the basis for the standard being used. Site-specific soil standards based on land use and soil depth, as described herein, address only ingestion of soil. Compliance with these standards will not guarantee that contaminants in soils may not cause unacceptable exposure via other pathways (e.g., ecological exposure, dermal contact with soil, soil to groundwater, soil to confined air space).
a. Deep soil in a residential land-use area. Site-specific soil standards for deep soils equaling ten times the statewide standard for soils, except for lead, may be used. The lead standard for deep, residential soils is 800 mg/kg. Soils at a depth of ten feet and greater will normally be classified as deep soils. The department may deny the use of a deep soil standard associated with a residential land use or require a modification to the standard due to site-specific considerations including topography, development potential, and actual development plans. In lieu of this default site-specific lead standard for deep soil, a site-specific standard for lead in deep soil may be calculated using the most current version of EPA's Exposure Model for Assessing Risk Associated with Adult Exposures to Lead in Soil. The use of a site-specific standard for deep soil in a residential land-use area shall be supported by an institutional control that permanently rec-ords the existence of contaminants above statewide standards in deep soils and restricts excavation resulting in deep soils being placed on the surface.
b. Nonresidential land use. The nonresidential land-use designation will be applicable to areas that are not classified as residential. Site-specific soil standards, except for lead, for nonresidential areas are based on Formula I using the risk and exposure factors shown in Table I. Site-specific soil standards for lead in a nonresidential land-use area are 400, 800, and 1,600 mg/kg for soils less than 2, 2-10, and greater than 10 feet deep, respectively. In lieu of these default site-specific lead standards, site-specific standards for lead in soil less than 2 feet deep may be calculated using the most current version of EPA's Integrated Exposure Uptake Biokinetic Model for Lead in Children. Lead in soil 2-10 feet deep may be calculated using the most current version of EPA's Exposure Model for Assessing Risk Associated with Adult Exposures to Lead in Soil with a multiple factor of 2 applied to this result for lead standards in soil greater than 10 feet deep. The use of a nonresidential land-use classification must be supported by an environmental protection easement that prevents a change in land use to residential.

Table I







Input Variables for Site-Specific Soil Standards for Nonresidential Area Land-Use Designation







Parameter


Units


Cancer
Group


Soil Depth (ft.) .







<2


2 - 10


>10


TR


unitless


A, B


5 _ 10-6


5 _ 10-6


5 _ 10-6


SF


[(mg/kg)/day]-1


A, B


Chem.-spec.


Chem.-spec.


Chem.-spec.


THQ


unitless


C, D, E


1


1


1


RfD


(mg/kg)/day


C, D, E


Chem.-spec.


Chem.-spec.


Chem.-spec.


AT


years


A, B


70


70


70




C, D, E


6


30


30


Abs


unitless


A - E


1


1


1


ERc


mg/day


A - E


200


0


0


EFc


days/yr


A - E


350


0


0


EDc


years


A - E


6


0


0


BWc


kg


A - E


15


15


15


ERa


mg/day


A - E


100


50


500


EFa


days/yr


A - E


350


250


200


EDa


years


A, B


24


30


1




C, D, E


0


30


1


BWa


kg


A - E


70


70


70


CF


kg/mg


A - E


10-6


10-6


10-6


c. Restricted access land use. The restricted access land-use designation will be applicable to nonresidential areas where access is physically limited (e.g., fenced-in, covered with buildings or pavement, remote location). Site-specific soil standards, except for lead, for restricted access locations are based on Formula I using risk and exposure factors shown in Table II. Site-specific soil standards for lead at restricted access locations are 800, 1,600 and 3,200 mg/kg for soils less than 2, 2-10, and greater than 10 feet deep, respectively. In lieu of these default site-specific lead standards, site-specific standards for lead in soil less than 2 feet deep may be calculated using the most current version of EPA's Exposure Model for Assessing Risk Associated with Adult Exposures to Lead in Soil with multiple factors of 2 and 4 applied to this result for lead standards in soil 2-10 and greater than 10 feet deep, respectively. The use of a restricted access land use classification must be supported by an environmental easement that prevents a change in land use to residential and ensures that the access restrictions will be maintained.

Table II







Input Variables for Site-Specific Soil Standards for Restricted Access Land-Use Designation







Parameter


Units


Cancer
Group


Soil Depth (ft.) .







<2


2 - 10


>10


TR


unitless


A, B


5 _ 10-6


5 _ 10-6


5 _ 10-6


SF


[(mg/kg)/day]-1


A, B


Chem.-spec.


Chem.-spec.


Chem.-spec.


THQ


unitless


C, D, E


1


1


1


RfD


(mg/kg)/day


C, D, E


Chem.-spec.


Chem.-spec.


Chem.-spec.


AT


years


A, B


70


70


70




C, D, E


30


30


30


Abs


unitless


A - E


1


1


1


ERc


mg/day


A - E


0


0


0


EFc


days/yr


A - E


0


0


0


EDc


years


A - E


0


0


0


BWc


kg


A - E


15


15


15


ERa


mg/day


A - E


50


500


500


EFa


days/yr


A - E


250


200


20


EDa


years


A - E


30


1


1


BWa


kg


A - E


70


70


70


CF


kg/mg


A - E


10-6


10-6


10-6


137.6(7) Site-specific surface water standards. The department will establish site-specific surface water standards at the request of the participant. The participant shall provide the department with information necessary to makethis determination upon request from the department. Site-specific surface water standards will be generally equivalent to effluent limitations under a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit pursuant to 567-- Chapter 62. Mixing zones and allocation of contaminant loads in a surface water body will be considerations in attainment of in-stream water quality standards. If the site-specific surface water quality standards are met, best practical control technology currently available will not be imposed.
137.6(8) Site-specific air standards. If there are air quality concerns at a site, they will normally be addressed with site-specific standards until such time as ambient air quality or source-specific standards are adopted for hazardous air pollutants.
a. Explosivity. In no case shall contaminants from the enrolled site cause an explosivity level in a confined space of greater than 10 percent of the lower explosivity limit.
b. Background. In addition to the establishment of a background standard pursuant to rule 137.4(455H), a site-specific air standard may be set at twice the typical background level based on published information for a comparable setting, if approved by the department.
c. Health risk. Where applicable, the U.S. Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 8-hour time-weighted-average limits for air contaminants pursuant to 29 CFR 1910.1000 may be utilized for site-specific standards with an appropriate site-specific adjustment to account for uncertainties. As a default, the adjustment shall consist of dividing the OSHA standard by a factor of 10. For locations where OSHA standards are not applicable, site-specific standards for air in a confined space shall be risk-based using the chemical-specific toxicity values of inhalation unit risk (UR) and inhalation reference concentration (RfC) determined in accordance with paragraph 137.5(3)"c" for Group A and B and Group C, D and E chemicals, respectively. Formulas II and III shall be used to calculate risk-based, site-specific air standards for Group A and B and Group C, D and E chemicals, respectively, where C is the risk-based contaminant concentration in air.

(Formula II)

C = AF _ TR ÷ UR

(Formula III)

C = AF _ RfC

The UR and RfC toxicity values are based on a continuous exposure of 20 cubic meters per day by a 70 kg adult. The adjustment factor (AF) in Formulas II and III may be used to adjust for site-specific exposure conditions. A target cancer risk (TR) of 10-4 shall be used in a residential setting. If toxicity values are not available for a chemical, a value equal to 0.7 percent of the OSHA standard may be used as the site-specific standard for air in a confined space in a residential setting.
d. Institutional or technological controls. Institutional or technological controls may be used to prevent future exposure to contaminants in air in confined spaces and will be required to prevent residential use of the affected area when a nonresidential air standard is used.
137.6(9) Site-specific standards based on site-specific factors. Numerical site-specific standards (i.e., target levels) for groundwater or soil may be established using site-specific exposure factors in Formula I. Site-specific pumping rates greater than specified in paragraph 137.6(3)"d" herein may be used when approved by the department. Site-specific exposure factors must be approved by the department. For the department to approve any such site-specific factor there must be well documented rationale for doing so and appropriate institutional or technological controls must be provided.
137.6(10) Site-specific standards or approaches not anticipated by this rule. Nothing in this rule precludes the use of site-specific standards derived in some way not anticipated by this rule, provided that the rationale is adequately presented and the approach is both approved by the department and provides a level of protection comparable to standards set forth under this rule.
567--137.7(455H) Institutional and technological controls.
137.7(1) Technological controls. The purpose of a technological control is to effectively sever a pathway by use of technologies such that an applicable receptor could not be exposed to hazardous substances above an applicable target risk level. Subject to limitations in this chapter, technological controls are an acceptable response action either alone or in combination with other remediation systems and institutional controls. The purpose of technological controls may be to control plume migration through use of containment technologies, barriers, or other methods, as an interim or permanent response action or to permanently sever a pathway to a receptor. Technological controls may also be appropriate to treat or control contamination at the point of exposure. Any technological control proposed as a permanent response action option without meeting the reduction in contaminant concentrations objectives must establish that the pathway to a receptor will be permanently severed or controlled. The effectiveness of a technological control must be monitored under a department-approved plan. The department may require reasonable proof of financial assurance when necessary to ensure that a technological control remain effective.
137.7(2) Institutional controls. The purpose of an institutional control is to restrict access to or use of an affected area such that an existing or future receptor could not be exposed to hazardous substances addressed by the controls for as long as the target level is exceeded at applicable points of exposure and compliance. Single or multiple institutional controls may be used alone or in combination and may also be employed with technological controls and response action to effectively achieve, maintain and enforce an approved level of risk reduction and risk management. The following enumeration of types of institutional and technological controls is not a finding that each is per se an effective control. The effectiveness of any institutional or technological control or combination of controls must be evaluated on a case-by-case basis and in accordance with specified conditions in this chapter. Institutional and technological controls include:
a. A state or federal law or regulation which can be shown to effectively achieve, maintain and enforce the required land-use restrictions and controls.
b. An ordinance of any political subdivision of the state which can be shown to effectively achieve, maintain and enforce the required land-use restrictions and controls.
c. A contractual obligation recorded and executed in a manner satisfying Iowa Code chapter 558. Recorded notices and affidavits, including a no further action letter as provided in rule 137.11(455H), which do not create rights or obligations or restrict land use but serve to put current and future property owners on notice of present or future conditions within the affected area.
d. A control which the participant demonstrates to the department reduces or manages the risk from a release through the period necessary to comply with the applicable standards, including but not limited to informational devices such as public notices, informational registries, notices to regulatory authorities and continuing site activities such as periodic inspections, equipment repair and maintenance, and soil and groundwater monitoring.
e. An environmental protection easement established in accordance with Iowa Code section 455H.206.
137.7(3) Environmental protection easements. An environmental protection easement is a statutorily authorized restriction on land use and shall be the preferred mechanism rather than other contractual, common-law methods such as deed restrictions and restrictive covenants for implementing and enforcing future land-use restrictions. The department reserves the discretion to determine under what conditions an easement or other deed restriction instrument such as a restrictive covenant may be used. An environmental protection easement must be utilized whenever the approved land-use restriction in and around an affected area must be limited to nonresidential uses. Environmental easements may be utilized to implement and enforce other institutional and technological controls, including but not limited to restrictions and regulation of certain construction activities, building location and design limitations, access to and use of groundwater, property access, restrictions on subdivision of property, maintenance and monitoring of technological controls and other response action equipment and activities, and other site inspection and reporting duties. The following minimum requirements must be established to obtain approval of an environmental protection easement:
a. The easement must be granted by the fee titleholder(s) and such other legal and equitable interests in the affected real estate as necessary to establish its validity and enforceability. The department may require persons with property interests other than the fee titleholder(s) to join in the grant or execute appropriate instruments evidencing consent to or subordination of their interests to the terms of the easement, or provide legal notice to such parties as necessary to ensure its validity, effectiveness and enforceability and all legal and equitable interests in the affected area. The participant must provide sufficient documentation, including but not limited to abstracts of title, title opinions, legal descriptions of the affected property and plat maps to enable the department to independently determine the easement will serve its intended purpose and is valid and enforceable.
b. The easement must be filed in the office of the county recorder in the county where the affected real estate is located and in any applicable central registry established by the department or other state, local or federal regulatory agency. After recording of the easement, each instrument transferring an interest in the affected real estate, including lease agreements, must include a specific reference to the recorded easement instrument and with sufficient description to put the transferee on notice of its terms. If a transfer instrument fails to include these references, the transferor may lose any of the benefits provided by these rules and Iowa Code Supplement chapter 455H.
c. The form and general terms of the easement must comply with the model forms developed by the department unless otherwise approved by the department. The terms of the easement instrument must include at a minimum the following:
(1) The easement must name the state of Iowa, acting through the department, as a grantee.
(2) The easement must accurately describe the activities being restricted or required.
(3) The easement must run with the land and bind the owner of the land and the owner's successors and assigns.
(4) The easement shall include an acknowledgment by the director of acceptance of the easement by the department.
d. Modification of environmental protection easements. An environmental protection easement can only be amended or terminated with approval by the director of the department and by filing an appropriate instrument, executed by the director, and filed with the county recorder.
137.7(4) Public notification. The department shall prepare a public notice prior to approval of any no further action classification which is conditioned upon use of institutional or technological control(s). The public notice will describe the results of the risk assessment conducted in the affected area, any proposed or completed response action, the vertical and horizontal extent and concentrations of existing soil and groundwater contamination in the affected area, and the actual and potential pathways of exposure the controls are intended to address. The notice will describe the purpose of the institutional and technological control(s) being proposed and the predicted period of coverage. The notice will provide the opportunity for members of the public to review department files, make written comments and request a public hearing. The department may schedule a public hearing on the basis of requests from the public and when it determines the particular remedial options proposed for a site warrant public consideration, for example, when issues of whether and to what concentrations gross contamination should be allowed to remain within the affected area given the relative effectiveness of institutional controls and other community concerns and development plans.
a. The notice will be served by certified mail on all property owners that the actual or modeled data indicates are or may be affected by the present or future conditions addressed by the control. The notice will be published in a newspaper of general circulation most likely to reach persons in the immediate locality.
b. If the controls are intended to restrict surface or subsurface future land use, the notice shall be sent to each local regulatory body having jurisdiction and control over or a direct interest in regulation of these activities. These may include but are not limited to municipal or county zoning boards, municipal building authorities, public utilities and economic development agencies. If the controls are intended to restrict groundwater use, the notice shall be sent to the county or city board of health responsible for private well permitting.
c. Failure to provide notice to an interested party shall not constitute a basis for invalidating a subsequently approved no further action classification.
137.7(5) No further action certificates. Any no further action certificate shall contain a specific reference to any applicable institutional and technological control and shall meet the requirements in rule 137.11(455H). The reference must identify the location of any recorded instrument, contractual agreement or other documents applicable to the control, provide a brief description of the terms of the control and, where appropriate, site diagrams.
137.7(6) Enforcement of institutional and technological controls. Institutional and technological controls which have been incorporated into a no further action certificate pursuant to rule 137.10(455H), or have been approved prior to issuance of a no further action certificate, may be enforced in Iowa district court by the department, a political subdivision of this state, the participant or any successor in interest to the participant as provided in Iowa Code Supplement section 455H.206(4).
137.7(7) Failure of an institutional and technological control(s). The effectiveness of institutional and technological controls may be jeopardized for several reasons including situations where the technological controls are no longer effective in achieving their technical objectives, the validity of technological or institutional control is challenged due to a pending or final administrative or judicial action or legislative action changing its regulatory effect (e.g., change in an ordinance), or persons fail to comply with the terms of the institutional or technological control. The effect of the failure of a technological or institutional control to achieve its intended purpose is to remove the no further action classification and put all interested parties in the same position had the no further action classification not been made. When the department has reason to believe technological or institutional control(s) is jeopardized or determines that the control is no longer effective, the following policy and procedure shall apply:
a. The department shall make reasonable efforts to provide notice of the failure or noncompliance to the participant(s), protected parties, persons having legal standing to enforce the terms of the controls, other persons who may be legally responsible for contamination at the site and persons legally obligated to comply with the terms of the controls. The notice shall inform these parties of the consequences of failure of the controls and provide the opportunity for one or more of them to correct the deficiency by taking further response action or undertaking enforcement action to obtain compliance with the terms of the controls.
b. The participant(s) and other persons legally responsible for contamination at the site shall have primary responsibility to correct deficiencies or seek enforcement of the terms of controls, if they wish to maintain a no further action classification and any attendant statutory protections. The department may in its discretion seek enforcement of controls where persons fail to comply with the terms when it determines there is a strong likelihood of success, other participant(s) or legally responsible persons are unable or unwilling to undertake enforcement, and utilization of the controls remains consistent with these rules and site conditions currently in effect at the site. However, the department is not obligated to seek enforcement of the terms of any technological or institutional controls nor does the election not to undertake enforcement constitute a defense to further action by responsible parties or a basis for challenging the rescission of the no further action classification.
c. The department may also elect to require statutorily responsible parties to correct the deficiency as an alternative to rescinding the no further action classification.
d. Failure of a participant to timely undertake additional response action and response may result in termination of enrollment and loss of benefits under these rules and Iowa Code Supplement chapter 455H. Any person found to have intentionally violated an environmental protection easement or other institutional or technological control, whether included in a no further action letter or as part of an approved response action, may lose any of the benefits under these rules or Iowa Code Supplement chapter 455H.
137.7(8) Modification and termination of institutional and technological controls. A participant or successor in interest to a participant, or an owner of property subject to an institutional or technological control, may seek approval from the department for the removal, discontinuance, modification or termination of an institutional or technological control. The persons must demonstrate that the control in its present form is no longer required to ensure compliance with applicable standards. The person seeking revision must undertake sufficient risk assessment and provide sufficient assessment data to establish that the applicable compliance standards can be met based on the proposed modification. The department may also determine based on a revised assessment that the applicable controls are no longer effective to meet compliance standards and may require other response action. The department shall issue an amendment to any previously issued no further action letter specifying the approved modification of the institutional or technological controls.
567--137.8(455H) Site assessment.
137.8(1) Purpose. The purpose of the site assessment is to define the nature and extent of contamination, along with identifying likely exposure pathways, with the aim of characterizing potential, current and future risks and making an informed decision concerning an appropriate response in the context of probable future land uses at the site and in the surrounding area. Assessment is to be conducted with the recognition that contaminant fate and transport may alter the current areal extent and depth of contamination. It is recognized that the scope of such an assessment may be appropriately varied dependent upon interrelated factors including the nature and severity of the contamination, the complexity of specific details of the site and its setting, and the nature of the chosen response, if known.
137.8(2) Site assessment plan. The participant is encouraged, but not required, to submit for department review a site assessment plan, prior to proceeding with the site assessment. Participants choosing to initiate site assessment without department review and approval of a work plan shall notify the department in writing of their intentions. Likewise, participants choosing to proceed to the risk evaluation/response action phase in accordance with rule 137.9(455H) without seeking review of the site assessment report shall give prior notice to the department of their intentions. The notice shall include a schedule for implementation and completion, a description of the area to be assessed and the scope of the proposed assessment to be undertaken, any planned construction activities in the affected area and a proposed date for submission of the site assessment report for department review. If the notice includes an intention to go directly to the risk evaluation/response action phase, it shall also include a general description of the site assessment results, a schedule for submission of the risk evaluation/response action document and the reasons for not requesting department review and approval of the site assessment report.
The plan is intended to lay out the rationale to be followed in the conduct of the site assessment. The purpose for this optional stage is to provide an opportunity for the participant and the department to reach a consensus regarding the appropriate scope of the site assessment. The development of a consensus should serve to diminish the likelihood that the department will find the final site assessment to be deficient and, for the benefit of the participant, to avoid the expenditures and time associated with the collection of what may ultimately prove to be unnecessary data.
In order to accomplish this, it is suggested that the plan should address relevant, known characteristics related to the site and its history as well as plans for addressing pertinent details spelled out in the subsequent sections on the site assessment and the site assessment report. Departmental review may result in suggestions from the department regarding perceived shortcomings or proposed activities which are deemed to be unnecessary.
The participant may find it desirable to conduct some preliminary investigation in order to develop a site assessment plan.
137.8(3) Site assessment details. In order to meet the stated purpose of the site assessment, it will be necessary to characterize numerous attributes related to the enrolled site and its setting. The following objectives are intended to provide a framework in which to accomplish this purpose. It is recognized that these objectives may exceed the appropriate scope of some site assessments and that there may be situations in which it may be necessary to define additional objectives. Any such deviation would preferably be addressed in a site assessment plan. In general, an acceptable site assessment should address the following items.
a. Identify and address the medium or media of concern associated with the contamination situation for which the site is enrolled. The regulatory classification or jurisdiction of contaminants shall be indicated if applicable and if known, e.g., the compound is regulated under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA), or Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA).
b. Characterize the nature, extent, and degree of contamination in both horizontal and vertical dimensions. This should involve appropriate sample numbers and locations within the contaminated area and beyond the area contaminated in excess of the background or statewide standard. Analyses should be conducted for the contaminants of concern, breakdown products, and other contaminants likely to be present at significant levels. The department may also require analyses for additional contaminants which are not the focus of enrollment in the program, but which may be of special concern. Special concerns might include waste handling or treatment problems posed by the additional contaminants, or unacceptable risks remaining unaddressed within the affected area, due to the presence of the additional contaminants. In the case of groundwater, attention should also be given to the possibility of contaminant accumulation in strata overlying confining layers and to the possible presence of non-aqueous phase liquids (NAPL). In the case of groundwater, more than one round of sampling shall be incorporated, appropriately separated in time. In the case of soils, particular attention should be given to characterizing shallow soil contamination, from zero to six inches in depth.
c. Characterize the nature of the source of contamination or propose a conceptual model explaining the presence of the contamination of concern.
d. Characterize local contamination maxima or hot spots for the purposes of evaluation against relevant standards and to identify handling or treatment concerns that they may pose.
e. Characterize the stratigraphy. This should be done to a depth extending to the first significant confining layer below the deepest contamination. Descriptions should rely primarily on results gathered in the site assessment, but relevant reference materials or geologic logs from other sources may be incorporated as a supplement.
f. Characterize the hydrologic properties of the site and its vicinity to a distance appropriate to the fate, transport and exposure concerns associated with the site. This characterization should consider both horizontal and vertical components of groundwater movement as well as other influences on groundwater hydrology such as pumping wells, injection wells, surface water bodies, effects of seasonal or precipitation-driven variability, and possible aquifer interconnections, including those related to existing or abandoned wells. Water level measurements, related to a common datum, screening of appropriate depth intervals, and determination of hydraulic conductivity will generally be considered as necessary.
g. Characterize physical and chemical properties of the site and its environs associated with contaminant fate and transport, e.g., percent organic matter, redox potential, soil bulk density, and transmissivity.
h. Characterize topographic and cultural features of the site and its immediate vicinity. Cultural features may include, but not be limited to, buildings, basements, paved areas, roadways, utilities, storage tanks and associated piping, piles, impoundments, wells, and waste disposal systems.
i. Evaluate concerns related to whether the contamination situation is dynamic or stable; if dynamic, address fate and transport and breakdown products appropriately.
j. Identify and characterize receptor or exposure concerns. This most clearly involves concerns for drinking water and exposures to contaminated soils, as suggested by the statewide standards, but additional concerns should be identified and addressed by the participant or the department, as the situation warrants, e.g., vapors to basements, threats to water supply lines, threats to surface waters, or environmental threats.
k. Characterize current and probable future uses of the site and its surroundings. If probable future uses differ significantly from current uses, then characterize them separately and conduct the assessment in a fashion which addresses concerns arising from the possible change in use.
137.8(4) Site assessment report. The site assessment report shall include the presentation of all information gathered relative to the foregoing description of the site assessment, arranged in appropriate sections of the report. It shall include a summary of preliminary information on which the site assessment is based, e.g., background and site history. The report shall discuss the sampling strategy and methods used in the assessment. The department encourages the use of innovative or screening techniques to expedite investigations and to control costs, provided that such techniques are approved by the department and are supported through verification by accepted scientific practices. The report shall also include a description of the quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) protocols followed during the investigation. QA/QC protocols shall be consistent with accepted scientific practices, including those set forth in appropriate EPA or ASTM guidance or otherwise approved by the department.
The presentation should be organized so as to facilitate the assimilation of information by the reader. Maps to be presented, as appropriate, might include maps illustrating the location of the site in a larger geographical context; maps showing cultural features associated with the site and its environs; maps illustrating the contamination extent and concentration in three dimensions; maps illustrating the site hydrology in three dimensions; and maps illustrating receptors, potential receptors, and relevant pathways of exposure. Cross-sectional diagrams should be included to illustrate stratigraphy, geological boring information, and hydrologic and contaminant factors with depth. Tables and graphs should be designed for the purpose of summarizing data in a meaningful fashion, including information about successive rounds of sampling. Appendices should include well logs, copies of laboratory analytical reports, and raw data used to calculate parameters presented elsewhere in the report. Appended material shall be labeled in a fashion permitting the cross-referencing of appended materials and the body of the report.
137.8(5) Approval of site assessment report. The department suggests, but does not require, that the site assessment report be approved prior to proceeding with the subsequent risk evaluation/response action phase. Unless notice has already been given prior to initiation of the site assessment, participants choosing to proceed to the risk evaluation/response action phase without department review and approval of the site assessment report must notify the department in advance as provided in subrule 137.8(2).
567--137.9(455H) Risk evaluation/response action.
137.9(1) Purpose. The purpose of risk evaluation/response action is to utilize information from the site assessment as a basis for:
a. Determining whether current exposures result in risks deemed to be excessive, based on evaluation against appropriate background, statewide, or site-specific standards.
b. Determining whether future exposures may result in risks deemed to be excessive, based on evaluation against appropriate background, statewide, or site-specific standards. This will likely include:
(1) Evaluation of potential changes in usage, e.g., installation of a new well, change in land use, or other activities, which result in unacceptable, potential exposures not evaluated as current exposures, and
(2) Evaluation of exposure concerns related to the movement of contamination such that potential exposures might arise which are not considered under current exposure assumptions, e.g., groundwater plume migration creating a potential for future contamination of existing wells or creating newly contaminated areas in which new well installation may result in unacceptable exposures.
c. Proposing an appropriate and acceptable response action or strategy to address the identified, unacceptable exposures or potential exposures.
d. Establishing the test criteria to be applied under rule 137.10(455H) for determining final compliance with the selected standard. In some cases this may consist of proving that standards are currently met; in other cases it may result in an assessment of whether the response action succeeds in bringing about compliance with a selected standard.
The risk evaluation/response action is intended only for application to the specific contaminants and situations for which the site is enrolled.
137.9(2) Risk evaluation. The risk evaluation/response action document shall identify all locations or areas, and associated exposure pathways, where exposure currently exceeds a statewide standard or where a statewide standard may be exceeded in the future, due to either a change in exposure-related usage or contaminant migration. Current and future exposure pathways shall be evaluated and presented separately. This evaluation shall not be limited to exposure pathways for which the department has formulated risk-based values in rule 137.5(455H) (the statewide standard) or 137.6(455H) (the site-specific standard) but should include any pathway related to the situation for which the site is enrolled, for which a no further action certificate is sought, or for which an unacceptable risk may now or in the future exist, e.g., high concentrations of volatile compounds in proximity to a confined space, high concentrations of solvents in proximity to a water distribution line, or environmental concerns unrelated to human health.
In a case where a background standard is to be applied and there is no violation of a statewide standard, it will be necessary to identify only locations or areas where the background standard is exceeded.
In some instances it is anticipated that the risk evaluation may be appropriately abbreviated from the preceding description, based on the specific details of the contamination and the proposed response action. Participants are strongly urged to discuss the appropriate scope of their risk evaluation with the department.
137.9(3) Establishing cleanup standards. The risk evaluation/response action document shall identify the cleanup standards to be applied in accordance with rule 137.4(455H), 137.5(455H), or 137.6(455H) of this chapter, outlining respectively the background, statewide, or site-specific standards. These standards may be applied in any combination to address specific components of the contamination problem for which the site is enrolled. If cleanup standards other than those specifically formulated under the statewide standard (rule 137.5(455H)) are to be applied, then the rationale behind the determination of such standards shall be justified, in the document, to the department's satisfaction.
137.9(4) The use of models. The department recognizes that the use of numerical models will likely be necessary in order to evaluate potential future exposures or that models may be used to develop target levels.
a. Standard models. Standard models may be used to predict future contaminant concentrations at potential points of exposure to contaminants or at other locations used for determining compliance when such models are appropriate, as determined by the department. Applicable Tier 2 models approved for use in accordance with 567--Chapter 135 for underground storage tanks (USTs) and applicable Tier 2 models provided in American Society for Testing of Materials (ASTM) standards are acceptable standard models. Models which provide a two-dimensional representation of groundwater flow will not be considered to be appropriate when significant three-dimensional components to groundwater flow are anticipated. Default values for input parameters for ASTM and UST Tier 2 models, as provided in applicable ASTM standards and approved for use in accordance with 567--Chapter 135, may be utilized without approval by the department. The department will maintain a guidance document which includes a list of other chemical-specific default values for all chemicals having statewide standards. The use of other, site-specific input parameters is addressed under site-specific modeling in paragraph "b" below.
b. Site-specific models. Site-specific models may be used to predict future contaminant concentrations at potential points of exposure to contaminants or at other locations used for determining compliance when such models are appropriate, as determined by the department. Site-specific models may include standard models with site-specific input parameters or models utilizing more sophisticated analytical techniques. The department will utilize versions of A Modular Three-Dimension Finite-Difference Ground-Water Flow Model (MODFLOW) as developed by the United States Geological Survey in conjunction with A Modular Three-Dimensional Transport Model (MT3D) by S.S. Papadopulos & Associates, Inc. as a site-specific model for assessment of potential future exposures to contaminants in groundwater. MODFLOW and MT3D will be considered to be appropriate site-specific groundwater and contaminant transport models for any situation. Other site-specific groundwater and contaminant transport models may be utilized with the approval of the department. In general, a site-specific groundwater model shall have proven reliability and be able to simulate, as needed:

* A fixed contaminant source,

* Groundwater and contaminant flow in three dimensions,

* Groundwater and contaminant flow through as many distinct geologic layers as necessary for the site in question,

* Effects of pumping,

* Effects of groundwater recharge and discharge,

* Impacts of hydrologic boundaries,

* Contaminant advection, dispersion and chemical reactions, as appropriate for the site in question, and

* Other site-specific variables as appropriate.
Default values for input parameters approved for standard models will be approved for use in site-specific models. Otherwise, input parameters used in site-specific models are subject to the department's approval.
137.9(5) Response action. The risk evaluation/response action document shall include a proposal for a response action or strategy to achieve and maintain compliance with the selected standard(s). This may consist of activities designed to remove or treat contaminants, prevention of exposure to unacceptable levels of contamination through technological/institutional controls or monitoring, or it may consist of a combination thereof. If the response action involves the use of a standard which is less stringent than the statewide standard, it will generally be necessary to implement institutional controls to prevent the type of exposure on which the statewide standard is based. It is the intent of the department to permit the participant to identify and carry out those options by which this may be accomplished, insofar as the department deems the selected options to be reasonable, protective of human health and the environment, and consistent with provisions of the rule.
137.9(6) Free product and gross contamination. The response action or strategy for an enrolled site shall take into account a stated policy of the Act to encourage environmental cleanup. To this end, the department requires that contaminants present as free product and gross contamination shall not be addressed through the implementation of institutional or technological controls. For purposes of this rule, gross contamination will be considered to be contamination present at concentrations in excess of a standard by an amount sufficient to reasonably expect that institutional or technological controls will not be adequately protective of human health or the environment.
The department recognizes that treatment or removal of free product or gross contamination may not, in some cases, be feasible. In such cases the department may grant a variance to this portion of the rule. It will be the responsibility of the participant to make a sufficient case that such a variance is warranted.
137.9(7) Compliance verification strategy. The risk evaluation/response action document shall outline a strategy for determining whether the relevant standards are met by the site and will continue to be met in the future. In some cases this may consist of sampling and statistical tests to verify that the standard has already been met, while in other cases the sampling and statistics may be used to demonstrate that a response action has achieved its stated goals and the site is now in compliance with standards. Some response strategies may also call for longer term monitoring. In this latter case, standard-based values shall be identified which, if exceeded, would indicate a failure of the response action and necessitate the development and implementation of a new response action. The terms under which monitoring may cease should also be proposed. The proposed strategy shall be consistent with rule 137.10(455H), dealing with demonstration of compliance, and shall indicate the standard to be applied and the point of compliance at which it is to be applied, consistent with rules 137.4(455H), 137.5(455H), and 137.6(455H) (the background, statewide, and site-specific standards, respectively).
137.9(8) Risk evaluation/response action document submission. A risk evaluation/response action document shall be submitted for review by the department. When considered in conjunction with the site assessment report, these documents shall present a complete picture of the site from its characterization, through the evaluation of risk, to the development of a strategy to address the situation. An effort shall be made to ensure that the reviewer, or other interested parties, can easily move back and forth through the documents to gain an understanding of the existing situation and proposed actions. The risk evaluation/response action document shall include a summary of findings regarding present risks and potential future risks; a pathway-specific identification of the standards to be applied, including the supporting rationale, if appropriate; a discussion of the proposed response actions, including remedial actions to be taken and institutional or technological controls to be implemented; and a discussion of the proposed verification strategy. Any modeling used for purposes of assessing future risk or establishing site-specific standards shall be presented in sufficient detail to permit evaluation of the results by the department. Any permits which will be necessary to implement the response action shall be identified to the department for inclusion in a consolidated standards permit.
137.9(9) Department review and approval. It is strongly recommended that the document be submitted for review and approval prior to proceeding with implementation of the response action. The final, department-approved document will be the basis for assessing subsequent activities at the site. Parties choosing to proceed with response actions without prior review and approval by the department proceed at their own risk and may not assume the response action implemented will result in a no further action certificate.
Parties choosing to implement a response action without prior review and approval by the department shall submit to the department a proposed risk evaluation/response action document accompanied by an explanation of the reason(s) for proceeding without prior approval. Documentation shall also include a schedule for implementation, a description of construction or other activities to be undertaken, and date for submission of the final report demonstrating compliance, as described in rule 137.10(455H).
567--137.10(455H) Demonstration of compliance.
137.10(1) Purpose. The purpose of the demonstration of compliance section is to provide a mechanism by which to verify that:
a. Appropriate and acceptable standards are complied with and that compliance can be reasonably expected to continue in the future;
b. Any and all remedial measures proposed under rule 137.9(455H) have achieved their purpose; and
c. Appropriate institutional and technological controls, or monitoring mechanisms, have been successfully put in place.
In some cases the demonstration of compliance may mark the final step, taken by the participant, prior to the issuance of a no further action certificate. In other cases it may mark the transition to the longer term closure activities associated with the site, such as monitoring, maintenance of technological controls, and continuing enforcement of institutional controls. In this latter case, demonstration of compliance activities may or may not result in the issuance of a no further action certificate, depending on the approach proposed in the response action. In some cases it may be necessary to successfully complete a monitoring program (or to fulfill other agreed-upon obligations) prior to the issuance of the no further action certificate.
In all cases, sampling of environmental media shall comply with QA/QC requirements addressed elsewhere in this rule.
137.10(2) General requirements for demonstrating compliance with soil standards.
a. For the standard being applied, the demonstration of compliance shall be at the point of compliance or point ofexposure as set forth in rule 137.4(455H), 137.5(455H), or 137.6(455H) relating to background standards, statewide standards, and site-specific standards, and described in a site-specific context pursuant to subrule 137.9(7), relating to risk evaluation/response action.
b. Minimum sample numbers for the demonstration of compliance with the background standard for soils (paragraph 137.10(4)"b") or with the statewide standard when applying subparagraph 137.10(5)"a"(1) shall be based on the volume of soil to which the selected standard is being applied as follows:
(1) For volumes less than or equal to 125 cubic yards, a minimum of 8 samples.
(2) For volumes greater than 125 cubic yards, but less than or equal to 3,000 cubic yards, a minimum of 12 samples.
(3) For each additional volume of less than or equal to 3,000 cubic yards, a minimum of 12 additional samples.
(4) Additional samples may be required based on site-specific conditions.
c. When applying the 95 percent upper confidence limit, according to EPA guidance, to demonstrate compliancewith the statewide standard for soils (subparagraph 137.10(5)"a"(2)) or a site-specific standard for soils (subrule 137.10(6)), the minimum sample number shall be as specified in that guidance.
d. Sample locations for demonstration of compliance shall be selected in a systematic random fashion to be representative, both horizontally and vertically, of the volume of soil being evaluated for compliance.
e. Sampling for the purposes of demonstrating compliance shall be conducted after the completion of site assessment activities and after the implementation of applicable remedial measures.
137.10(3) General requirements for demonstrating compliance with groundwater standards.
a. For the standard being applied, the demonstration of compliance shall be at the point of compliance or point of exposure as set forth in rule 137.4(455H), 137.5(455H), or 137.6(455H), relating to background standards, statewide standards, and site-specific standards, and described in a site-specific context pursuant to subrule 137.9(7), relating to risk evaluation/response action.
b. Monitoring wells installed for the purpose of demonstrating compliance shall be of sufficient number and appropriate location to evaluate all hydrologic strata of concern, based on site-specific considerations, as identified pursuant to subrule 137.9(7), relating to risk evaluation/response action.
c. For statistical methods under subparagraph 137.10(5)"b"(1), compliance with the statewide groundwater standard shall be based on eight consecutive quarters of groundwater data.
As an alternative, the department may accept four consecutive quarterly sampling events or less with written approval from the department under the following conditions:
(1) There is adequate spatial monitoring of the plume upgradient which indicates a decreasing concentration trend toward the downgradient property boundary.
(2) Parameters affecting the fate and transport of regulated substances within the plume have been fully evaluated.
(3) Concentrations of regulated substances in the plume at the point of compliance monitoring wells along the downgradient property boundary are all less than or equal to the groundwater standard or the limit relating to the PQL, whichever is higher, in all samples collected during the quarters of monitoring.
(4) One of the following is met:
1. The age of the plume is sufficiently well known to permit a judgment to be made regarding its stability.
2. The remediation includes source removal or containment actions which would reduce chemical flux into the plume.
d. When applying the 95 percent upper confidence limit, according to EPA guidance, to demonstrate compliance with the statewide standard for groundwater (subparagraph 137.10(5)"b"(2)) or a site-specific standard for groundwater (subrule 137.10(6)), the minimum sample number shall be as specified in that guidance.
e. Sampling for the purposes of demonstrating compliance shall be conducted after the completion of site assessment activities and after the implementation of applicable remedial measures.
137.10(4) Demonstration of compliance with a background standard.
a. To apply a background standard the participant shall demonstrate to the department, in writing, that the apparent background contamination at the site is due to widespread or naturally occurring contamination and shall obtain the department's approval to use this subrule. Data collected for the purpose of determining the applicable background standard is subject to department approval, interpretation, and manipulation, if necessary for the purpose of establishing a meaningful background standard.
b. For soil, the minimum sample number to determine the background standard shall be 10 (unless a lesser number is approved by the department) and the number of samples from the affected area shall be based on volume as described in 137.10(2)"b." No sample collected from the affected area may exceed the sum of the background arithmetic mean and three times the sample standard deviation, as calculated based on the background sampling.
c. For groundwater, a minimum of 12 locations shall be sampled in the background reference area (unless a lesser number is approved by the department) and an equal number shall be collected from the affected area. In areas involving more than one hydrologic strata, more samples may be required. Sampling shall be conducted concurrently in the background reference area and the affected area. No sample collected from the affected area may exceed the sum of the background arithmetic mean and three times the sample standard deviation, as calculated based on the background sampling.
137.10(5) Demonstration of compliance with the statewide standard. The following requirements shall be met in order to demonstrate compliance with the statewide standard. Testing shall be performed individually for each contaminant being addressed and for which a no further action certificate is sought.
a. To demonstrate compliance with the statewide standard for soils in each affected area, in addition to (1) or (2) as follows, all other applicable requirements of this rule shall be met.
(1) Seventy-five percent of all soil samples, collected during a single event, shall be less than or equal to the statewide standard, with no individual sample exceeding 10 times the statewide standard.
(2) In accordance with EPA-approved methods, the 95 percent upper confidence limit of the arithmetic mean of soil sample values from the affected area shall be at or below the statewide standard.
b. To demonstrate compliance with the statewide standard for groundwater in each compliance monitoring well, in addition to (1) or (2) as follows, all other applicable requirements of this rule shall be met.
(1) Seventy-five percent of all samples collected in each compliance monitoring well over time shall be less than or equal to the statewide standard, with no individual sample exceeding 10 times the statewide standard.
(2) In accordance with EPA-approved methods, the 95 percent upper confidence limit of the arithmetic mean of samples collected from a compliance well over time shall be at or below the statewide standard.
137.10(6) Demonstration of compliance with a site-specific standard. To demonstrate compliance with a site-specific standard, the participant shall use the tests identified in 137.10(5)"a"(2) and 137.10(5)"b"(2), except that the 95 percent upper confidence limit of the arithmetic mean for samples from the medium of concern shall be at or below the site-specific standard.
137.10(7) Final report. A final report shall be submitted which documents the accomplishment of all provisions set forth in the risk evaluation/response action document. This shall include, as applicable to the specific situation, discussions related to verification of compliance with selected standards; successful completion of approved remedial actions; implementation of necessary institutional or technological controls; and initiation of any required monitoring strategy. Sufficient details shall be included to permit the department to verify that the terms proposed in the response action have been met with regard to the statistical determination of compliance with standards.
137.10(8) Department review and approval. The final report is subject to review and approval by the department. Following review, the department will either approve the report or make a written response indicating the reason(s) why the report is unacceptable. Acceptance of the report may result in the issuance of a no further action certificate or it may mark a transition to the long-term closure activities associated with the site, as proposed in the response action. A decision that the report is unacceptable may be based upon an insufficiency of the report or it may be based on a judgment that the terms of the response action have not been met.
In cases where a participant has elected to proceed through this program without department interaction and without submitting site assessment (pursuant to rule 137.8(455H)) or risk evaluation/response action documents (pursuant to rule 137.9(455H)), the final report shall contain the substantive information related to those rules in addition to information required under this rule. The intent is to create a document for departmental review and approval which clearly sets forth, in substance, the same process which would have been developed had the participant engaged in a stepwise approach including interaction with the department during the process.
567--137.11(455H) No further action classification.
137.11(1) Eligibility. An enrolled site shall be eligible to obtain a no further action classification, when the department determines the participant has met all compliance standards of this chapter applicable to the affected area and the hazardous substances actually identified and evaluated such that no further response action is required other than maintenance of institutional or technological controls or certain specified continuing site activities. Upon request of a participant or a protected party and compliance with applicable standards, the department will issue a no further action letter to each protected party requesting it.
A no further action classification may be conditioned upon the continued maintenance and effectiveness of any applicable institutional or technological control in accordance with rule 137.7(455H).
137.11(2) No further action certificate. A no further action letter shall be in a form recordable in the county real estate records as provided in Iowa Code chapter 558 and consistent with the model forms developed by the department. The no further action letter may be recorded as provided by law.
137.11(3) No further action certificates conditioned on institutional and technological controls. A no further action certificate conditioned upon the continuing effectiveness and maintenance of institutional and technological controls or other continuing requirements must be recorded with the consent of the fee titleholder for each parcel of affected property subject to the controls and for parcels of property for which prevention of exposure is dependent upon the continuing effectiveness and maintenance of the controls. If a participant is not able to record the no further action letter on a parcel within the affected area due to objections of the fee titleholder or other legal restraints, this alone shall not be a basis for denying or rescinding the no further action classification or the certificate or the legal protections attendant to the no further action classification. Any modification or termination of institutional and technological controls shall be noted in an amended no further action certificate and shall be recorded as to any property subject to an earlier recorded certificate or institutional control. If a no further action certificate is required to be recorded, the no further action classification is not effective until the document is recorded with the county recorder.
137.11(4) Scope of liability protection. Upon issuance of the no further action letter by the department, the liability protection provisions contained in Iowa Code Supplement chapter 455H, subchapter 3, apply. The scope of the no further action classification and the scope of liability protection extend only to that area of affected property as defined by actual and modeled contaminant data and the specific environmental condition for which a regulatory standard has been met and approved by a no further action classification. The scope of protection corresponds to the scope of the site assessment conducted by the participant, the exposure pathways actually evaluated by the assessment report and reviewed by the department, and the hazardous substances identified in that assessment for which compliance with a department-approved standard has been achieved. Liability protection does not apply to releases, sources of contamination, hazardous substances or other environmental conditions not expressly addressed in the participant's site assessment, response action or specifically referenced in the no further action certificate.
The no further action classification and certificate shall be void if the department demonstrates by clear, satisfactory, and convincing evidence that any approval under this chapter was obtained by fraud or material misrepresentation, knowing failure to disclose material information, or false certification to the department.
137.11(5) Reopener and reclassification conditions.
a. The department shall have grounds to reopen and rescind a no further action classification and consider reclassification of the affected area if specified conditions of the no further action classification and certificate are not maintained, or if institutional or technological controls fail to meet their intended purpose or are determined to be ineffective and unenforceable. If the conditions upon which the no further action classification was issued cannot be corrected or reinstated, the department may rescind the classification. The effect of termination is to put all parties in the same position as if the no further action letter had not been issued.
b. If a no further action certificate is issued without conditions or technological and institutional controls and conditions should arise which might require further corrective action, the department may require further response action by a participant or protected party only as provided in Iowa Code Supplement section 455H.301. The department may require further response action against a statutorily responsible party who is not a participant or a protected party. If the participant was a person having control over a hazardous substance, as defined in Iowa Code section 455B.381, at the time of the release, a no further action certificate may provide or the department may require further response action to protect against an imminent and substantial threat to public health, safety, and welfare. A protected party who was a person having control over a hazardous substance, as defined above, may be required by the department to conduct a further response action, where appropriate, to protect against an imminent and substantial threat to public health, safety, and welfare.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement chapter 455H.
[Filed Emergency After Notice 10/27/98, effective 10/27/98]

[Published 11/18/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/18/98.
ARC 8499A
LABOR SERVICES DIVISION[875]

Adopted and Filed Emergency After Notice

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 88.5, 17A.3(1) and 17A.5(2), the Labor Commissioner adopts an amendment to Chapter 10, "General Industry Safety and Health Rules," Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendment relates to standards improvement (miscellaneous changes) for general industry and construction standards; paperwork collection for coke oven emissions and inorganic arsenic.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on September 23, 1998, as ARC 8351A.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 88.5(1)"b," a public hearing was scheduled for October 15, 1998. No comments were received. This amendment is identical to the Notice of Intended Action.
Pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)"b"(2) and (3), this amendment shall become effective upon publication on November 18, 1998. The Commissioner finds that this amendment confers a benefit on employees by permitting them to be provided with safety and health equal those found in states under federal OSHA's jurisdiction and is necessary because of the safety and health of employees in this state.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section 88.5.
The amendment will become effective November 18, 1998.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend rule 875--10.20(88) by inserting at the end thereof:
63 Fed. Reg. 33467 (June 18, 1998)
[Filed Emergency After Notice 10/30/98, effective 11/18/98]

[Published 11/18/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/18/98.
ARC 8500A
LABOR SERVICES DIVISION[875]

Adopted and Filed Emergency After Notice

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 88.5 and 17A.3(1), the Labor Commissioner adopts an amendment to Chapter 26, "Construction Safety and Health Rules," Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendment relates to standards improvement (miscellaneous changes) for general industry and construction standards; paperwork collection for coke oven emissions and inorganic arsenic and occupational exposure to asbestos.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on September 23, 1998, as ARC 8352A.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 88.5(1)"b," a public hearing was scheduled for October 15, 1998. No comments were received. This amendment is identical to the Notice of Intended Action.
Pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)"b"(2) and (3), this amendment shall become effective upon publication on November 18, 1998. The Commissioner finds that this amendment confers a benefit on employees by permitting them to be provided with safety and health equal those found in states under federal OSHA's jurisdiction and is necessary because of the safety and health of employees in this state.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section 88.5.
The amendment will become effective November 18, 1998.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend rule 875--26.1(88) by inserting at the end thereof:
63 Fed. Reg. 33468 (June 18, 1998)
63 Fed. Reg. 35138 (June 29, 1998)
[Filed Emergency After Notice 10/30/98, effective 11/18/98]

[Published 11/18/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/18/98.
FILED

ARC 8489A
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the Board of Dental Examiners hereby adopts amendments to Chapter 1, "Definitions," Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on May 20, 1998, as ARC 8015A. The Board of Dental Examiners adopted these amendments on October 15, 1998.
These amendments rescind the definition of "Examination meeting" and allow the administration of local anesthesia by dental hygienists.
These amendments are identical to those published as Notice of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement IowaCode sections 147.1(2), 147.13, 147.76, 147.80, 153.13 and 153.15, and chapter 272C.
These amendments will become effective on December 23, 1998.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 650--1.1(153) by rescinding the definition of "Examination meeting."
ITEM 2. Amend rule 650--1.1(153), definition of "Practice of dental hygiene," numbered paragraph "2," as follows:
2. Therapeutic: Perform oral prophylaxis including removing supragingival and subgingival deposits and polishing restorations and removable prostheses; application or administration of medicaments prescribed by a licensed dentist; remove excess restorative materials; recognize and assist in management of medical and dental emergencies. The administration of medicaments does not include the injection of anesthetics. However, a degree-granting dental hygiene program may offer clinical instruction by a licensed dentist in the administration of local anesthetics by injection.
[Filed 10/30/98, effective 12/23/98]

[Published 11/18/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/18/98.
ARC 8491A
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the Board of Dental Examiners hereby adopts amendments to Chapter 10, "General," Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin May 20, 1998, as ARC 8016A. The Board of Dental Examiners adopted these amendments on October 15, 1998.
The purpose of these amendments is to clarify that the administration of local anesthesia shall only be performed by dental hygienists under direct supervision of a dentist.
These amendments were changed from the Notice as follows: The first sentence added to 10.3(1) has deleted the words "and the monitoring of nitrous oxide analgesia". The second sentence added to 10.3(1) was changed to read: "Direct supervision of the dental hygienist requires that the supervising dentist be present in the treatment facility, but it is not required that the dentist be physically present in the treatment room."
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 153.15.
These amendments will become effective on December 23, 1998.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 10.3(1) as follows:
10.3(1) All authorized therapeutic or radiographic services provided by a dental hygienist shall be performed under the general supervision of a dentist currently licensed in the state of Iowa. The administration of local anesthesia shall only be provided under the direct supervision of a dentist. Direct supervision of the dental hygienist requires that the supervising dentist be present in the treatment facility, but it is not required that the dentist be physically present in the treatment room.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 10.3(2), introductory paragraph, as follows:
10.3(2) All other authorized services provided by a dental hygienist shall be performed under the general supervision of a dentist currently licensed in the state of Iowa. General supervision shall mean that a dentist has examined the patient and has prescribed those authorized therapeutic or radiographic services to be provided by a dental hygienist. The dentist need not be present in the facility while these services are being provided. If a dentist will not be present, the following requirements shall be met:
[Filed 10/30/98, effective 12/23/98]

[Published 11/18/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/18/98.
ARC 8490A
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the Board of Dental Examiners hereby adopts amendments to Chapter 11, "Applications," Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on May 20, 1998, as ARC 8017A. The Board of Dental Examiners adopted this rule on October 15, 1998.
The purpose of this rule is to require dental hygienists to apply for a permit to administer local anesthesia.
Changes from the Notice include the following:
In paragraph 11.10(1)"b," evidence that formal training in the administration of local anesthesia has been completed within 6 months was changed to 12 months.
In paragraph 11.10(1)"c," the sentence, "Documentation shall include verification from the supervising dentist that the dental hygienist has been actively involved in the ongoing practice in the administration of local anesthesia," was deleted.
In paragraph 11.10(2)"a," the sentence, "Documentation shall include verification from the supervising dentist that the dental hygienist has been actively involved in the ongoing practice of the administration of local anesthesia," was deleted.
These changes remove the need for the employer dentist to document practice of local anesthesia. The dental hygienist will still be required to verify ongoing practice in local anesthesia.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 147.10 and 147.80 and chapter 153.
This rule will become effective on December 23, 1998.
The following rule is adopted.
Amend 650--Chapter 11 by adopting the following new rule:
650--11.10(153) Application for authority of a dental hygienist to administer local anesthesia. A licensed dental hygienist may administer local anesthesia provided the following requirements are met:
1. The dental hygienist holds a current local anesthesia permit issued by the board of dental examiners.
2. The local anesthesia is prescribed by a licensed dentist.
3. The local anesthesia is administered under the direct supervision of a licensed dentist.
11.10(1) Application for permit. The licensed dental hygienist shall make application for issuance of a permit to administer local anesthesia on the form approved by the board and meet the following requirements:
a. The fee for a permit to administer local anesthesia as specified in 650--Chapter 15; and
b. Evidence that formal training in the administration of local anesthesia has been completed within 12 months of the date of application. The formal training shall be approved by the board and conducted by a school accredited by the American Dental Association Commission on Dental Education; or
c. Evidence of completion of board-approved formal training in the administration of local anesthesia and documented evidence of ongoing practice in the administration of local anesthesia.
11.10(2) Permit renewal. The permit shall expire on the date the dental hygienist's license expires.
a. At the time of renewal, the dental hygienist holding the permit shall document evidence of ongoing practice in the administration of local anesthesia.
b. The application fee for renewal of permit shall include a renewal fee specified in 650--Chapter 15.
c. Failure to supply the documentation referred to in 11.10(1)"c" at the time of renewal shall cause the permit to lapse.
d. The permit may be reinstated upon documentation that the dental hygienist has successfully completed a certification course approved by the board.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 147.10 and 147.80 and chapter 153.
[Filed 10/30/98, effective 12/23/98]

[Published 11/18/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/18/98.
ARC 8488A
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the Board of Dental Examiners hereby adopts amendments to Chapter 15, "Fees," Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin May 20, 1998, as ARC 8018A. The Board of Dental Examiners adopted these amendments on October 15, 1998.
The purpose of these amendments is to change the term "parenteral sedation" to "conscious sedation" as it appears in this chapter and establish fees for a dental hygiene application for administration of local anesthesia.
These amendments are identical to those published as Notice of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 147.10 and 147.80.
These amendments will become effective on December 23, 1998.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 15.1(10) and adopt new subrule 15.1(11) as follows:
15.1(10) The fee for an application for issuance of aparenteral conscious sedation permit shall be $100.
15.1(11) The fee for an application for issuance of a permit to authorize a dental hygienist to administer local anesthesia shall be $35.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 15.2(4) and adopt new subrule 15.2(5) as follows:
15.2(4) The fee for renewal of a parenteral conscious sedation permit shall be $100.
15.2(5) The fee for renewal of a permit to authorize a dental hygienist to administer local anesthesia shall be $20.
[Filed 10/30/98, effective 12/23/98]

[Published 11/18/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/18/98.
ARC 8468A
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the Board of Educational Examiners hereby amends Chapter 17, "Renewal of Licenses," Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendments expand the renewal options to include a benefit for successful completion of the National Board for Professional Teaching Standards certification by offering four units of credit to count toward the renewal of an educational license or a professional teacher's license on a one-time-only basis.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on August 26, 1998, as ARC 8276A. A public hearing was held on September 17, 1998. No one attended the public hearing; however, one communication supporting the amendments and asking if they could be expanded was received. The amendments remain the same as those published under Notice.
The Board of Educational Examiners adopted these amendments on October 2, 1998.
These amendments will become effective on March 1, 1999.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 272.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 282--17.5(272) by adopting the following new numbered paragraph "5":
5. Four units may be earned for successful completion of the National Board for Professional Teaching Standards certification. This may be used one time for either the educational or the professional teacher's license.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 282--17.6(272) by adopting the following new numbered paragraph "5":
5. Four units may be earned upon successful completion of the National Board for Professional Teaching Standards certification. If previously used to renew the educational license, this may not be used.
[Filed 10/29/98, effective 3/1/99]

[Published 11/18/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/18/98.
ARC 8455A
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code subsection 256.7(5), the State Board of Education hereby adopts Chapter 96, "Local Option Sales and Services Tax for School Infrastructure," Iowa Administrative Code.
This new chapter defines the enrollment count that will be reported by school districts located in a county that adopts a local option sales and services tax for school infrastructure. These rules will impact the distribution of local option sales and services tax revenues.
Public hearings were held on September 29 and October 2, 1998, after these rules were published as a Notice of Intended Action in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on September 9, 1998, as ARC 8284A. No comments were received at the public hearing held in the State Board Room, Grimes State Office Building, on September 29, 1998. The following comments were received at the public hearing held via the ICN on October 2, 1998.
The Iowa Association of School Boards (IASB) and representatives of the Maple Valley and Western Dubuque School Districts made comments at the hearing and in writing. The IASB recommended that the Department compare the tax revenue distributions of the proposed rules, which use the school district and county of residency as the basis of distribution, to a tax revenue distribution based upon students "that attend school in that county." IASB recommended that the Department "provide an analysis of the school districts by attendance center so a determination of the potential impact of the proposed administrative rules can be made."
Maple Valley and Western Dubuque proposed that a school district which is located in multiple counties be allowed to determine which county it should be aligned with and that the total enrollment of the district be used to determine the basis for tax revenue distribution. Western Dubuque proposed that the total enrollment used should be the total certified enrollment for the district.
These rules are identical to the Notice of Intended Action.
These rules were also Adopted and Filed Emergency as ARC 8370A and published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on October 7, 1998.
These rules will become effective December 23, 1998, at which time the Adopted and Filed Emergency rules are hereby rescinded.
These rules are intended to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, House File 2282 [chapter 1130].
The following new chapter is adopted.
CHAPTER 96

LOCAL OPTION SALES AND SERVICES TAX
FOR SCHOOL INFRASTRUCTURE

281--96.1(77GA,ch1130) Definitions. For purposes of these rules, the following definitions shall apply:
"Actual enrollment" means the number of students each school district certifies to the department by October 1 of each year in accordance with Iowa Code section 257.6, subsection 1.
"Base year" means the school year ending during the calendar year in which the budget is certified.
"Combined actual enrollment" means the sum of the students in each school district located in whole or in part in a county imposing a sales tax who are residents of that county as determined by rule 96.2(77GA,ch1130).
"Department" means the state department of education.
"Nonresident student" means a student enrolled in a school district who does not meet the requirements of a resident as defined in Iowa Code section 282.1.
"Resident student" means a student enrolled in a school district and meeting the requirements of a resident as defined in Iowa Code section 282.1.
"Sales tax" means a local option sales and services tax for school infrastructure imposed in accordance with 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1130.
"School district" means a public school district in Iowa accredited by the state department of education.
281--96.2(77GA,ch1130) Reports to the department. Each school district located in whole or in part in a county where a sales tax has been imposed shall report the following to the department on forms and in the manner prescribed by the department.
96.2(1) First year of taxation. Within ten days after an election in a county where a sales tax has been adopted, each school district within the county shall report to the department the actual enrollment of the school district in the year prior to the base year. The department shall forward the actual enrollment to the department of management within 15 days of receipt.
96.2(2) Second year and subsequent years of taxation. In the second year and subsequent years of taxation, each school district shall, by October 1, annually report the school district's actual enrollment by the student's county of residency according to the following:
a. County of residency. The county of residency for each of the following students shall be the county of residency of the student's parent or guardian:
(1) Resident students who were enrolled in the school district in grades kindergarten through 12 and including prekindergarten students enrolled in special education programs;
(2) Full-time equivalent resident students of high school age for whom the school district pays tuition to attend an Iowa community college;
(3) Shared-time and part-time students of school age enrolled in the school district;
(4) Eleventh and twelfth grade nonresident students who were residents of the school district during the preceding school year and are enrolled in the school district until the students graduate;
(5) Resident students receiving competent private instruction from a licensed practitioner provided through a public school district pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 299A; and
(6) Resident students receiving competent private instruction under dual enrollment pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 299A.
b. Emancipated minor. The county of residency for an emancipated minor attending the school district shall be the county in which the emancipated minor is living.
c. County of residency unknown. If a school district cannot determine an enrolled student's county of residency, the county of residency shall be the county in which the school district certifies its budget.
281--96.3(77GA,ch1130) Combined actual enrollment. By March 1, annually, the department shall forward to the department of management the actual enrollment and the actual enrollment by the student's county of residency for each school district located in whole or in part in a county where a sales tax has been imposed and the combined actual enrollment for that county.
These rules are intended to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1130.
[Filed 10/26/98, effective 12/23/98]

[Published 11/18/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/18/98.
ARC 8493A
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 455B.133, the Environmental Protection Commission hereby amends Chapter 22, "Controlling Pollution," Chapter 23, "Emission Standards for Contaminants," and Chapter 25, "Measurement of Emissions," Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments establish rules for existing hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators (HMIWI), adopt by reference the NSPS for Hospital Medical Infectious Waste Incinerators (HMIWI) and municipal waste combustors (MWC), and update adoption by reference citations. The Department has established that there are sources in the state subject to these requirements. In accordance with the delegation agreements previously entered into with the EPA, the Department herein considers accepting delegation of these standards. The standards are no more stringent than those specified in the federal regulations.
On September 15, 1997, the EPA issued regulations that will affect new and existing incinerators that burn hospital or medical/infectious waste, or a combination thereof, as 40 CFR Part 60 Subparts Ec and Ce. The new regulations require organizations with these incinerators to reduce emissions of certain pollutants which are known to have a negative effect on both public health and welfare. The regulations aim to reduce the emissions from these incinerators by 75 to 98 percent nationally.
Item 1 adds a reference to emission guidelines so that equipment required as a result of a specific emission guideline cannot be classified as an exemption from construction permitting.
Item 2 amends the date for 40 CFR Part 60 to correspond with the federal promulgation of the NSPS and EG forhospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators. The Iowa Administrative Code citation for emission guidelines was added to defer some applicable sources from a Title V operating permit.
Item 3 amends the date for 40 CFR Part 60 to correspond with the federal promulgation of the NSPS for hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators.
Item 4 revises the adoption by reference of the federal standards of performance for new stationary sources for municipal waste combustors with a capacity greater than 225 megagrams per day of municipal solid waste.
Item 5 adopts by reference the federal standards of performance for new stationary sources for municipal waste combustors with a capacity greater than 35 megagrams per day of municipal solid waste, for which construction commenced after September 20, 1994, or modification or reconstruction after June 19, 1996; and hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators, for which construction commenced after June 20, 1996, or modification after March 16, 1998.
Item 6 amends the date for 40 CFR Part 60 to correspond with the federal promulgation of the EG for hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators.
Item 8 amends the date for 40 CFR Part 60 to correspond with the federal promulgation of the NSPS and EG forhospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators.
An Amended Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on August 26, 1998, as ARC 8275A. A public hearing was held on September 25, 1998. Three changes were made to Item 7, as noted below, because of comments received during the public comment period.
Item 7 adds the emission guidelines and compliance schedule for hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators for which construction commenced on or before June 20, 1996. The following changes in subrule 23.1(5) have been made to the Notice of Intended Action: (1) In the definition of "Medical/infectious waste," the words "for cremation" have been added so that the exclusion now reads "human corpses, remains, and anatomical parts that are intended for interment or cremation." (2) The use of Standard Metropolitan Statistical Areas for remote HMIWI designations has been clarified in the definition of "Remote HMIWI". (3) Monitoring requirements for remote HMIWIs have been clarified.
These amendments may impact small business.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 455B.133.
These amendments will become effective December 23, 1998.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 22.1(2), introductory paragraph, as follows:
22.1(2) Exemptions. The provisions of this rule shall not apply to the following listed equipment or control equipment unless review of the equipment or the control equipment is necessary to comply with rule 22.4(455B), prevention of significant deterioration requirements; rule 22.5(455B), special requirements for nonattainment areas; 567--subrule 23.1(2), new source performance standards (40 CFR Part 60 NSPS); 567--subrule 23.1(3), emission standards for hazardous air pollutants (40 CFR Part 61 NESHAP); or 567--subrule 23.1(4), emission standards for hazardous air pollutants for source categories (40 CFR Part 63 NESHAP); or 567--subrule 23.1(5), emission guidelines, in which case a permit must be obtained. If equipment is permitted under the provisions of rule 22.8(455B), then no other exemptions shall apply to that equipment.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 22.101(2) as follows:
22.101(2) Title V deferred stationary sources. The requirement to obtain a Title V permit is deferred for all sources listed in 22.101(1) that are not major sources, affected sources, or solid waste incineration units required to obtain a permit pursuant to Section 129(e) of the Act, until December 9, 1999, unless by the final promulgation of a federal standard to which the source is subject under the provisions of 40 CFR Part 60 (as amended through June 12, 1997 September 15, 1997), or 40 CFR Part 63 (as amended through August 11, 1997), or 567--subrule 23.1(5), a source is required to obtain a Title V permit. Each source receiving a deferral under the provisions of this rule shall submit a Title V permit application to the department within 12 months of the date when the requirement to obtain a Title V permit is no longer deferred for that source.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 23.1(2), introductory paragraph, as follows:
23.1(2) New source performance standards. The federal standards of performance for new stationary sources, as defined in 40 Code of Federal Regulations Part 60 as amended or corrected through June 12, 1997 September 15, 1997, and 40 CFR Part 503 as adopted on October 25, 1995, are adopted by reference, except § 60.530 through § 60.539b, and shall apply to the following affected facilities. The corresponding 40 CFR Part 60 subpart designation is in parentheses. Reference test methods (Appendix A), performance specifications (Appendix B), determination of emission rate change (Appendix C), quality assurance procedures (Appendix F) and the general provisions (Subpart A) of 40 CFR Part 60 also apply to the affected facilities.
ITEM 4. Amend paragraph 23.1(2)"nnn" as follows:
nnn. Municipal waste combustors. Unless exempted, a municipal waste combustor with a capacity greater than 250 tons 225 megagrams per day of municipal solid waste or refuse derived fuel for which construction, modification, or reconstruction is commenced after December 20, 1989, and on or before September 20, 1994, and modification or reconstruction is commenced after December 20, 1989, and on or before June 19, 1996. (Subpart Ea)
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 23.1(2) by adding the following new paragraphs:
sss. Municipal waste combustors. Unless exempted, a municipal waste combustor with a capacity greater than 35 megagrams per day of municipal solid waste for which construction is completed after September 20, 1994, or for which modification or reconstruction is commenced after June 19, 1996. (Subpart Eb)
ttt. Hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators. Unless exempted, a hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerator for which construction is commenced after June 20, 1996, or for which modification is commenced after March 16, 1998. (Subpart Ec)
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 23.1(5), introductory paragraph, as follows:
23.1(5) Emission guidelines. The emission guidelines and compliance times for existing sources, as defined in 40 Code of Federal Regulations Part 60 as amended through June 12, 1997 September 15, 1997, shall apply to the following affected facilities. The corresponding 40 CFR Part 60 subpart designation is in parentheses. The control of the designated pollutants will be in accordance with federal standards established in Sections 111 and 129 of the Act and 40 CFR Part 60, Subpart B (Adoption and Submittal of State Plans for Designated Facilities), and the applicable subpart(s) for the existing source. Reference test methods (Appendix A), performance specifications (Appendix B), determination of emission rate change (Appendix C), quality assurance procedures (Appendix F) and the general provisions (Subpart A) of 40 CFR Part 60 also apply to the affected facilities.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 23.1(5) by adding the following new paragraph "b":
b. Emission guidelines for hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators (Subpart Ce). This paragraph contains emission guidelines and compliance times for the control of certain designated pollutants from hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerator(s) (HMIWI) in accordance with Subparts Ce and Ec (Standards of Performance for Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators) of 40 CFR Part 60.
(1) Definitions. For the purpose of paragraph 23.1(5)"b," the definitions have the same meaning given to them in the Act and 40 CFR Part 60, Subparts A, B, and Ec, if not defined in this subparagraph.
"Hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerator" or"HMIWI" means any device that combusts any amount or combination of hospital or medical or infectious waste.
"Hospital waste" means discards generated at a hospital, except unused items returned to the manufacturer. The definition of hospital waste does not include human corpses, remains, and anatomical parts that are intended for interment or cremation.
"Large HMIWI" means:
1. An HMIWI whose maximum design waste burning capacity is more than 500 pounds per hour; or
2. A continuous or intermittent HMIWI whose maximum charge rate is more than 500 pounds per hour; or
3. A batch HMIWI whose maximum charge rate is more than 4,000 pounds per day.
"Medical/infectious waste" means any waste generated in the diagnosis, treatment, or immunization of human beings or animals, in research pertaining thereto, or in the production or testing of biologicals that is listed in numbered paragraphs "1" through "7" of this definition. The definition of medical/infectious waste does not include hazardous waste identified or listed under the regulations in 40 CFR Part 261; household waste, as defined in 40 CFR § 261.4(b)(1); ash from incineration of medical/infectious waste, once the incineration process has been completed; human corpses, remains, and anatomical parts that are intended for interment or cremation; and domestic sewage materials identified in 40 CFR § 261.4(a)(1).
1. Cultures and stocks of infectious agents and associated biologicals, including: cultures from medical and pathological laboratories; cultures and stocks of infectious agents from research and industrial laboratories; wastes from the production of biologicals; discarded live and attenuated vaccines; and culture dishes and devices used to transfer, inoculate, and mix cultures.
2. Human pathological waste, including tissues, organs, and body parts and body fluids that are removed during surgery or autopsy or other medical procedures, and specimens of body fluids and their containers.
3. Human blood and blood products including: liquid waste human blood, products of blood, items saturated or dripping with human blood; or items that were saturated or dripping with human blood that are now caked with dried human blood; including serum, plasma, and other blood components, and their containers, which were used or intended for use in patient care, testing and laboratory analysis or the development of pharmaceuticals. Intravenous bags are also included in this category.
4. Sharps that have been used in animal or human patient care or treatment or in medical, research, or industrial laboratories, including hypodermic needles, syringes (with or without the attached needle), pasteur pipettes, scalpel blades, blood vials, needles with attached tubing, and culture dishes (regardless of presence of infectious agents). Also included are other types of broken or unbroken glassware that were in contact with infectious agents, such as used slides and cover slips.
5. Animal waste including contaminated animal carcasses, body parts, and bedding of animals that were known to have been exposed to infectious agents during research (including research in veterinary hospitals), production of biologicals or testing of pharmaceuticals.
6. Isolation wastes including biological waste and discarded materials contaminated with blood, excretions, exudates, or secretions from humans who are isolated to protect others from certain highly communicable diseases, or from isolated animals known to be infected with highly communicable diseases.
7. Unused sharps including the following unused, discarded sharps: hypodermic needles, suture needles, syringes, and scalpel blades.
"Medium HMIWI" means:
1. An HMIWI whose maximum design waste burning capacity is more than 200 pounds per hour but less than or equal to 500 pounds per hour; or
2. A continuous or intermittent HMIWI whose maximum charge rate is more than 200 pounds per hour but less than or equal to 500 pounds per hour; or
3. A batch HMIWI whose maximum charge rate is more than 1,600 pounds per day but less than or equal to 4,000 pounds per day.
"Remote HMIWI" means a small HMIWI meeting the following conditions:
1. Located 50 miles from the boundary of the nearest standard metropolitan statistical area. The SMSA boundary is established by the political borders of the counties, provided in the definition of an SMSA, which are listed in parentheses.
2. Burns less than 2,000 lb/week of hospital waste and medical/infectious waste.
"Small HMIWI" means:
1. An HMIWI whose maximum design waste burning capacity is less than or equal to 200 pounds per hour; or
2. A continuous or intermittent HMIWI whose maximum charge rate is less than or equal to 200 pounds per hour; or
3. A batch HMIWI whose maximum charge rate is less than or equal to 1,600 pounds per day.
"Standard metropolitan statistical area" or "SMSA" means any areas listed in OMB Bulletin No. 93-17 entitled "Revised Statistical Definitions for Metropolitan Areas" dated June 30, 1993. The following SMSAs are in Iowa or within 50 miles of Iowa border: Cedar Rapids (Linn County, IA), Davenport-Moline-Rock Island (Henry County, IL; Rock Island County, IL; Scott County, IA), Des Moines (Dallas County, Polk County, Warren County), Dubuque (Dubuque County), Iowa City (Johnson County), La Crosse (Houston County, MN; La Crosse County, WI), Omaha-Council Bluffs (Cass County, NE; Douglas County, NE; Pottawattamie County, IA; Sarpy County, NE; Washington County, NE), Rochester (Olmsted County, MN), St. Joseph (Andrew County, MO; Buchanan County, MO), Sioux City (Dakota County, NE; Woodbury County, IA), SiouxFalls (Lincoln County, SD; Minnehaha County, SD), and Waterloo-Cedar Falls (Black Hawk County).
(2) Designated facilities.
1. Except as provided in numbered paragraphs "2" through "8" of this subparagraph, the designated facility to which the guidelines apply is each individual HMIWI for which construction was commenced on or before June 20, 1996.
2. A combustor is not subject to this paragraph during periods when only pathological waste, low-level radioactive waste, or chemotherapeutic waste, or any combination thereof (defined in 40 CFR § 60.51c) is burned, provided the owner or operator of the combustor does the following: notifies the director of an exemption claim and keeps records on a calendar-quarter basis of the periods of time when only pathological waste, low-level radioactive waste, or chemotherapeutic waste, or any combination thereof, is burned.
3. Any co-fired combustor (defined in 40 CFR § 60.51c) is not subject to this paragraph if the owner or operator of the co-fired combustor notifies the director of an exemption claim; provides an estimate of the relative weight of hospital waste, medical/infectious waste, other fuels, and other wastes to be combusted; and keeps records on a calendar-quarter basis of the weight of hospital waste and medical/infectious waste combusted and the weight of all other fuels and wastes combusted at the co-fired combustor.
4. Any combustor required to have a permit under Section 3005 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act is not subject to paragraph 23.1(5)"b."
5. Any combustor which meets the applicability requirements under Subpart Cb, Ea, or Eb of 40 CFR Part 60 is not subject to paragraph 23.1(5)"b."
6. Any pyrolysis unit (defined in 40 CFR § 60.51c) is not subject to paragraph 23.1(5)"b."
7. Cement kilns firing hospital, medical or infectious waste, or any combination thereof, are not subject to paragraph 23.1(5)"b."
8. Physical or operational changes made to an existing HMIWI unit solely for the purpose of complying with paragraph 23.1(5)"b" are not considered a modification and do not result in an existing HMIWI becoming subject to the provisions of 40 CFR Part 60, Subpart Ec.
9. The Title V operating permit requirements, as stated in 567--subrule 22.101(1), are applicable to designated facilities subject to paragraph 23.1(5)"b." They must apply for an operating permit as specified by 567--subrule 22.105(1) no later than September 15, 2000.
(3) Emission limits.
1. An HMIWI must not exceed the emission limits for each pollutant listed in Table 1, except as provided for in numbered paragraph "2" of subparagraph 23.1(5)"b"(3).
2. A remote HMIWI must not exceed the emission limits
for each pollutant listed in Table 2. The 2,000 lb/week limitation does not apply during performance tests.
3. On or after the date on which the initial performance test is completed or is required to be completed under 40 CFR Section 60.8, whichever comes first, no owner or operator of an affected facility shall cause any gases to be discharged into the atmosphere from the stack of the affected facility that exhibit greater than 10 percent opacity (6-minute block average).
Table 1. Emission Limits for Small, Medium, and Large HMIWI


Emission Limits for HMIWI
Size




Pollutant/Units (7 percent oxygen, dry basis)


Small


Medium


Large


Particulate matter





Milligrams per dry standard cubic meter
(grains per dry standard cubic foot)


115
(0.05)


69
(0.03)


34
(0.015)


Carbon monoxide





Parts per million by volume


40


40


40


Dioxins/furans





Nanograms per dry standard cubic meter total dioxins/furans
(grains per billion dry standard cubic feet), or


125
(55)


125
(55)


125
(55)


Nanograms per dry standard cubic meter TEQ
(grains per billion dry standard cubic feet)


2.3
(1.0)


2.3
(1.0)


2.3
(1.0)


Hydrogen chloride





Parts per million by volume, or


100


100


100


Percent reduction


93


93


93


Sulfur dioxide





Parts per million by volume


55


55


55


Nitrogen oxides





Parts per million by volume


250


250


250


Lead





Milligrams per dry standard cubic meter
(grains per thousand dry standard cubic feet), or


1.2
(0.52)


1.2
(0.52)


1.2
(0.52)


Percent reduction


70


70


70


Cadmium





Milligrams per dry standard cubic meter
(grains per thousand dry standard cubic feet), or


0.16
(0.07)


0.16
(0.07)


0.16
(0.07)


Percent reduction


65


65


65


Mercury





Milligrams per dry standard cubic meter
(grains per thousand dry standard cubic feet), or


0.55
(0.24)


0.55
(0.24)


0.55
(0.24)


Percent reduction


85


85


85


Table 2. Emission Limits for Remote HMIWI

Pollutant


Units (7 percent oxygen, dry basis)


Emission Limit


Particulate matter


Milligrams per dry standard cubic meter
(grains per dry standard cubic foot)


197
(0.086)


Carbon monoxide


Parts per million by volume


40


Dioxins/furans


Nanograms per dry standard cubic meter total dioxins/furans
(grains per billion dry standard cubic feet), or


800
(350)



Nanograms per dry standard cubic meter TEQ
(grains per billion dry standard cubic feet)


15
(6.6)


Hydrogen chloride


Parts per million by volume


3100


Sulfur dioxide


Parts per million by volume


55


Nitrogen oxides


Parts per million by volume


250


Lead


Milligrams per dry standard cubic meter
(grains per thousand dry standard cubic feet)


10
(4.4)


Cadmium


Milligrams per dry standard cubic meter
(grains per thousand dry standard cubic feet)


4
(1.7)


Mercury


Milligrams per dry standard cubic meter
(grains per thousand dry standard cubic feet)


7.5
(3.3)


(4) Operator training and qualification requirements. Designated facilities shall meet the requirements for operator training and qualification listed in 40 CFR § 60.53c within one year from EPA's approval of the state's 111(d) plan for HMIWI.
(5) Waste management requirements. Designated facilities shall meet the requirements for a waste management plan listed in 40 CFR § 60.55c within 34 months from EPA's approval of the state's 111(d) plan for HMIWI.
(6) Inspection requirements. Each remote HMIWI subject to the emission limits under numbered paragraph "2" of subparagraph 23.1(5)"b"(3) must conduct an initial equipment inspection within one year from EPA's approval of the state's 111(d) plan for HMIWI, and equipment inspections annually, no more than 12 months after the previous inspection. The facility must complete all necessary repairs within ten operating days following an inspection. If the repairs cannot be accomplished within this period, then the owner or operator must obtain written approval from the department requesting an extension. All inspections shall include the following:
1. Inspect all burners, pilot assemblies, and pilot sensing devices for proper operation, and clean pilot flame sensor as necessary;
2. Ensure proper adjustment of primary and secondary chamber combustion air, and adjust as necessary;
3. Inspect hinges and door latches, and lubricate as necessary;
4. Inspect dampers, fans, and blowers for proper operation;
5. Inspect HMIWI door and door gaskets for proper sealing;
6. Inspect motors for proper operation;
7. Inspect primary chamber refractory lining, and clean and repair or replace lining as necessary;
8. Inspect incinerator shell for corrosion and hot spots;
9. Inspect secondary/tertiary chamber and stack, and clean as necessary;
10. Inspect mechanical loader, including limit switches, for proper operation if applicable;
11. Visually inspect waste bed (grates), and repair or seal as appropriate;
12. For the burn cycle that follows the inspection, document that the incinerator is operating properly, and make any necessary adjustments;
13. Inspect air pollution control device(s) for proper operation if applicable;
14. Inspect waste heat boiler systems to ensure proper operation if applicable;
15. Inspect bypass stack components;
16. Ensure proper calibration of thermocouples, sorbent feed systems and any other monitoring equipment; and
17. Generally observe whether the equipment is maintained in good operating condition.
(7) Compliance, performance testing, and monitoring requirements. Except as provided in subparagraphs 23.1(5)"b"(8) and (9), designated facilities shall meet the requirements for compliance and performance testing listed in 40 CFR § 60.56c (excluding the fugitive emissions testing requirements under 40 CFR § 60.56c(b)(12) and (c)(3)) and the requirements for monitoring listed in 40 CFR § 60.57c.
(8) Compliance and performance testing for remoteHMIWI. Remote HMIWI shall meet the following compliance and performance testing requirements:
1. Conduct the performance testing requirements in 40 CFR § 60.56c(a), (b)(1) through (b)(9), (b)(11) (Hg only), and (c)(1). The 2,000 lb/week limitation under numbered paragraph "2" of subparagraph 23.1(5)"b"(3) does not apply during performance tests.
2. Establish maximum charge rate and minimum secondary chamber temperature as site-specific operating parameters during the initial performance test to determine compliance with applicable emission limits.
3. Following the date on which the initial performance test is completed or is required to be completed under 40 CFR § 60.8, whichever date comes first, remote HMIWI must not operate above the maximum charge rate or below the minimum secondary chamber temperature measured as three-hour rolling averages (calculated each hour as the average of the previous three operating hours) at all times except during periods of startup, shutdown and malfunction. Operating parameter limits do not apply during performance tests. Operation above the maximum charge rate or below the minimum secondary chamber temperature shall constitute a violation of the established operating parameter(s).
4. Except as provided in numbered paragraph "5" of subparagraph 23.1(5)"b"(8), operation of the remote HMIWI above the maximum charge rate and below the minimum secondary chamber temperature (each measured on a three-hour rolling average) simultaneously shall constitute a violation of the PM, CO, and dioxin/furan emission limits.
5. The owner or operator of the remote HMIWI may conduct a repeat performance test within 30 days of violation of applicable operating parameter(s) to demonstrate that the designated facility is not in violation of the applicable emission limit(s). Repeat performance tests conducted pursuant to this paragraph must be conducted using the identical operating parameters that indicated a violation under numbered paragraph "4" of subparagraph 23.1(5)"b"(8).
(9) Monitoring requirements for remote HMIWI. Remote HMIWI must meet the following monitoring requirements:
1. Install, calibrate (to manufacturers' specifications), maintain, and operate a device for measuring and recording the temperature of the secondary chamber on a continuous basis, the output of which shall be recorded, at a minimum, once every minute throughout operation.
2. Install, calibrate (to manufacturers' specifications), maintain, and operate a device which automatically measures and records the date, time, and weight of each charge fed into the HMIWI.
3. The owner or operator of a designated facility shall obtain monitoring data at all times during HMIWI operation except during periods of monitoring equipment malfunction, calibration, or repair. At a minimum, valid monitoring data shall be obtained for 75 percent of the operating hours per day for 90 percent of the operating days per calendar quarter that the designated facility is combusting hospital, medical or infectious waste, or a combination thereof.
(10) Reporting and record-keeping requirements. Designated facilities shall meet the reporting and record-keeping requirements listed in 40 CFR § 60.58c(b), (c), (d), (e), and (f), excluding 40 CFR § 60.58c(b)(2)(ii) (fugitive emissions) and (b)(7) (siting), except for remote HMIWI.
(11) Reporting and record-keeping requirements for remote HMIWI. Remote HMIWI must meet the following reporting and record-keeping requirements:
1. Maintain records of the annual equipment inspections, any required maintenance, and any repairs not completed within ten days of an inspection; and
2. Submit an annual report containing information recorded under numbered paragraph "1" of subparagraph 23.1(5)"b"(11) no later than 60 days following the year in which data were collected. Subsequent reports shall be sent no later than 12 calendar months following the previous report (once the unit is subject to permitting requirements under Title V of the Act, the owner or operator must submit these reports semiannually). The report shall be signed by the facility's manager.
(12) Compliance times for designated facilities planning to retrofit. Designated facilities planning to retrofit existing HMIWI shall comply with the emission limits specified in subparagraph 23.1(5)"b"(3) within three years from EPA's approval of the state's 111(d) plan for HMIWI, but not later than September 16, 2002. To ensure compliance, these facilities must also comply with the following increments of progress:
1. Submit construction permit application to the department, as required by rule 567--22.1(455B), to outline the addition of control equipment and the modification of existing processes within one year from EPA's approval of the state's 111(d) plan for HMIWI;
2. Award contracts for control systems or process modifications, or orders for purchase of components within 18 months from EPA's approval of the state's 111(d) plan for HMIWI;
3. Initiate on-site construction or installation of the air pollution control device(s) or process changes within two years from EPA's approval of the state's 111(d) plan forHMIWI;
4. Complete on-site construction or installation of air pollution control device(s) or process changes within 33 months from EPA's approval of the state's 111(d) plan for HMIWI; and
5. Complete initial compliance test(s) on the air pollution control equipment within 34 months from EPA's approval of the state's 111(d) plan for HMIWI.
(13) Compliance times for designated facilities planning to shut down. Designated facilities planning to shut down an existing HMIWI shall shut down within one year from EPA's approval of the state's 111(d) plan for HMIWI. Designated facilities may request an extension from the department to operate the HMIWI for up to two additional years. The request for extension must be submitted to the department within nine months from EPA's approval of the state's 111(d) plan for HMIWI and include the following:
1. Documentation to support the need for the requested extension;
2. An evaluation of the option to transport the waste off site to a commercial medical waste treatment and disposal facility on a temporary or permanent basis; and
3. A plan that documents measurable and enforceable incremental steps of progress to be taken toward compliance with paragraph 23.1(5)"b," including final compliance date which can be no later than September 16, 2002.
ITEM 8. Amend subrule 25.1(10), paragraph "a," as follows:
a. An affected source is subject to a new source performance standard promulgated in 40 CFR Part 60 as amended through June 12, 1997 September 15, 1997.

[Filed 10/30/98, effective 12/23/98]

[Published 11/18/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/18/98.
ARC 8494A
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 455D.11(8), the Environmental Protection Commission hereby adopts Chapter 219, "Beneficial Uses of Waste Tires," Iowa Administrative Code.
This new chapter establishes guidelines for the use of whole or processed waste tires for erosion control, drainage structures, civil engineering applications, and other uses where the intended purpose is to produce a beneficial product or an end use. Beneficial uses of waste tires approved through this chapter shall not pose a threat to the environment, or to public health, welfare, and safety.
Notice of Intended Action was published in Iowa Administrative Bulletin on August 12, 1998, as ARC 8238A. A public hearing was held on September 2, 1998. No written or oral comments were received. The Department has made minor revisions to the Notice of Intended Action. These revisions include a requirement for the Department to conduct reviews of any requests for approval of other beneficial use designations not specifically addressed within the rule within 30 days of such submittals. A correction was also made to properly identify the Natural Resources Conservation Service as an appropriate agency that may also supervise beneficial use projects. These revisions are contained in rules 219.7(455D) and 219.9(455D).
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 455D.11 to 455D.11H.
These rules will become effective December 23, 1998.
The following new chapter is adopted:
CHAPTER 219

BENEFICIAL USES OF WASTE TIRES

567--219.1(455D) Purpose. The purpose of this chapter is to establish guidelines for the use of whole or processed waste tires for erosion control, drainage structures, civil engineering applications, and other uses where the intended purpose is to produce a beneficial product or an end use.
567--219.2(455D) Definitions. As used in this chapter:
"Bagel cut" means to cut a tire in half along its circumference.
"Baled tire" means a method of compacting a waste tire whereby whole or cut tires are compressed into a bundle and then banded together. A tire bale shall be considered a solid waste.
"Beneficial use" means the use or application of a whole or processed waste tire in a manner that provides a benefit to an end user, other than from processing or recycling, and which does not pose a threat to the environment, or to public health and safety. Use of waste tires primarily as means for land disposal shall not be considered a beneficial use.
"Civil engineering applications" means a form of reusing waste tires, either whole or processed, in place of naturally occurring materials in construction, as long as the waste tires provide a defined engineering benefit.
"Crumb rubber" means a material derived by reducing waste tires or other rubber into uniform granules with the inherent reinforcing materials such as steel and fiber removed along with other contaminants.
"Cut waste tire" means a waste tire where the tire face, tread, or sidewall has been cut or removed, and these removed portions are to be beneficially reused. A cut tire shall consist of pieces greater than 18 inches on any one side.
"Department" means the Iowa department of natural resources.
"End user" means an entity that receives whole or proc-essed tire material and uses it as a finished product, as raw material for a manufacturing process or other beneficial use.
"Energy recovery" means the extraction of the fuel or heat value from whole or processed tires through their combustion.
"Passenger tire equivalent" means the equivalent weight of one passenger car tire which will be 20 pounds for the purpose of estimating waste tire amounts from a total weight figure.
"Shredded tire" means a tire cut into pieces not greater than 18 inches in any one dimension.
"Site of end use" means a site where whole or processed waste tires are recycled or reused in a beneficial manner authorized by the department.
"Tire processor" means a person who reduces waste tires into a processed form suitable for recycling, producing fuel for energy or heat, or any other beneficial use as authorized by the department. "Tire processor" does not mean a person who retreads tires or processes and stores tires.
"Waste tire" means a tire that is no longer suitable for its originally intended purpose due to wear, damage, or defect. "Waste tire" does not include a nonpneumatic tire.
"Whole tire" means a waste tire that has not been proc-essed or shredded in any manner and which still retains the general shape and volume of a tire.
567--219.3(455D) Role of the department of natural resources. The department is responsible for the administration of the requirements of this chapter and will ensure that all approved uses of whole or processed waste tires do not pose a threat to the environment, or to public health, welfare, and safety. The department shall have the authority to determine if a proposed use of waste tires is beneficial and shall have the authority to approve or deny beneficial use applications if such a benefit is not evident.
567--219.4(455D) Waste tire products exempted. The following end uses of materials derived, processed, or recycled from waste tires shall be considered beneficial reuse under this chapter and shall not require an individual beneficial use designation from the department for their use at a specific site of end use.
1. Asphalt rubber, including asphalt cement modified with a crumb rubber modifier;
2. Buffing rubber, defined as high-quality tire rubber, which is a by-product from the conditioning of tire casings in preparation for retreading;
3. Carbon black derived from the thermal or oxidative decomposition of tires;
4. Crumb rubber material, including rubber granules used for soil amendments or surfacing materials;
5. Crumb rubber modifiers used in asphalt paving materials;
6. Tire-derived fuel (TDF), which is a fuel derived from waste tires, including whole tires, processed into pieces which satisfy the specifications of the end user for use as either a primary or supplemental fuel. Use of TDF will require modification of air source construction and operation permits if such use is not already recognized in the end user's permit.
567--219.5(455D) Beneficial uses for whole waste tires. This rule establishes acceptable beneficial uses for whole waste tires and required notifications and approvals that must be obtained from the department prior to placement of waste tires at the site of end use.
219.5(1) Beneficial uses. The following applications shall be considered acceptable beneficial uses for whole waste tires:
a. Tire swings, sandboxes, or other equipment for child play areas at schools, care centers, and recreational areas;
b. Dock bumpers at vehicle loading/unloading docks or marine docks;
c. Crash barriers at racetracks;
d. Agricultural uses to hold down covers over hay, silage, and other agricultural commodities. When not in use, the tires should be neatly stacked;
e. Structures for military and police training at facilities under ownership or management of local, state, or federal agencies;
f. Artificial fishing reefs and fish habitat structures constructed at facilities under ownership or management of a county conservation board, the department, or a federal agency;
g. Stream bank erosion control and culvert outlet tire mats, constructed as follows:
(1) Tires shall be placed in a single layer, with tires banded together with a noncorrosive strip;
(2) The tires shall all be drilled or punctured to allow for outflow of air to prevent flotation during submerged conditions;
(3) The banded mat shall be anchored with cable of at least 0.5 inches in diameter;
(4) The cables shall then be fastened to buried anchors made of treated timbers or concrete, at least every 50 feet along the top of the mat and intermittently in the middle;
(5) The mat should extend four to six feet out on the channel bottom;
(6) The outermost row on the channel bottom shall be filled with rocks or broken concrete;
(7) Vegetation shall be planted in and around the tire mat; rows within the tire mat that are too wet for vegetation establishment shall be filled with rocks or broken concrete; and
(8) Any variation from these design standards shall be acceptable only under the direction of an Iowa licensed professional engineer.
h. Construction of residential dwelling structures or other buildings for which a building permit has been obtained from local government officials;
i. Culvert piping made from waste tires with a rim diameter of 21 inches or greater and subject to the following design criteria:
(1) The maximum depth of water flows within the culvert shall be no greater than 75 percent of the piping diameter;
(2) Sand or similar aggregate material must be installed in the lower portions of the culvert piping to provide ballast and to limit mosquito infestations;
(3) The culvert must not be installed below the seasonal groundwater high elevation;
(4) The maximum depth of earthen or aggregate coverings over the culvert shall not exceed the outside diameter of the whole tires used in the culvert;
(5) Soils used for backfill around and above the culvert shall be compacted so as to provide a culvert deflection of less than 5 percent of the outside diameter; and
(6) Vertical sections of tire culvert piping shall be designed with safety measures to prevent unauthorized access or hazards to children and animals.
219.5(2) Required notifications and approval. Prior to the installation or placement of beneficial uses of whole waste tires as approved in subrule 219.5(1), the owner or operator of the site of end use shall properly notify or seek approval from the department's environmental protection division, solid waste section, for the proposed beneficial use under the following circumstances:
a. For applications of less than 250 whole waste tires, notification to the department shall not be required, subject to the end user's compliance with all requirements of this chapter.
b. For applications of 250 to 500 whole waste tires, the department shall be notified in writing no less than 30 days prior to the construction or placement of waste tires for a beneficial use, with the following information provided:
(1) The name of the owner, operator, or individual to be responsible for the beneficial use application at the site of end use, including address and telephone number;
(2) The address of the beneficial site of end use;
(3) The estimated total number of tires to be used;
(4) A description of the beneficial use application;
(5) A project time line, including proposed project start and end dates; and
(6) A statement regarding how such waste tires shall be properly disposed of by the site owner in the event that the beneficial use is discontinued or dismantled.
c. For applications of 500 or more waste tires, approval by the department shall be obtained prior to any such applications. Approval requests shall be made to the department in writing and shall contain all information as requested in paragraph 219.5(2)"b," as well as a scaled plan of the site of end use with areas noted where whole waste tires are to be placed, including locations of the site of end use property lines and the location of any structures within 500 feet of the site of end use.
219.5(3) Prevention of public health risks. All beneficial uses of whole waste tires as approved in this rule shall incorporate into their design and construction measures to prevent the retention and stagnation of water, in the event that such conditions are likely to exist. These measures shall include, at a minimum, the piercing or drilling of holes in whole waste tires to allow for water drainage. Such measures shall be designed to minimize risks to public health and safety caused by the breeding of disease-carrying insects and rodents.
567--219.6(455D) Beneficial uses for shredded waste tires. This rule establishes acceptable beneficial uses for shredded waste tires and required design criteria that shall be observed in the placement of shredded tires at the site of end use. The following applications shall be considered acceptable beneficial uses for shredded waste tires:
1. Horizontal drainage "French drain" structures designed to lower the groundwater table and to transport excess water to another location or drainage structure, to be constructed as follows:

* The elevation of the drain outlet must be lower than the average seasonal groundwater table, so as to allow gravity drainage through the drain structure;

* The drainage structure width shall be no less than three feet and no more than six feet;

* The minimum depth of shredded tire material in the trench shall be greater than four feet;

* The minimum thickness of backfill over the trench shall be two feet;

* Headloss of water flowing through the drain shall be due to elevation changes only; and

* Any site of end use to contain drainage structures composed of more than 300 cubic yards of shredded tires shall be constructed under the auspices of an Iowa licensed professional engineer.
2. On-site wastewater treatment and disposal system construction, to include use of shredded tires in lateral trenches and as fill to cover distribution pipes under the following conditions:

* The on-site wastewater treatment and disposal system is constructed and permitted according to the requirements of 567--Chapter 69;

* Shredded tires to be used in the system shall have a minimum dimension of one inch on any one side and a maximum dimension of three inches on any one side; and

* The administrative authority responsible for issuance of the permit approves the beneficial use. The authority shall have the sole discretion to deny use of shredded tires in system construction based on any engineering or design principle concerns.
3. Lightweight fill in public roads, public road embankment construction, and other public civil engineering applications if all of the following conditions are met:

* The tire shreds are of uniform composition and sizing;

* The tire shreds are not mixed with other solid wastes, vegetation, composted materials, or other processed tire products, including separated tire bead wire, steel cording or nylon fibers;

* The tires are not placed in direct contact with surface water or groundwater;

* The shredded tires are isolated from overburden materials by a protective membrane or liner to prevent intrusion and settling of overburden; and

* An Iowa licensed professional engineer designs and supervises the incorporation of shredded tires in beneficial uses of this manner.
4. Structural foundation drainage material used in a project as approved through a local building permit; and
5. A bulking agent for composting operations at permitted composting facilities, with tire shreds used to be no larger than three inches on any one side.
567--219.7(455D) Beneficial uses for baled waste tires. This rule establishes acceptable beneficial uses for baled waste tires and required notifications and approvals that must be obtained from the department prior to placement of baled tires at the site of end use.
219.7(1) Beneficial uses. Civil engineering applications including stream bank and soil erosion control shall be considered acceptable beneficial use applications for baled waste tires. Such applications involving the use of more than 50 cubic yards of baled waste tires to be used at any one site of end use must be conducted under the immediate direction of one of the following entities:
1. A federal agency, including but not limited to the Army Corps of Engineers, the Natural Resources Conservation Service, or the Bureau of Land Management;
2. A state agency including, but not limited to, the Iowa department of transportation; or
3. An Iowa licensed professional engineer.
219.7(2) Required notifications and approval. Prior to the installation or placement of beneficial uses of baled waste tires as approved in subrule 219.7(1), the owner or operator of the site of end use shall properly notify or seek approval from the department's environmental protection division, solid waste section, for the proposed beneficial use under the following circumstances:
a. For applications of less than 25 cubic yards of baled waste tires at a site of end use, notification to the department shall not be required, subject to the end user's compliance with all requirements of this chapter.
b. For applications of 25 to 50 cubic yards of baled waste tires, the department shall be notified in writing no less than 30 days prior to the construction or placement of waste tires for a beneficial use, with the following information provided:
(1) The name of the owner, operator, or individual to be responsible for the beneficial use application at the site of end use including address and telephone number;
(2) The address of the beneficial site of end use;
(3) The estimated total number of cubic yards of tires to be used;
(4) A description of the beneficial use application;
(5) A project time line, including proposed project start and end dates; and
(6) A statement regarding how such waste tires shall be properly disposed of by the site owner in the event that the beneficial use is discontinued or dismantled.
c. For beneficial use applications of 50 or more cubic yards of baled waste tires, approval by the department shall be obtained prior to any such applications. Approval requests shall be made to the department's environmental protection division, solid waste section, in writing and shall contain all information as requested in paragraph 219.7(2)"b," as well as a scaled plan of the site of end use with areas noted where baled waste tires are to be placed, including locations of the site of end use property lines and the location of any structures within 500 feet of the site of end use.
567--219.8(455D) Beneficial uses for cut waste tires. This rule establishes acceptable beneficial uses for cut waste tires. Notifications and approvals shall not be required by the department prior to the use or placement of cut tires at a site of end use as approved in this rule, so long as such uses incorporate into their design and construction measures to prevent the retention and stagnation of surface water, in the event that such conditions are likely to exist. Such measures shall be designed to minimize risks to public health and safety caused by the breeding of disease-carrying insects and rodents. The following applications shall be considered acceptable beneficial uses for cut waste tires:
1. Agricultural uses to hold down covers over hay, silage, and other agricultural commodities;
2. Traffic control devices for use in public roadway construction projects;
3. Portable surfaces manufactured from tire faces or tread;
4. Silt collection fences manufactured from tire faces or tread; and
5. Bagel-cut tires used for underturf water conservation and turf growth enhancement systems at golf courses.
567--219.9(455D) Requests for approval of other beneficial use designations. The department shall have the authority to approve or deny requests for beneficial use applications for whole, shredded, baled, or cut waste tires that are not specifically addressed within this chapter. Requests for such use determinations shall be made to the department's environmental protection division, solid waste section, in writing. The department may request project descriptions and supporting scientific and engineering data to determine if a request for a beneficial use designation is warranted. The department shall approve or deny a request for approval within 30 days of receipt of such a request and supporting data if so required by the department. The department shall have the sole authority to deny a beneficial use request if the department determines that any one of the following conditions exists:
1. The requested beneficial use designation poses a risk to the environment or to public health, welfare, and safety;
2. The requested beneficial use designation is determined to have the primary purpose as a land disposal mechanism, and any beneficial use would be incidental in nature; or
3. The requested beneficial use designation would not be in accordance with other applicable federal, state, or local laws, regulations, and ordinances.
567--219.10(455D) Compliance with local, state, and federal regulations. Any proposed beneficial use project or application of whole, shredded, baled, or cut waste tires may require approval or permits from federal, state, and local agencies, under other laws, regulations, and ordinances, as applicable, including but not limited to the following:
1. The Army Corps of Engineers for projects involving navigable waterways and other waterways over which they have jurisdiction;
2. Waste tire beneficial use applications involving placement on or within land or waters contained within a floodplain shall have necessary approval from the department's floodplain management program, as specified in 567-- Chapters 70 through 75; and
3. Local building codes, zoning and land-use covenants, ordinances, and guidelines.
567--219.11(455D) Storage of waste tires prior to beneficial use application. Whole, shredded, cut, or baled tires to be used for a beneficial use application may be stored at the site of end use, subject to the following requirements:
219.11(1) Tires may be stored in piles or bales for no longer than 60 days prior to the date of application, excepting whole waste tires for agricultural uses as specified in paragraph 219.5(1)"d."
219.11(2) All storage of such waste tire materials shall be conducted in accordance with current statutes of the uniform fire code and shall also meet the following requirements:
a. No single tire pile shall contain more than 50,000 cubic feet of waste tire material;
b. The highest (vertical) dimension of any tire pile shall not exceed 10 feet;
c. The largest surface area covered by a pile shall not exceed 5,000 square feet; and
d. Fire lanes having a minimum width of 40 feet must be maintained between any two tire piles.
219.11(3) Any storage of waste tires associated with a proposed beneficial reuse project at a site of end use that exists longer than 60 days without implementation of completion of a beneficial reuse project shall be subject to the waste tire storage permitting requirements as contained in 567-- Chapter 117.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 455D.11 to 455D.11H.
[Filed 10/30/98, effective 12/23/98]

[Published 11/18/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/18/98.
ARC 8451A
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4 and 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1196, section 14, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 1, "Departmental Organization and Procedures," appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment adds a description of the HAWK-I Board to the organizational rules of the Department and sets forth the organization, duties and powers, and procedures of the Board.
The HAWK-I Board was created by the Seventy-seventh General Assembly in 1998 Iowa Acts, House File 2517, section 6, to make policy and provide direction for the development, implementation, and administration of all aspects of the Healthy and Well Kids in Iowa Program which is administered by the Division of Medical Services. This program will provide health care coverage to eligible uninsured children up to the age of 19 whose family income does not exceed 185 percent of the federal poverty level.
This seven-member Board consists of the Commissioner of Insurance or the Commissioner's designee, the Director of the Department of Education or the Director's designee, the Director of the Department of Public Health or the Director's designee, and four public members appointed by the Governor, subject to confirmation by two-thirds of the members of the Senate. The Board shall also include two members of the Senate and two members of the House of Representatives, serving as ex officio members.
This amendment was previously Adopted and Filed Emergency and published in the July 29, 1998, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 8185A. Notice of Intended Action to solicit comments on that submission was published in the July 29, 1998, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 8184A.
The HAWK-I Board adopted this amendment October 19, 1998.
This amendment is identical to that published under Notice of Intended Action.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section 17A.3(1) and 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1196, section 6.
This amendment shall become effective January 1, 1999, at which time the Adopted and Filed Emergency amendment is hereby rescinded.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend 441--Chapter 1 by adding the following new rule:
441--1.10(17A) HAWK-I board. The director of the department has, by statute, the advice and counsel of the HAWK-I board on the healthy and well children in Iowa program. This seven-member board consists of the commissioner of insurance or the commissioner's designee, the director of the department of education or the director's designee, the director of the department of public health or the director's designee, and four public members appointed by the governor, subject to confirmation by two-thirds of the members of the senate. The board shall also include two members of the senate and two members of the house of representatives, serving as ex officio members.
1.10(1) Organization.
a. The members of the board shall annually elect from the board's voting membership a chairperson of the board.
b. Members appointed by the governor and the legislative members shall serve two-year terms.
1.10(2) Duties and powers of the board. The board's powers and duties are to make policy and to provide direction for the administration of all aspects of the healthy and well kids in Iowa program which is administered by the division of medical services. In carrying out these duties, the board shall do all of the following:
a. Adopt rules of the department.
b. Develop criteria for and approve all contracts.
c. Establish a clinical advisory committee.
d. Establish an advisory committee on children with special health care needs.
e. Conduct studies and evaluations and provide reports as directed by legislation.
f. Define regions of the state for which plans are offered.
g. Solicit input from the public about the program.
h. Improve interaction between the program and other public and private programs which provide services to eligible children.
i. Receive and accept grants, loans, or other advances of funds from any person and may receive and accept from any source contributions of money, property, labor, or any other thing of value, to be held, used, and applied for the purpose of the program.
1.10(3) Board action.
a. A quorum shall consist of two-thirds of the membership appointed and qualified to vote.
b. When a quorum is present, a position is carried by a majority of the qualified members of the board.
1.10(4) Board minutes.
a. Copies of administrative rules and other materials considered are made part of the minutes by reference.
b. Copies of the minutes are kept on file in the office of the administrator of the division of medical services.
1.10(5) Board meetings.
a. The board shall meet at regular intervals at least ten times each year and may hold special meetings at the call of the chairperson or at the request of a majority of the voting members.
b. Any person wishing to make a presentation at a board meeting shall notify the Administrator, Division of Medical Services, Department of Human Services, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50309-0114, telephone (515) 281-8794, at least 15 days prior to the board meeting.
1.10(6) Robert's Rules of Order. In cases not covered by these rules, Robert's Rules of Order shall govern.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code paragraph 17A.3(1)"a" and 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1196, section 6.
[Filed 10/21/98, effective 1/1/99]

[Published 11/18/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/18/98.
ARC 8473A
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 502.607, the Insurance Division hereby amends Chapter 50, "Regulation of Securities Offerings and Those Who Engage in the Securities Business," Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments set forth certain filing requirements for those who wish to become licensed as investment advisers and investment adviser representatives and prescribe notice filing requirements for federal covered advisers.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the September 23, 1998, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 8348A. Two sets of comments were received. The administrator revised the proposed rules in light of those comments. Duplicative filings have been eliminated, and filing procedures have been specified in greater detail.
The amendments will become effective on December 23, 1998.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 502 as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1106.
The following rules are adopted.
ITEM 1. Adopt the following new rule 191-- 50.94(502):
191--50.94(502) Investment adviser applications and renewals.
50.94(1) Investment adviser applications. Every applicant for an initial license to conduct business as an investment adviser shall file with the administrator:
a. A complete, current Form ADV (Uniform Application for Investment Adviser Registration under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940), including a manually signed and notarized execution page.
b. The fee of $200 required by Iowa Code Supplement section 502.302(2) as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1106, with checks made payable to the Commissioner of Insurance.
c. Any other information that the administrator determines is relevant to the application.
50.94(2) Investment adviser renewals. Every applicant for renewal of an investment adviser license shall annually file with the administrator, preferably between October 1 and December 1:
a. A new page one of Form ADV.
b. Amendments not previously filed pursuant to rule 50.96(502).
c. The fee of $200 required by Iowa Code Supplement section 502.302(2) as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1106, with checks made payable to the Commissioner of Insurance.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 502 as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1106.
ITEM 2. Adopt the following new rule 191-- 50.95(502):
191--50.95(502) Investment adviser representative applications and renewals.
50.95(1) Investment adviser representative applications. An applicant for initial registration as an investment adviser representative shall file with the administrator:
a. A complete, current Form U-4 (Uniform Application for Securities Industry Registration or Transfer), manually executed by both the individual applicant and the investment adviser.
b. The fee of $30 required by Iowa Code Supplement section 502.302(2) as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1106, with checks made payable to the Commissioner of Insurance.
c. Any other information that the administrator determines is relevant to the application.
50.95(2) Investment adviser representative renewals. Every applicant for renewal of an investment adviser representative license shall annually file with the administrator, preferably between October 1 and December 1:
a. A list of investment adviser representatives to be renewed and an attestation that the documents on file are current (Iowa Investment Adviser Certification Form).
b. Amendments not previously filed pursuant to rule 50.96(502).
c. The fee of $30 for each renewal required by Iowa Code Supplement section 502.302(2) as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1106, with checks made payable to the Commissioner of Insurance.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 502 as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1106.
ITEM 3. Adopt the following new rule 191-- 50.96(502):
191--50.96(502) Federal covered adviser notice, renewal and update filings.
50.96(1) Federal covered adviser notice filings. A federal covered adviser doing business in this state shall file with the administrator:
a. An executed current Form ADV (Uniform Application for Investment Adviser Registration under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
b. The filing fee of $100 required by Iowa Code Supplement section 502.302(2) as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1106, with checks made payable to the Commissioner of Insurance.
50.96(2) Renewal of notice filings. A federal covered adviser, having made a notice filing, shall annually file with the administrator, preferably between October 1 and December 1:
a. Page one of Form ADV.
b. A current Schedule I to the Form ADV.
c. A copy of any amendment to its Form ADV or any schedule thereto not previously filed, when such amendment is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
d. The $100 filing fee required by Iowa Code Supplement section 502.302(2) as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1106, with checks made payable to the Commissioner of Insurance.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 502 as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1106.
ITEM 4. Adopt the following new rule 191-- 50.97(502):
191--50.97(502) Updated filings and withdrawals.
50.97(1) Updates. If the information contained in any document in the application for initial license or renewal becomes inaccurate or incomplete in any material respect, including a change in the name or form of organization of the applicant, a correcting amendment shall be filed within 30 days of the change. Failure to file within 30 days may result in sanctions as authorized by Iowa Code Supplement section 502.304 as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1106. A federal covered adviser who has made a notice filing shall file with the administrator a copy of any amendment to its Form ADV or any schedule thereto when such amendment is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
50.97(2) Withdrawals.
a. Requests to withdraw from investment adviser licensure shall be filed on a current Form ADV-W (Notice of Withdrawal from Registration as Investment Adviser).
b. Requests to withdraw from investment adviser representative licensure shall be filed on a current Form U-5 (Uniform Termination Notice for Securities Industry Registration).
c. If a federal covered adviser is no longer conducting business in the state, the federal covered adviser shall notify the administrator by letter or by filing with the administrator a current Form ADV-W.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 502 as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1106.
[Filed 10/30/98, effective 12/23/98]

[Published 11/18/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/18/98.
ARC 8469A
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK FUND BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 455G.4(3), 455G.6(15), 455G.9 and 455G.21, the Iowa Comprehensive Petroleum Underground Storage Tank Fund Board (Board) hereby amends Chapter 11, "Remedial or Insurance Claims," Iowa Administrative Code.
Chapter 11 describes the guidelines for remedial or insurance claims. Paragraph 11.1(3)"b" requires that owners and operators demonstrate continuous financial responsibility coverage on all active tanks to remain eligible for remedial benefits. Subparagraphs 11.1(3)"b"(1) and (2) provide for exceptions to the requirement to maintain continuous financial responsibility. The purpose of this amendment is to add a new subparagraph to allow a lapse in financial responsibility coverage but still allow the owners or operators to remain eligible for remedial benefits if they pay a reinstatement fee and comply with all other requirements of the paragraph.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the August 26, 1998, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 8273A. The adopted amendment is identical to the one published under Notice.
This amendment was approved October 20, 1998.
This amendment will become effective on December 23, 1998.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 455G.9 and 455G.21.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend paragraph 11.1(3)"b" by adopting the following new subparagraph (3):
(3) An owner or operator who has had a lapse of financial responsibility coverage shall be allowed to remain eligible for remedial benefits if the following conditions are met:
1. The owner or operator applies for reinstatement of remedial benefits and submits a reinstatement fee equal to the full premium which would have been paid to maintain financial responsibility coverage plus an additional 10 percent. The reinstatement fee shall be prorated on a per-month basis for each month for which there was a lapse of financial responsibility coverage. There is a minimum reinstatement fee of $500 per site per lapse of coverage.
2. At the time of the application for reinstatement of remedial benefits, all active tanks must be in compliance with all state and federal technical and financial responsibility requirements.
3. The owner or operator is in compliance with all other requirements of this rule.
4. An owner or operator is only eligible for reinstatement of remedial benefits one time per site. If there is another lapse of financial responsibility coverage on any active tank on site after remedial benefits have been reinstated, the owner or operator will lose eligibility for remedial benefits and will be subject to cost recovery pursuant to Iowa Code section 455G.13.
[Filed 10/29/98, effective 12/23/98]

[Published 11/18/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/18/98.
ARC 8457A
RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 99D.7 and 99F.4, the Iowa Racing and Gaming Commission hereby adopts amendments to Chapter 1, "Organization and Operation," Chapter 3, "Public Records and Fair Information Practices," Chapter 5, "Applications for Track Licenses and Racing Dates," Chapter 13, "Occupational and Vendor Licensing," Chapter 20, "Application Process for Excursion Boats and Racetrack Enclosure Gaming License," and Chapter 26, "Rules of the Games," Iowa Administrative Code.
Item 1 allows the use of a satellite terminal, if it results in a debit to a customer asset account, in nongambling areas of a racing or gaming facility as approved by the Commission.
Item 2 allows the Commission the ability to share information with the College Student Aid Commission.
Items 3 and 6 outline what the licensees must include in their requests to the Commission for additional gaming machines or gaming tables.
Item 4 requires a person to wear a safety vest when exercising a horse on association grounds.
Item 5 establishes rules for denial of an occupational license upon receipt of a certificate of noncompliance from the College Student Aid Commission.
Item 7 requires poker proposals for rules, permissible wager, shuffling and cutting procedures, payout odds and pay tables to be submitted in writing and approved by the administrator.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the September 9, 1998, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 8320A. Changes from the Notice are as follows: The text of Item 1 was renumbered; Item 3, subparagraph (7), was reworded; Item 6, paragraph "g," was reworded, and Item 6, paragraph "i," was deleted.
A public hearing was held on September 30, 1998. Comments were received and handed out to Committee members at the Administrative Rules Review Committee meeting on October 13, 1998.
These amendments will become effective December 23, 1998.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 99D and 99F.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 491--1.6(99D,99F) by adopting the following new subrule:
1.6(5) Satellite debit terminals. Satellite terminals, as defined in Iowa Code section 527.2, or any other devices or arrangements by which cash is dispensed to a licensee's customer through use of an access device that results in a debit to a customer asset account shall be located in nongambling areas of the licensee's facility as approved by the commission.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 3.11(3) as follows:
3.11(3) Sharing information. Notwithstanding any statutory confidentiality provision, the agency may share information with the child support recovery unit and the college student aid commission through manual or automated means for the sole purpose of identifying licensees or applicants subject to enforcement under Iowa Code chapter 252J, 261 or 598.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 5.1(5) by adding a new paragraph "c" as follows:
c. A licensee seeking an increase in the number of gaming machines at a racetrack enclosure must obtain prior approval from the commission. In the request for approval from the commission, a licensee shall demonstrate to the commission's satisfaction that the additional gaming machines:
(1) Will have a positive economic impact on the community in which the licensee operates;
(2) Will benefit the residents of Iowa;
(3) Will result in increased distributions to qualified organizations entitled to distributions under Iowa Code section 99F.6(4)"a";
(4) Are necessary to satisfy overall excess demand in the particular market in which the licensee is located;
(5) Will result in permanent improvements and land-based development in Iowa;
(6) Are supported within the broader community in which the licensee operates;
(7) Will not have a detrimental impact on the financial viability of other licensees operating in the market in which the licensee operates;
(8) Are consistent with legislative intent concerning the definition of "racetrack enclosure" and the purpose of gambling games at racetrack enclosures; and
(9) Will benefit the horse or greyhound industries in Iowa.
The various criteria set forth may not have the same importance in each instance and other factors may present themselves in the consideration of the increase. The criteria are not listed in any order of priority.
In addition to the foregoing criteria, a licensee requesting additional gaming machines shall demonstrate to the commission's satisfaction that (1) the licensee is in compliance with applicable statutes, rules and orders and has not had any material violation of any statutes, rules or orders in the previous 12 months; and (2) the licensee has taken sufficient steps to address the social and economic burdens of problem gambling.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 5.16(21) as follows:
5.16(21) Helmets and vests. The association shall not allow any person to exercise any horse on association grounds unless that person is wearing a protective helmet and safety vest of a type approved by the commission.
ITEM 5. Amend 491--Chapter 13 by adding the following new rule and renumbering existing rules 491-- 13.13(99D,99F) through 491--13.25(99D) as 491-- 13.14(99D,99F) through 491--13.26(99D):
491--13.13(99D,99F,261) Issuance or renewal of a certificate of registration--denial. The administrator or commission representative shall deny the issuance or renewal of a license upon receipt of a certificate of noncompliance from the college student aid commission according to the procedures set forth in 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081, sections 1 to 7. In addition to the procedures contained in those sections, the following shall apply.
13.13(1) The notice required by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081, section 6, shall be served by restricted certified mail, return receipt requested, or by personal service in accordance with the Iowa Rules of Civil Procedure. Alternatively, the applicant or registrant may accept service personally or through authorized counsel.
13.13(2) The effective date of the revocation or suspension of a license, or denial of the issuance or renewal of a license, as specified in the notice required by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081, section 6, shall be 60 days following service of the notice upon the licensee or applicant.
13.13(3) It is the responsibility of the administrator or commission representative to issue the notice required by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081, section 6.
13.13(4) Licensees and license applicants shall keep the agency informed of all court actions and all college student aid commission actions taken under or in connection with 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081, and shall provide the agency copies, within seven days of filing or issuance, of all applications filed with the district court pursuant to 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081, section 7, all court orders entered in such actions, and withdrawals of certificates of noncompliance by the college student aid commission.
13.13(5) All commission fees for applications, license renewal or reinstatement must be paid by licensees or applicants before a license will be issued, renewed or reinstated after the agency has denied the issuance or renewal of a license or has suspended or revoked a license pursuant to 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081.
13.13(6) In the event a licensee or applicant timely files a district court action following service of a notice pursuant to 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081, sections 6 and 7, the commission representative shall continue with the intended action described in the notice upon the receipt of a court order lifting the stay, dismissing the action, or otherwise directing the commission representative to proceed. For purposes of determining the effective date of revocation or suspension, or denial of the issuance or renewal of a license, the commission representative shall count the number of days before the action was filed and the number of days after the action was disposed of by the court.
13.13(7) The commission representative shall notify the licensee or license applicant in writing through regular first-class mail, or such other means as the commission representative deems appropriate in the circumstances, within ten days of the effective date of the denial of the license, and shall similarly notify the licensee or applicant when the license is issued or renewed following the commission representative's receipt of a withdrawal of the certificate of noncompliance.
ITEM 6. Amend rule 491--20.22(99F) by adding the following new subrule:
20.22(3) A licensee seeking an increase in the number of gaming tables or gaming machines on an excursion gambling boat must obtain prior approval from the commission. In the request for approval, a licensee shall demonstrate to the commission's satisfaction that the additional gaming tables and gaming machines:
a. Will have a positive economic impact on the community in which the licensee operates;
b. Will benefit the residents of Iowa;
c. Will result in increased distributions to qualified organizations entitled to distributions under Iowa Code section 99F.6(4)"a";
d. Are necessary to satisfy overall excess demand in the particular market in which the licensee is located;
e. Will result in permanent improvements and land-based development in Iowa;
f. Are supported within the broader community in which the licensee operates;
g. Will not have a detrimental impact on the financial viability of other licensees operating in the market in which the licensee operates; and
h. Are consistent with legislative intent concerning the purpose of excursion gambling boats.
The various criteria set forth may not have the same importance in each instance and other factors may present themselves in the consideration of the increase. The criteria are not listed in any order of priority.
In addition to the foregoing criteria, a licensee requesting additional gaming tables or gaming machines shall demonstrate to the commission's satisfaction that (1) the licensee is in compliance with applicable statutes, rules and orders and has not had any material violation of any statutes, rules or orders in the previous 12 months; and (2) the licensee has taken sufficient steps to address the social and economic burdens of problem gambling.
ITEM 7. Amend rule 491--26.19(99F) by adding the following new subrule:
26.19(5) Operator funded payouts. Poker games where winning wagers are paid according to specific payout odds or pay tables are permitted. Proposals for rules, permissible wagers, shuffling and cutting procedures, payout odds, and pay tables must be submitted in writing and approved by the administrator prior to the operator's conducting any game.
Changes in rules, wagers, payout odds, or pay tables must be submitted in writing and approved by the administrator prior to implementation.
[Filed 10/26/98, effective 12/23/98]

[Published 11/18/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/18/98.
ARC 8495A
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 421.17, 422.53, 422.68, and 423.23, the Department of Revenue and Finance hereby adopts amendments to Chapter 13, "Permits," Chapter 17, "Exempt Sales," Chapter 19, "Sales and Use Tax on Construction Activities," Chapter 20, "Foods for Human Consumption, Prescription Drugs, Insulin, Hypodermic Syringes, Diabetic Testing Materials, Prosthetic, Orthotic or Orthopedic Devices," and Chapter 26, "Sales and Use Tax on Services," Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in IAB, Volume XXI, Number 6, on September 23, 1998, page 640, as ARC 8341A.
Item 1 amends rule 701--13.12(422) to update display of sales tax permit requirements pursuant to Iowa Code section 422.53(3). Item 2 amends 701--Chapter 17 by adding new rule 17.31(422,423) to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1161, which provides a sales tax exemption for the sale of electricity to certain water companies. Item 3 amends 701--Chapter 17 by adding new rule 701--17.32(422). Item 5 amends subrule 20.5(2) by adding a new paragraph "d" to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1091. These amendments provide that a nonprofit organization exempt under Section 501(c) of the Internal Revenue Code that principally promotes food or beverage for human consumption which is produced, raised, or grown in Iowa is exempt from sales tax on the gross receipts from the sales of such food and beverages for human consumption. This exemption is retroactive to July 1, 1988. In addition, these amendments also implement a refund provision for qualifying organizations that actually paid sales tax on the gross receipts and did not collect and remit tax paid on the sales from customers for sales tax periods from July 1, 1988, through June 30, 1998. To qualify, the refund claim must be filed with the Department of Revenue and Finance on or before October 1, 1998. Item 4 amends rule 701--19.12(422,423) and its implementation clause to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1161, which provides an exemption and refund provision for Iowa sales tax paid on construction contracts with rural water districts organized under Iowa Code chapter 504A. Item 7 amends rule 701--26.47(422) and its implementation clause to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1163, which provides that the services provided by massage therapists licensed under Iowa Code chapter 152C are not subject to sales or use tax.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice of Intended Action.
These amendments will become effective December 23, 1998, after filing with the Administrative Rules Coordinator and publication in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 422.53(3) and 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1091, chapter 1161, and chapter 1163.
EDITOR'S NOTE: Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of these rules [amendments to Chs 13, 17, 19, 20, 26] is being omitted. These rules are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 8341A, IAB 9/23/98.
[Filed 10/30/98, effective 12/23/98]
[Published 11/18/98]

[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/18/98.]
ARC 8460A
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10 and 307.12, the Department of Transportation, on October 27, 1998, adopted amendments to Chapter 121, "Adopt-A-Highway Program," Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action for these amendments was published in the August 26, 1998, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 8264A.
These amendments allow adoption of interstate highways in the state of Iowa and are identical to the ones published under Notice.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 307.24.
These amendments will become effective December 23, 1998.
Rule-making actions:
ITEM 1. Amend rule 761--121.2(307) as follows:
761--121.2(307) Information and location. Information and application forms relating to the adopt-a-highway program may be obtained from by contacting the local resident maintenance engineer or: Office of Maintenance, Iowa Department of Transportation, maintenance office for the name of the person administering the program in the local area, or: Office of Maintenance Services, Iowa Department of Transportation, 800 Lincoln Way, Ames, Iowa 50010. Applications shall be submitted to the local resident maintenance engineer maintenance office.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 761--121.3(307) as follows:
761--121.3(307) Program guidelines. All primary roads, including interstate highways, under the jurisdiction of the department shall be eligible for participation in the adopt-a-highway program except fully controlled access highways including interstate highways.
[Filed 10/28/98, effective 12/23/98]

[Published 11/18/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/18/98.
ARC 8463A
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10 and 307.12, the Department of Transportation, on October 27, 1998, adopted amendments to Chapter 400, "Vehicle Registration and Certificate of Title," Chapter 411, "Persons with Disabilities Parking Permits," and Chapter 450, "Motor Vehicle Equipment," Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action for these amendments was published in the August 26, 1998, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 8258A.
Item 1 corrects a typographical error.
Items 2, 3 and 10 apply to specially constructed and reconstructed vehicles. 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1073, section 5, specifies that the Department's physical inspection of a specially constructed or reconstructed vehicle is not to determine whether the vehicle is in a safe condition to operate. The rules are being amended accordingly.
Items 4, 5, and 7 change terminology from "handicapped person" to "person with a disability."
Item 6 adds suspension or denial upon receipt of a certificate of noncompliance from the College Student Aid Commission. This implements 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081.
Item 8 adds a new rule on removal of registration and plates by a peace officer under the financial liability coverage law. 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1121, requires the registration receipt and evidence of the violation, as determined by the Department, to be forwarded to the county treasurer. The rule specifies what constitutes evidence of the violation. It also states that the peace officer may either destroy plates that are removed or deliver the removed plates to the countytreasurer for destruction.
Item 9 implements 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1080, section 9. This legislation removed the responsibility of the Department to issue wheelchair lift warning cones. Rather, it requires the Department to maintain a list of vendors who sell wheelchair parking cones and provide this information upon request to holders of persons with disabilities parking permits.
These amendments are identical to the ones published under Notice of Intended Action except for two sentences in Item 8, subrule 400.70(1). The first complete sentence of paragraph "a" was rewritten to read as follows: "The citation must either reference Iowa Code subparagraph 321.20B(4)"a"(3) or 321.20B(4)"a"(4), as applicable, or reference Iowa Code section 321.20B and indicate whether or not the vehicle was impounded." The first complete sentence of paragraph "b" was rewritten to read as follows: "The statement must either reference Iowa Code subparagraph 321.20B(4)"a"(3) or 321.20B(4)"a"(4), as applicable, or reference Iowa Code section 321.20B and indicate whether or not the vehicle was impounded." In response to comments received from the Department of Public Safety, changes were made to allow a peace officer to use a shorter Iowa Code citation if the peace officer also indicates whether or not the vehicle was impounded.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement section 321.20B as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1121; Iowa Code Supplement section 321.23 as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1073; Iowa Code Supplement section 321L.2A as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1080; and 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081.
These amendments will become effective December 23, 1998.
Rule-making actions:
ITEM 1. Amend paragraph 400.3(10)"a" as follows:
a. If the vehicle is a new vehicle which has been sold to the applicant by a dealer, as defined in Iowa Code section 321.1, the dealer shall certify the following on the application form: Sale sale price of the vehicle, the amount allowed for property traded-in, the fax tax price of the vehicle, the date that a "Registration Applied For" card was issued, and the registration fee collected.
ITEM 2. Amend paragraph 400.16(2)"d," introductory paragraph, as follows:
d. Approval. If the department determines that the motor vehicle complies with rules 761--Chapter 450, that the motor vehicle is in safe operating condition, that the integral parts and components have been identified as to ownership, and that the application forms have been completed property properly:
ITEM 3. Amend paragraph 400.16(2)"e" as follows:
e. Disapproval. If the department determines that the motor vehicle does not comply with rules 761--Chapter 450, that the motor vehicle is not in safe operating condition, that the integral parts or components have not been properly identified as to ownership, or that the application forms have not been completed properly, then the department shall not approve the motor vehicle for titling and registration.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 400.21(4) as follows:
400.21(4) The department shall not register an all-terrain vehicle. The department shall not register a vehicle manufactured only for off-road use except a vehicle operated exclusively by a handicapped person with a disability, which may be registered if the department, in its discretion, determines that it the vehicle is not in an unsafe condition.
ITEM 5. Amend rule 761--400.35(321,321L) as follows:
761--400.35(321,321L) Registration of vehicles equip-ped for handicapped persons with disabilities.
400.35(1) The registration fee shall be reduced for a multipurpose vehicles vehicle with permanent equipment for assisting a handicapped person with a disability or for a multipurpose vehicle used by a person who uses a wheelchair as the person's only means of mobility.
400.35(2) The To qualify for the reduction, the owner of the vehicle must certify at first registration and each renewal on forms provided by the department:
a. 400.35(1) That the multipurpose vehicle has permanently installed equipment manufactured for and necessary to assist a handicapped or disabled person with a disability, as defined in Iowa Code subsection 321L.1(7) section 321L.1, to enter or exit the vehicle, or
b. 400.35(2) That the owner or a member of the owner's household uses a wheelchair as the person's only means of mobility.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 321L and sections 321.109, and 321.124 and 321L.1.
ITEM 6. Amend rule 761--400.45(321) by amending subrule 400.45(3) and the implementation clause at the end of the rule as follows:
400.45(3) In accordance with 1995 Iowa Acts, chapter 115, section 8 Iowa Code section 252J.8 and 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081, section 6, the department shall suspend or deny the issuance or renewal of registration and plates upon receipt of a certificate of noncompliance from the child support recovery unit or the college student aid commission.
a. The suspension or denial shall become effective 30 days after notice to the vehicle owner and continue until the department receives a withdrawal of the certificate of noncompliance from the child support recovery unit or the college student aid commission.
b. If a person who is the named obligor of individual on a certificate of noncompliance subsequently purchases a vehicle, the vehicle shall be titled and registered, but the registration shall be immediately suspended.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section sections 252J.1, 252J.8, 252J.9, and 321.101 and 1995 Iowa Acts, chapter 115, sections 1, 8 and 9 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081, sections 6 and 7.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 400.53(3) as follows:
400.53(3) Handicapped Persons with disabilities parking sticker. A handicapped persons with disabilities special registration plate parking sticker shall be affixed to the lower right corner of the rear registration plate.
ITEM 8. Amend 761--Chapter 400 by adopting the following new rule:
761--400.70(321) Removal of registration and plates by peace officer under financial liability coverage law. This rule applies to instances when a peace officer issues a citation and removes the registration receipt and registration plates of a motor vehicle registered in this state when the driver of the motor vehicle is unable to provide proof of financial liability coverage. This rule applies regardless of whether the vehicle was also impounded.
400.70(1) The peace officer shall forward the registration receipt and evidence of the violation to the county treasurer of the county in which the motor vehicle is registered. Evidence of the violation is one of the following:
a. A copy of the citation. The citation must either reference Iowa Code subparagraph 321.20B(4)"a"(3) or 321.20B(4)"a"(4), as applicable, or reference Iowa Code section 321.20B and indicate whether or not the vehicle was impounded.
b. A written statement from the peace officer listing the plate number of the registration plate removed from the vehicle and the vehicle owner's name. The statement must either reference Iowa Code subparagraph 321.20B(4)"a"(3) or 321.20B(4)"a"(4), as applicable, or reference Iowa Code section 321.20B and indicate whether or not the vehicle was impounded. The statement must be signed by the peace officer or an employee of the law enforcement agency.
400.70(2) The peace officer may either destroy removed plates or deliver the removed plates to the county treasurer for destruction.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 321.20B and 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1121, section 2.
ITEM 9. Amend rule 761--411.6(321L) as follows:
761--411.6(321L) Wheelchair lift warning parking cone.
411.6(1) Eligibility. A person who has been issued a persons with disabilities parking permit other than a temporary removable windshield placard and who operates a motor vehicle with uses a wheelchair lift is eligible for to use a wheelchair lift warning parking cone and may request from the department a list of vendors who sell the cones.
411.6(2) Application. Application for a warning cone shall be made to the office of vehicle services. The application shall include the applicant's name and mailing address, the plate number of the vehicle operated by the applicant that is equipped with a wheelchair lift, and a self-certification stating that the vehicle is so equipped. Vendor list. The department shall maintain a list of names and addresses of vendors who sell wheelchair parking cones. To be on the list, a vendor must contact the office of vehicle services and furnish the vendor's name and address.
411.6(3) Display. A wheelchair lift warning parking cone may be displayed only in conjunction with a persons with disabilities parking permit when the vehicle equipped with the lift is parked in a persons with disabilities parking space.
ITEM 10. Amend subrule 450.2(2) as follows:
450.2(2) Application. As outlined in rule 761-- 400.16(321), the applicant shall submit the required application forms and exhibits to the county treasurer. The vehicle and ownership documents shall be examined by the department. If the department determines that the motor vehicle complies with this rule, that it is in safe operating condition, that the integral parts and components have been identified as to ownership, and that the application forms have been completed properly, the department shall assign an identification number to the vehicle and certify that the motor vehicle is eligible for titling and registration.
[Filed 10/28/98, effective 12/23/98]

[Published 11/18/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/18/98.
ARC 8461A
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10 and 307.12, the Department of Transportation, on October 28, 1998, adopted amendments to Chapter 600, "General Information," Chapter 601, "Application for License," Chapter 602, "Classes of Motor Vehicle Licenses," Chapter 604, "License Examination," Chapter 605, "License Issuance," Chapter 615, "Sanctions," Chapter 620, "OWI and Implied Consent," Chapter 625, "Motor Vehicle Licenses for Undercover Law Enforcement Officers," Chapter 630, "Nonoperator's Identification," and Chapter 641, "Financial Liability Coverage Cards," Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action for these amendments was published in the September 23, 1998, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 8331A.
Following is a synopsis of the amendments, arranged by chapter amended:
All Chapters
1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2113 [chapter 1073], defines the term "driver's license," deletes the definition of "motor vehicle license," and amends the Iowa Code accordingly. Several items make corresponding amendments to the rules.
Chapter 600
Item 3 amends the subrule on loss of consciousness and voluntary control. Situations are being added where the Department may license without a six-month episode-free period. This new language was added in consultation with the medical advisory board.
1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170 [chapter 1081], section 6, provides that a licensing authority shall suspend, revoke or deny a license upon receipt of a certificate of noncompliance from the College Student Aid Commission. Item 4 provides for license denial. License suspension is addressed in a new subrule in Chapter 615.
Item 5 rewrites the current rule on the licensing of private and commercial driver education schools. The current rule does not reflect the fact that the Department of Transportation, not the Department of Education, approves the course and instructors for motorcycle rider education and motorized bicycle education.
1998 Iowa Acts, House File 2528 [chapter 1112], is the graduated driver's licensing bill. Section 2 of this bill provides that the street or highway driving component of a driver education course may be provided by a person qualified as a classroom driver education instructor or a person certified by the Department of Transportation. The section requires the Department to adopt rules providing for the certification. Item 6 implements this rule-making requirement.
Item 6 also addresses the payment of fees under Chapter 600. The new rule allows for the acceptance of personal checks; the current rule does not.
Chapter 602
1998 Iowa Acts, House File 2528 [chapter 1112], creates a new Iowa Code section and makes coordinating amendments establishing a graduated driver's licensing system for minors. The system provides for an instruction permit at age 14, an intermediate license at age 16, and a full license at age 17 and sets out eligibility requirements that a young driver must meet to progress to the next licensing step. Instruction permits for persons aged 18 and over are also available under existing Iowa Code provisions. House File 2528 [chapter 1112] also:

* Provides that an intermediate licensee may operate a vehicle to and from school-related extracurricular activities and work without an accompanying driver between the hours of 12:30 a.m. and 5 a.m. if the licensee possesses a waiver on a form to be provided by the Department.

* Provides that a motorcycle instruction permit is not renewable. This applies to all persons regardless of age.

* Amends school license provisions. The legislation allows a school principal to certify the need for a school license if authorized by the school superintendent. The legislation also substitutes the phrase "within the school district" for the phrase "at the schools."
Several rules in Chapter 602 are being amended or rewritten to delete repetitious language and bring the rules into compliance with House File 2528 [chapter 1112].
Item 11 consolidates information on the forms mentioned in Chapter 602 into one rule, rule 761--602.2(321). The rule establishes the new waiver form required by House File 2528 [chapter 1112]. The rule also contains revised provisions addressing situations in which a student completed a driver education, motorcycle rider education or motorized bicycle education course in another state. The current provisions are vague.
Item 12 defines "Immediate family" for instruction permit holders aged 18 and older, instruction permit holders under age 18, and intermediate licensees.
Chapter 604
1998 Iowa Acts, House File 2528 [chapter 1112], provides that a student shall not be excused from a driving test if a parent, guardian or instructor requests that the test be administered. Item 23 includes this requirement. The new language will apply to any applicant for a Class M license or Class C (including motorized bicycle) license that permits unaccompanied driving if the applicant is under age 21.
Chapter 605
Restriction code "Y" is being established to denote an intermediate license. A person holding an intermediate license will not be eligible for renewal by mail.
Chapter 615
1998 Iowa Acts, House File 2528 [chapter 1112], which is the graduated driver's licensing bill, sets out the eligibility requirements that a young driver must meet to progress tothe next licensing step. Among the conditions are require-ments that the permit holder or licensee be accident- andconviction-free for six months (instruction permit) or 12 months (intermediate license) before progressing to the next licensing step.
House File 2528 [chapter 1112] also provides that a permit holder or licensee who has been convicted of a moving violation or who has been involved in an accident shall be subject to remedial driver improvement action or suspension. Following completion of remedial driver improvement action, the permit holder or licensee must be accident- andconviction-free for six months (instruction permit) or 12 months (intermediate license) before progressing to the next licensing step.
Item 30 adds definitions for "Accident free," "Conviction free," and "Contributive accident." Item 45 establishes the Department's remedial driver improvement action.
Item 31 amends the definition of "Moving violation" to exempt all violations of Iowa Code section 321.20B.
Item 33 amends the nonresident violator compact rule so that its language parallels that of the rule on suspension for nonpayment of fine, penalty, surcharge or court costs.
1998 Iowa Acts, House File 2394 [chapter 1088], section 1, creates a new vehicular homicide suspension. This legislation provides that upon receiving notice from the clerk of court that an indictment or information has been filed charging an operator with homicide by vehicle under Iowa Code section 707.6A, subsection 1 or 2, the Department shall suspend the person's license effective ten days from the date of issuance of the suspension notice. Item 34 implements this legislation.
1998 Iowa Acts, House File 2528 [chapter 1112], section 10, provides for a 12-month probation period after the termination of certain suspensions, revocations or bars. This legislation provides that upon conviction of a moving violation which occurred during the probation period, the Department may suspend the person's license for an additional period equal in duration to the original sanction, or for one year, whichever is shorter. Item 35 implements this legislation.
Several rules in Chapter 615 are being moved or combined to make room for the new types of driver sanctions and to allow for future expansion, if needed. Two rules were repetitious of other rules and are rescinded.
1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170 [chapter 1081], section 6, provides that a licensing authority shall suspend, revoke or deny a license upon receipt of a certificate of noncompliance from the College Student Aid Commission. Item 38 provides for license suspension. A new subrule in Chapter 600 provides for license denial.
Items 42 and 43 amend the rule on hearings. Item 42 excludes vehicular homicide suspensions. Item 43 denies issuance of a stay to persons suspended under 1998 Iowa Acts, House File 2528 [chapter 1112], section 5.
Item 45 amends the subrule on ineligibility for a temporary restricted license to add suspensions upon receipt of a certificate of noncompliance from the College Student Aid Commission, suspensions for charges of vehicular homicide, and suspensions under 1998 Iowa Acts, House File 2528 [chapter 1112], section 5.
Chapter 620
1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2257 [chapter 1075], section 25, provides that the Department shall not issue a temporary restricted license for an OWI offense unless the civil penalty has been paid. Also, the legislation provides that a license shall not be reinstated unless proof of deinstallation of an ignition interlock device has been submitted to the Department. Items 46 and 48 make coordinating amendments.
Item 47 provides that only the original and one copy of an appeal from an administrative law judge's decision need be submitted. The current rule provides for an original and two copies.
1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2391 [chapter 1138], section 5, allows departmental issuance of a temporary restricted license if a person has completed the revocation period under Iowa Code chapter 321J but has not met all the requirements for license reinstatement. Item 49 establishes the conditions for issuance under this legislation.
Chapter 641
1998 Iowa Acts, House File 2454 [chapter 1121], section 1, eliminates the requirement that the type of coverage provided appear on a financial liability coverage card. Items 54 to 56 make coordinating amendments.
These amendments are identical to the ones published under Notice of Intended Action except for the following: In Item 3, subrule 600.4(4), paragraph "c," the phrase "seizure-free" was changed to "episode-free." In Item 6, subrules 600.13(1) and 600.13(4) were rewritten.
Subrule 600.13(1) was rewritten to state that an individual is disqualified from obtaining a behind-the-wheel instructor's certification if the individual has been convicted of child abuse or sexual abuse of a child, the individual has been convicted of a felony, the individual's application is fraudulent, or the individual's teaching license or behind-the-wheel instructor's certification from another state is suspended or revoked. These reasons for disqualification are similar to those for licensed practitioners under Iowa Code chapter 272, Educational Examiners Board. Subrule 600.13(1) was also modified to state that the Department may investigate an applicant for a behind-the-wheel instructor's certification to determine if the applicant meets the requirements. The investigation may include an inquiry of the applicant's criminal history.
Subrule 600.13(4) was rewritten to state that the department shall cancel a behind-the-wheel instructor's certification if the individual no longer meets the qualifications for certification.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 321 and 321J and 1998 Iowa Acts, House File 2528 [chapter 1112], House File 2394 [chapter 1088], section 1, House File 2454 [chapter 1121], section 1, Senate File 2113 [chapter 1073], Senate File 2170 [chapter 1081], section 6, Senate File 2257 [chapter 1075], section 25, and Senate File 2391 [chapter 1138], section 5.
These amendments will become effective December 23, 1998.
Rule-making actions:
ITEM 1. Amend rule 761--600.1(321) by rescinding the definition of "License" and adopting in lieu thereof the following new definition:
"License" means "driver's license" as defined in 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1073, section 2, unless the context otherwise requires.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 761--600.2(17A) and subrule 600.3(1) by striking the words "motor vehicle licensing" and inserting in lieu thereof the words "driver's licensing".
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 600.4(4) as follows:
600.4(4) The department shall not knowingly license any person who suffers from syncope of any cause, any type of periodic or episodic loss of consciousness, or any parox-ysmal disturbances of consciousness, including but not limited to epilepsy, until that person has remained free of episodes of loss of consciousness or loss of voluntary control for six months, and then only upon receipt of a medical report favorable toward licensing.
a. If a medical report indicates a pattern of only syncope or nocturnal loss of consciousness, the department may license without a six-month episode-free period after favorable recommendation by the medical advisory board.
b. If a medical report indicates a pattern of such episodes only when the person is asleep or is sequestered for sleep, the department may license without a six-monthepisode-free period.
c. If episodes occur when medications are withdrawn by a physician, but the person is episode-free when placed back on medications, the department may license without a six-month episode-free period with a favorable recommendation from a neurologist.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 761--600.4(321) by adopting new subrule 600.4(9) and amending the implementation clause at the end of the rule as follows:
600.4(9) The department shall not knowingly issue a license to a person who is the named individual on a certificate of noncompliance that has been received from the college student aid commission, until the department receives a withdrawal of the certificate of noncompliance or unless an application has been filed pursuant to 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081, section 7.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 321A, 321C, and 321J and sections 252J.8, 252J.9, 321.13, 321.177, 321.210, and 321.212, 321.218, and 321.560 and 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081, sections 6 and 7.
ITEM 5. Rescind rule 761--600.12(321) and insert in lieu thereof the following new rule:
761--600.12(321) Private and commercial driver education schools. The department licenses private and commercial driver education schools as follows:
600.12(1) Instructor and course approval.
a. To be licensed to teach driver education, the school's course and classroom and laboratory instructors must be approved by the department of education. Street or highway driving instruction must be provided either by the instructors approved by the department of education or persons certified by the department of transportation. Written evidence of these approvals and certifications must be submitted to the department of transportation upon application for a license, upon renewal of a license, and upon reinstatement of a license following cancellation.
b. To be licensed to teach motorized bicycle education, the school's course and instructors must be approved by the department of transportation.
c. To be licensed to teach motorcycle rider education, the school's course and instructors must be approved by the department of transportation in accordance with 761--Chapter 635.
600.12(2) Issuance and renewal.
a. A license to teach driver education shall be issued for a calendar year or remainder of a calendar year. The license expires on December 31 but remains valid for an additional 30 days after the expiration date. The license shall be renewed within 30 days of the expiration date.
b. A license to teach motorized bicycle education or motorcycle rider education shall be issued for a calendar year or remainder of a calendar year. The license expires on December 31 and shall be renewed annually.
600.12(3) Application and fees. Application for license issuance or renewal shall be made to the department of transportation on forms provided by the department. The license and renewal fees are $25.
600.12(4) Cancellation. A license shall be canceled if the course or instructors are no longer approved or the persons providing only behind-the-wheel instruction are no longer certified. Also, a license to teach motorcycle rider education shall be canceled if the school does not comply with 761-- Chapter 635.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 321.178 and 321.189 and 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5.
ITEM 6. Adopt new rules 761--600.13(321) and 761-- 600.14(321) as follows:
761--600.13(321) Behind-the-wheel instructor's certification. The following applies to departmental certification of persons qualified to provide the street or highway driving component of an approved driver education course.
600.13(1) Qualifications.
a. To qualify for certification, an individual must:
(1) Be 25 years of age.
(2) Hold a valid Iowa driver's license that permits unaccompanied driving, other than a motorized bicycle license or a temporary restricted license.
(3) Have a clear driving record for the previous four years. A clear driving record means the individual has:
1. Not been identified as a candidate for driver's license suspension under the habitual violator provisions of rule 761--615.13(321) or the serious violation provisions of rule 761--615.17(321).
2. No driver's license suspensions, revocations, denials, cancellations, disqualifications or bars.
3. Not committed an offense which would result in driver's license suspension, revocation, denial, cancellation, disqualification or bar.
4. No record of an accident for which the individual was convicted of a moving traffic violation.
(4) Have successfully completed the instructor preparation requirements of this rule, as evidenced by written attestations on forms provided by the department from both the classroom instructor and behind-the-wheel observer.
b. An individual is disqualified for any of the following reasons:
(1) The individual has been convicted of child abuse or sexual abuse of a child.
(2) The individual has been convicted of a felony.
(3) The individual's application is fraudulent.
(4) The individual's teaching license or behind-the-wheel instructor's certification from another state is suspended or revoked.
c. The department may investigate an applicant for abehind-the-wheel instructor's certification to determine if the applicant meets the requirements for certification. The investigation may include but is not limited to an inquiry of the applicant's criminal history from the department of public safety.
600.13(2) Certification.
a. To obtain certification, an individual meeting the qualifications shall apply to the department on forms provided by the department for a behind-the-wheel instructor's certification. The certification shall be issued for a calendar year or remainder of a calendar year. The certification expires on December 31 but remains valid for an additional 30 days after the expiration date. The certification shall be renewed within 30 days of the expiration date.
b. To renew a behind-the-wheel instructor's certification, a person meeting the qualifications must:
(1) Provide behind-the-wheel instruction for a minimum of 12 clock hours during the previous calendar year.
(2) Participate in at least one state-sponsored or state-approved behind-the-wheel instructor refresher course.
600.13(3) Instructor preparation requirements. Instructor preparation shall consist of 24 clock hours of classroom instruction and 12 clock hours of observed behind-the-wheel instruction. The curriculum shall be developed by the department in consultation with the Iowa driver education teacher preparation programs approved by the board of educational examiners and in consultation with the American Driver and Traffic Safety Education Association.
a. At a minimum, classroom instruction shall focus on topics such as the psychology of the young driver, behind-the-wheel teaching techniques, and route selection. Classroom instruction shall be delivered by staff from a driver education teacher preparation program approved by the board of educational examiners. A classroom session shall last no longer than four hours. Video conferencing may be used for course delivery.
b. Observation of behind-the-wheel instruction shall be provided by a person licensed to teach driver education who is specially trained by a driver education teacher preparation program approved by the board of educational examiners to observe, coach, and evaluate behind-the-wheel instructor candidates. A behind-the-wheel session shall last no longer than four hours. A dual-control motor vehicle must be used.
600.13(4) Cancellation. The department shall cancel the behind-the-wheel instructor's certification of an individual whose driver's license is suspended, revoked, denied, canceled, or barred; who is disqualified from operating a commercial motor vehicle; who is convicted of a moving traffic violation as a result of an accident; or who no longer meets the qualifications for a behind-the-wheel instructor's certification.
600.13(5) Approved driver education course. To provide the street or highway driving component of an approved driver education course, an individual holding a behind-the-wheel instructor's certification must be employed by a public or licensed commercial or private provider of the approved driver education course and work under the supervision of a person licensed to teach driver education.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 321.178 as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 2, and 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5.
761--600.14(321) Payment of fees. License and certification fees under this chapter shall be paid by cash, money order or check. A money order or check shall be for the exact amount and shall be made payable to Treasurer, State of Iowa.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 321.178 as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 2, and section 321.189 and 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 601.1(1), rule 761-- 601.2(321), and rule 761--601.5(321), introductory paragraph, by striking the words "motor vehicle license" and inserting in lieu thereof the words "driver's license" and by striking the words "motor vehicle licenses" and inserting in lieu thereof the words "driver's licenses".
ITEM 8. Amend the title of 761--Chapter 602; rule 761--602.1(321), catchwords; subrule 602.1(1), introductory paragraph; subrule 602.1(2), introductory paragraph; subrule 602.3(1); and paragraph 602.13(1)"d" by striking the words "motor vehicle license" and inserting in lieu thereof the words "driver's license" and by striking the words "motor vehicle licenses" and inserting in lieu thereof the words "driver's licenses".
ITEM 9. Amend subrule 602.1(2), restriction numbers 1 and 2, as follows:
1 -- Motorcycle instruction permit--includes motorcycle instruction permits issued under Iowa Code subsection 321.180(1) and 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5, subsection 1
2 -- Noncommercial instruction permit (vehicle less than 16,001 gross vehicle weight rating)--includes instruction permits, other than motorcycle instruction permits, issued under Iowa Code subsection 321.180(1) and section 321.180A and 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5, subsection 1
ITEM 10. Amend rule 761--602.1(321), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 321.178, 321.180, 321.180A, 321.189, and 321.194 and 321.197 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5.
ITEM 11. Amend rule 761--602.2(17A) as follows:
761--602.2(17A)(321) Information and forms. Applications, forms and information about motor vehicle licenses driver's licensing are available at any driver's license examination station. Assistance is also available at the address in rule 761--600.2(17A).
602.2(1) Certificate of completion. Form 430036 shall be used to submit proof of successful completion of an Iowa-approved course in driver education, motorcycle rider education or motorized bicycle education.
a. If a student completed a course in another state, a public or licensed commercial or private provider of the Iowa-approved course may issue the form for the student if the provider determines that the out-of-state course is comparable to the Iowa-approved course.
b. If the out-of-state course is comparable but lacks certain components of the Iowa-approved course, the provider may issue the form after the student completes the missing components.
602.2(2) Affidavit for school license. Form 430021 shall be used for submitting the required statements, affidavits and parental consent for a minor's school license. See rule 761-- 602.26(321).
602.2(3) Waiver of accompanying driver for intermediate licensee. Form 431170 is the waiver described in 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5. This form allows an intermediate licensee to drive unaccompanied between the hours of 12:30 a.m. and 5 a.m. and must be in the licensee's possession when the licensee is driving during the hours to which the waiver applies.
a. If the waiver is for employment, the form must be signed by the licensee's employer.
b. If the waiver is for school-related extracurricular activities, the form must be signed by the chairperson of the school board, the superintendent of the school, or the principal of the school if authorized by the superintendent.
c. The form must be signed by the licensee's parent or guardian. However, the parent's or guardian's signature is not required if the licensee is married and the original or a certified copy of the marriage license is in the licensee's possession when the licensee is driving during the hours to which the waiver applies.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 17A.3 sections 321.8, 321.178, 321.184, 321.189, and 321.194 and 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5.
ITEM 12. Adopt new rule 761--602.4(321) as follows:
761--602.4(321) Definitions of immediate family.
602.4(1) A "member of the permittee's immediate family" as used in Iowa Code subsection 321.180(1) means the permittee's parent or guardian or a brother, sister or other relative of the permittee who resides at the permittee's residence.
602.4(2) A "member of the permittee's immediate family" as used in 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5, subsections 1 and 2, means a brother, sister or other relative of the permittee who resides at the permittee's residence.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 321.180 and 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5.
ITEM 13. Amend subrule 602.11(2) and rule 761-- 602.11(321), implementation clause, as follows:
602.11(2) Requirements.
a. An applicant shall be at least 16 years of age.
b. Except as otherwise provided in Iowa Code subsection 321.178(3), an An applicant under 18 years of age shall must meet the requirements of 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5, and submit proof of successful completion of an Iowa-approved course in driver education on Form 430020. If the course was completed in another state, the applicant shall submit Form 430020 issued by an Iowa school under the rules of the Iowa department of education. The forms are provided to Iowa schools by the department of transportation.
c. An exemption from the driver education requirement may be granted pursuant to Iowa Code section 321.178.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 321.177, 321.178, 321.189, and 321.196 and 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5.
ITEM 14. Amend subrule 602.13(2) and rule 761-- 602.13(321), implementation clause, as follows:
602.13(2) Requirements.
a. An applicant shall be at least 16 years of age.
b. Except as otherwise provided in Iowa Code subsection 321.178(3), an An applicant under 18 years of age shall must meet the requirements of 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5, and submit proof of successful completion of an Iowa-approved course in driver education pursuant to paragraph 602.11(2)"b." An exemption from the driver education requirement may be granted pursuant to Iowa Code section 321.178.
c. An applicant under 18 years of age shall also must submit proof of successful completion of an Iowa-approved course in motorcycle rider education on Form 430034. If the course was completed in another state, the applicant shall submit proof of completion to the department on Form 430034.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 321.177, 321.178, 321.189 and 321.196 and 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5.
ITEM 15. Rescind rules 761--602.20(321) and 761-- 602.21(321) and adopt new rules 761--602.18(321), 761-- 602.19(321) and 761--602.21(321) as follows:
761--602.18(321) Motorcycle instruction permit. This rule describes a motorcycle instruction permit issued under Iowa Code subsection 321.180(1) or 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5, subsection 1.
602.18(1) Validity and issuance.
a. The motorcycle instruction permit is a permit that is added to another license.
b. The permit is valid for operating a motorcycle when the permittee is accompanied by a person specified in Iowa Code subsection 321.180(1) or 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5, subsection 1, as applicable to the age of the permittee.
c. The permit is not valid for operating a motorized bicycle.
d. The permit is issued for two years and is not renewable.
602.18(2) Requirement. An applicant shall be at least 14 years of age.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 321.177 and 321.180 and 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5.
761--602.19(321) Noncommercial instruction permit. This rule describes a noncommercial instruction permit, other than a motorcycle instruction permit, issued under Iowa Code subsection 321.180(1) or 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5, subsection 1.
602.19(1) Validity and issuance.
a. The permit is a restricted, noncommercial Class C license.
b. The permit is valid for operating a motor vehicle that may be legally operated under a noncommercial Class C license when the permittee is accompanied by a person specified in Iowa Code subsection 321.180(1) or 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5, subsection 1, as applicable to the age of the permittee.
c. The permit is not valid for operating a motorized bicycle.
d. The permit is not valid as a motorcycle instruction permit.
e. The permit is issued for two years.
602.19(2) Requirement. An applicant shall be at least 14 years of age.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 321.177 and 321.180 and 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5.
761--602.20 Reserved.
761--602.21(321) Special noncommercial instruction permit. This subrule describes a special noncommercial instruction permit issued under Iowa Code section 321.180A.
602.21(1) Validity and issuance.
a. The permit is a restricted, noncommercial Class C license that is issued to a person whose application for renewal has been denied or whose license has been suspended for incapability due to a physical disability.
b. The permit is valid for operating a motor vehicle that may be legally operated under a noncommercial Class C license when the permittee is accompanied by a person specified in Iowa Code section 321.180A.
c. The permit is not valid for operating a motorized bicycle.
d. The permit is valid for six months from the date of issuance. It is invalid after the expiration date on the permit.
e. The permit may be reissued for one additional six-month period.
602.21(2) Requirement. An applicant must submit a medical report pursuant to 761--subrule 600.4(6).
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 321.180A.
ITEM 16. Amend paragraph 602.24(2)"b" as follows:
b. An applicant under 16 years of age shall must submit proof of successful completion of an Iowa-approved course in motorized bicycle education on Form 430036.
ITEM 17. Amend paragraph 602.25(2)"e" and rule 761--602.25(321), implementation clause, as follows:
e. For a Class M minor's restricted license, proof of successful completion of an Iowa-approved course in motorcycle rider education is required. pursuant to paragraph 602.13(2)"c."
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 321.178, 321.189 and 321.196 and 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5.
ITEM 18. Amend subrule 602.26(1), paragraphs "b" and "c," as follows:
b. The license is valid for driving unaccompanied on the most direct route between a licensee's residence and schools of enrollment and between schools of enrollment from 6 a.m. to 10 p.m. to attend scheduled courses and extracurricular activities at the schools of enrollment within the school district.
c. The license is also valid for driving when accompanied by a person specified in Iowa Code paragraph 321.180(1)"b." 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5, subsection 1. See subrule 602.21(1) for the definition of "immediate family" and for the written permission form that may be needed.
ITEM 19. Amend subrule 602.26(2) as follows:
602.26(2) Requirements.
a. An applicant shall be at least 14 years of age but not yet 18 and meet the requirements of Iowa Code section 321.194.
b. An applicant shall submit a statement of necessity signed by the chairperson of the school board, or the superintendent of the school, or the principal of the school if authorized by the superintendent. The statement shall be on Form 430021 which is provided by the department and includes the required form for written consent by the minor's parent, custodian or guardian.
c. An applicant shall submit proof of successful completion of an Iowa-approved course in driver education on Form 430020 or 430021. If the course was completed in another state, the applicant shall submit Form 430020 or 430021 issued by an Iowa school under rules of the department of education. The forms are provided to Iowa schools by the department of transportation.
d. For a Class M minor's school license, proof of successful completion of an Iowa-approved course in motorcycle rider education is required. pursuant to paragraph 602.13(2)"c."
ITEM 20. Amend paragraph 602.26(3)"b" and rule 761--602.26(321), implementation clause, as follows:
b. "Demonstrates to the satisfaction of the department" means that the department has received an affidavit on Form 430021 attesting that completion of the course would impose a hardship upon the applicant. The affidavit shall be signed by the applicant's parent, custodian or guardian and by the superintendent of the applicant's school, or the chairperson of the school board, or the principal of the applicant's school if authorized by the superintendent. The affidavit shall be on Form 430021 which is provided by the department.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 321.177, 321.180, 321.189, 321.194 as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 8, and 321.196 and 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5.
ITEM 21. Amend subrules 604.1(1), 604.1(2), 604.3(1), 604.7(2), and 604.10(1) by striking the words "motor vehicle license" and inserting in lieu thereof the words "driver's license" and by striking the words "motor vehicle licenses" and inserting in lieu thereof the words "driver's licenses".
ITEM 22. Amend paragraph 604.12(2)"a" as follows:
a. The applicant's license shall be stamped The department shall affix a sticker to the applicant's license stating: "Renewal or license issuance denied due to vision."
ITEM 23. Amend paragraph 604.31(2)"a" as follows:
a. The applicant is applying for the applicant's first Iowa license that permits unaccompanied driving following successful completion of an the appropriate Iowa-approved course or courses. in The appropriate Iowa-approved courses are the following: driver education for a Class C license other than motorized bicycle, driver education and motorcycle rider education for a Class M license, or and motorized bicycle education for a motorized bicycle license. However, the :
(1) The department may randomly select dates and require a driving test of applicants whose birth dates fall on the selected dates. The department shall notify the Iowa department of education quarterly of the dates selected.
(2) If an applicant is under the age of 21, a driving test is required if so requested by the applicant's parent, guardian, or instructor.
ITEM 24. Amend paragraph 604.40(2)"b" as follows:
b. After the three unsuccessful attempts, no further testing shall be allowed until six months have elapsed from the date of the last test failure, and then only if the applicant demonstrates a significant change or improvement in those physical or mental factors that resulted in the original decision. A request for further testing must be submitted in writing to the office of driver services at the address in rule 761-- 602.2(17A) 761--600.2(17A).
ITEM 25. Amend rule 761--605.1(321); rule 761-- 605.2(321), introductory paragraph; rule 761--605.3(321), introductory paragraph; rule 761--605.4(321), introductory paragraph; rule 761--605.5(321), introductory paragraph; subrule 605.5(1), introductory paragraph; and paragraph 605.5(5)"b" by striking the words "motor vehicle license" and inserting in lieu thereof the words "driver's license" and by striking the words "motor vehicle licenses" and inserting in lieu thereof the words "driver's licenses".
ITEM 26. Amend subrule 605.5(1) by adding the following new restriction:
Y--Intermediate license
ITEM 27. Amend rule 761--605.5(321), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 321A and sections 321.178, 321.180, 321.189, 321.193, 321.194, 321.215, 321J.4, and 321J.20 and 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5.
ITEM 28. Amend subrule 605.26(1) as follows:
605.26(1) Scope. This rule applies to the renewal of noncommercial Classes C, CM, D, DM and M licenses. However, this rule does not apply to intermediate licenses, to temporary restricted licenses or to the special licenses and permits listed in 761--subrule 602.1(2).
ITEM 29. Amend paragraph 605.26(2)"c" as follows:
c. The applicant's current license does not carry a "Y" in the restriction supplement box or any of the following restriction codes: C, D, E, F, G, J, Q, R, S, V, W, or X or Y.
ITEM 30. Amend rule 761--615.1(321) by adding the following new definitions in alphabetical order:
"Accident free" as used in 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5, means the driver has not been involved in a contributive accident. "Involvement in a motor vehicle accident" as used in 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5, means involvement in a contributive accident.
"Contributive accident" means an accident for which there is evidence in departmental records that the driver performed an act which resulted in or contributed to the accident, or failed to perform an act which would have avoided or contributed to the avoidance of the accident.
"Conviction free" as used in 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5, means the driver has not been convicted of a moving violation.
ITEM 31. Amend rule 761--615.1(321), definition of "Moving violation," numbered paragraph "8," as follows:
8. Violations of Iowa Code Supplement section 321.20B by a vehicle owner for failure to provide proof of financial liability coverage.
ITEM 32. Amend subrule 615.14(3) as follows:
615.14(3) A person whose license has been suspended for incapability may be eligible for a special noncommercial instruction permit under 761--subrule 602.21(2) rule 761-- 602.21(321).
ITEM 33. Amend subrules 615.18(2) and 615.18(3) as follows:
615.18(2) The suspension period shall begin 30 days after the department's notice of suspension is served licensee receives the notice from the department and shall continue until the terms of the citation are met.
615.18(3) The suspension shall continue until the department issues a notice terminating the suspension. The department shall terminate the suspension when it receives evidence of compliance with the terms of the citation.
ITEM 34. Rescind rule 761--615.19(321) and insert in lieu thereof the following new rule:
761--615.19(321) Suspension for a charge of vehicular homicide. In accordance with 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1088, section 1, the department shall suspend a person's license when the department receives notice from the clerk of the district court that an indictment or information has been filed charging the person with homicide by vehicle under Iowa Code section 707.6A, subsection 1 or 2. The suspension shall begin ten days after the department's suspension notice is issued.
This rule is intended to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1088, section 1.
ITEM 35. Rescind rule 761--615.20(321) and insert in lieu thereof the following new rule:
761--615.20(321) Suspension for moving violation during probation. The department may suspend the license of a person convicted of a moving violation pursuant to 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 10. The suspension period shall not exceed one year.
This rule is intended to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 10.
ITEM 36. Amend rule 761--615.21(321) as follows:
761--615.21(321) Suspension of a minor's school license and minor's restricted license.
615.21(1) Suspension of a minor's school license.
615.21(1) a. The department may suspend a minor's school license upon receiving notice of the licensee's conviction for one moving violation or evidence of one or more accidents chargeable to the licensee.
615.21(2) b. The department may also suspend a minor's school license when the department receives written notice from a peace officer, parent, custodian or guardian, school superintendent, or superintendent's designee that the licensee has violated the restrictions of the license.
615.21(3) c. The suspension period under this subrule shall be at least 30 days.
615.21(2) Suspension of a minor's restricted license. The department may suspend a minor's restricted license upon receiving notice of the licensee's conviction for one moving violation. The suspension period shall be at least 30 days.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section sections 321.178 and 321.194.
ITEM 37. Amend rule 761--615.23(321) and renumber rule 761--615.32(321) as subrule 615.23(2) as follows:
761--615.23(321) Suspension for juveniles adjudicated delinquent for certain drug or alcohol offenses Suspensions for juveniles.
615.23(1) Suspension for juveniles adjudicated delinquent for certain drug or alcohol offenses.
615.23(1) a. Pursuant to Iowa Code section 321.213A, the department shall suspend the license of a person for one year upon receipt of an adjudication and dispositional order from the clerk of the juvenile court.
615.23(2) Reserved.
615.23(3) b. A person suspended under this rule subrule for a violation of Iowa Code section 123.46 or 123.47 may be issued a temporary restricted license in accordance with rule 761--615.45(321) if the person is otherwise eligible for the license. To obtain a temporary restricted license that is valid for educational purposes, the applicant must meet the requirements for issuance of a minor's school license under Iowa Code section 321.194 and rule 761-- 602.26(321).
761--615.32(321) Suspension for juvenile's failure to attend school.
615.23(2) Suspension for juvenile's failure to attend school.
615.32(1) a. The department shall suspend the license of a person under the age of 18 upon receipt of notification from the appropriate school authority that the person does not attend school.
615.32(2) b. "School" means a public school, an accredited nonpublic school, competent private instruction in accordance with the provisions of Iowa Code chapter 299A, an alternative school or adult education classes.
615.32(3) c. "Appropriate school authority" means the superintendent of a public school or the chief administrator of an accredited nonpublic school, an alternative school or adult education.
615.32(4) d. The suspension shall continue until the person reaches the age of 18 or until the department receives notification from the appropriate school authority that the person is attending school.
615.32(5) e. The person may be issued a temporary restricted license in accordance with rule 761--615.45(321) if the person is employed at least 20 hours per week and is otherwise eligible for the license.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 299.1A and 321.213B.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 232.52(2)"a"(4), 299.1A, 321.213, 321.213A, 321.213B, and 321.215.
ITEM 38. Amend rule 761--615.24(252J) as follows:
761--615.24(252J,261) Suspension upon receipt of a certificate of noncompliance.
615.24(1) From child support recovery unit.
615.24(1) a. The department shall suspend a person's Iowa-issued motor vehicle driver's license upon receipt of a certificate of noncompliance from the child support recovery unit.
615.24(2) b. The suspension shall begin 30 days after the department's notice of suspension is served.
615.24(3) c. The suspension shall continue until receipt of a withdrawal of the certificate of noncompliance from the child support recovery unit.
615.24(4) d. The filing of an application pursuant to Iowa Code section 252J.9 stays the suspension pending the outcome of the district court hearing.
615.24(2) From college student aid commission.
a. The department shall suspend a person's Iowa-issued driver's license upon receipt of a certificate of noncompliance from the college student aid commission.
b. The suspension shall begin 30 days after the department's notice of suspension is served.
c. The suspension shall continue until receipt of a withdrawal of the certificate of noncompliance from the college student aid commission.
d. The filing of an application pursuant to 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081, section 7, stays the suspension pending the outcome of the district court hearing.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 252J.1, 252J.8 and 252J.9 and 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081, sections 6 and 7.
ITEM 39. Rescind rule 761--615.26(321) and insert in lieu thereof the following new rule:
761--615.26(321) Suspension or revocation for violation of a license restriction. The department may suspend or revoke a person's license when the department receives satisfactory evidence of a violation of a restriction imposed on the license. The suspension or revocation period shall be at least 30 days.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 321.193.
ITEM 40. Renumber rules 761--615.27(321) and 761-- 615.28(321) as rules 761--615.32(321) and 761-- 615.33(321).
ITEM 41. Rescind and reserve rules 761--615.31(321) and 761--615.34(321).
ITEM 42. Amend paragraph 615.38(1)"a" as follows:
a. License denials, cancellations and suspensions under Iowa Code sections 321.177 to 321.215 and 321A.4 to 321A.11 except denials under Iowa Code subsection 321.177(10) and suspensions under Iowa Code sections 321.210B, 321.213A and 321.213B and 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1088, section 1.
ITEM 43. Amend paragraph 615.38(5)"b" by adding the following new subparagraph (4):
(4) A suspension under 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5.
ITEM 44. Adopt new rule 761--615.42(321) as follows:
761--615.42(321) Remedial driver improvement action under 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5.
615.42(1) The department shall require remedial driver improvement action when a person holding an instruction permit or intermediate license under 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5, is convicted of a moving violation or has a contributive accident.
615.42(2) Completion of remedial driver improvement action means completion of a driver improvement interview with the department plus any suspension ordered by the department as a result of the interview.
615.42(3) Participation in the driver improvement interview by both the licensee and the licensee's parent or guardian may be required. The interview shall be held by a reviewing officer appointed by the director of the office of driver services. The interview may include one or more of the following: a discussion of motor vehicle laws, a discussion of driving behavior, a vision screening, a knowledge examination, and a driving examination.
615.42(4) The department may take one or more of the following actions after the interview and shall take one or more of the following actions if the licensee fails to appear for or does not otherwise complete the interview:
a. Execute an agreement with the licensee and the parent or guardian, setting out a plan to improve the licensee's driving behavior.
b. Add appropriate license restrictions.
c. Suspend the licensee's driving privilege.
615.42(5) A suspension period under this rule shall be for no less than 30 days nor longer than one year. A person whose driving privilege has been suspended under this rule is not eligible for a temporary restricted license.
615.42(6) Remedial driver improvement action or suspension under this rule terminates when a person attains the age of 18.
This rule is intended to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5.
ITEM 45. Amend subrule 615.45(1) by adding the following new paragraphs:
l. Whose license has been suspended due to receipt of a certificate of noncompliance from the college student aid commission.
m. Whose license has been suspended for a charge of vehicular homicide.
n. Who has been suspended under 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1112, section 5.
ITEM 46. Amend subrule 620.3(3) by adding the following new paragraph:
d. Pay the $200 civil penalty.
ITEM 47. Amend paragraph 620.4(2)"c" as follows:
c. An appeal of the administrative law judge's decision shall be submitted in writing by sending the original and two copies one copy of the appeal to the director of the office of driver services at the address given in 761--620.2(321J).
ITEM 48. Amend rule 761--620.5(321J) by adding the following new subrule:
620.5(7) Provided proof of deinstallation of the ignition interlock device if one was installed for a temporary restricted license.
ITEM 49. Amend 761--Chapter 620 by adding the following new rule:
761--620.6(321J) Issuance of temporary restricted license after revocation period has expired. The department may issue a temporary restricted license to a person whose period of revocation under Iowa Code chapter 321J has expired but who has not met all the requirements for license reinstatement. The period of issuance shall be determined by the department, but it shall not exceed six months from the end of the original revocation period.
620.6(1) An applicant for a temporary restricted license under this rule must meet one of the following two conditions:
a. The applicant must demonstrate to the satisfaction of the department that a course for drinking drivers was not readily available to the person during the revocation period and that the applicant has enrolled in a course for drinking drivers. The applicant must furnish the dates the class will begin and end.
b. The applicant must demonstrate to the satisfaction of the department that substance abuse evaluation and treatment or rehabilitation services have not been completed because of an inability to schedule them or because they are ongoing.
620.6(2) An applicant for a temporary restricted license under this rule must meet all other conditions for issuance of a temporary restricted license under rule 761--620.3(321J) and Iowa Code section 321J.20, including installation of an ignition interlock device.
ITEM 50. Amend the title of 761--Chapter 625; rule 761--625.1(321); subrule 625.2(1), introductory paragraph; and subrule 625.6(2) by striking the words "motor vehicle license" and inserting in lieu thereof the words "driver's license" and by striking the words "motor vehicle licenses" and inserting in lieu thereof the words "driver's licenses".
ITEM 51. Amend subrule 625.6(1) by striking the words "1997 Iowa Acts, Senate File 229, sections 1 and 2" and inserting in lieu thereof the words "Iowa Code sections 22.7 and 321.189A".
ITEM 52. Amend 761--Chapter 625, implementation clause, by striking the words "1997 Iowa Acts, Senate File 229" and inserting in lieu thereof the words "Iowa Code sections 22.7 and 321.189A".
ITEM 53. Amend subrule 630.1(1) by striking the words "motor vehicle license" and inserting in lieu thereof the words "driver's license".
ITEM 54. Amend paragraph 641.3(1)"f" as follows:
f. Either one of the following:
(1) Type of coverage provided; for example, personal automobile, business automobile, commercial automobile.
(2) The statement, "Coverage provided by this policy meets the minimum liability limits prescribed by law," or a statement that is substantially similar.
ITEM 55. Amend paragraph 641.3(2)"e" as follows:
e. Either one of the following:
(1) Type of coverage provided; for example, personal automobile, business automobile, commercial automobile.
(2) The statement, "Coverage provided by this policy meets the minimum liability limits prescribed by law," or a statement that is substantially similar.
ITEM 56. Amend subrule 641.3(3) by striking paragraph "d" and relettering paragraph "e" as paragraph "d."
[Filed 10/28/98, effective 12/23/98]

[Published 11/18/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/18/98.
ARC 8462A
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10 and 307.12, the Department of Transportation, on October 27, 1998, adopted Chapter 716, "Commercial Air Service Airport Infrastructure Program," Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action for this chapter was published in the August 26, 1998, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 8259A.
The commercial air service airport infrastructure program provides funding for improvements to the vertical infrastructure at Iowa's ten commercial air service airports. The source of funds is an appropriation in 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1219, section 14, from the Rebuild Iowa Infrastructure Fund.
These rules are identical to the ones published under Notice of Intended Action.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 8.57 and 328.12 and 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1219, section 14.
These rules will become effective December 23, 1998.
Rule-making action:
Adopt the following new chapter:
CHAPTER 716

COMMERCIAL AIR SERVICE AIRPORT INFRASTRUCTURE PROGRAM

761--716.1(328) Purpose. The purpose of the commercial air service airport infrastructure program is to provide funding for improvements to the vertical infrastructure at Iowa's ten commercial air service airports. The source of funds is an appropriation in 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1219, section 14, from the rebuild Iowa infrastructure fund.
761--716.2(328) Definitions. The definitions in Iowa Code section 328.1 and rule 761--700.1(328) apply to these rules. Also, "Vertical infrastructure" is defined in Iowa Code section 8.57, subsection 5.
761--716.3(328) Information. Program information, instructions, and forms may be obtained from the Office of Program Management, Iowa Department of Transportation, 800 Lincoln Way, Ames, Iowa 50010; telephone (515)239-1145.
761--716.4(328) Eligible airports. Eligible airports are those Iowa airports currently receiving scheduled commercial air service.
761--716.5(328) Eligible project activities. Activities that are eligible for reimbursement include, but are not limited to, the following:
716.5(1) Terminal building construction or renovation including associated design, land acquisition, grading, foundation work, floor slabs and utilities.
716.5(2) Hangar construction or renovation including associated design, land acquisition, grading, foundation work, floor slabs and utilities.
761--716.6(328) Ineligible project activities. Activities that are not eligible for reimbursement include, but are not limited to, the following:
716.6(1) Runway, taxiway, or apron paving. This includes any apron paving directly adjacent to terminal buildings or hangars.
716.6(2) Automobile parking lot grading, paving, or lighting.
716.6(3) Routine maintenance of pavements or buildings.
761--716.7(328) Work plan.
716.7(1) Each airport shall develop a work plan of proj-ects it intends to accomplish under the program. A work plan shall contain:
a. General information, including the airport sponsor's name, contact person, mailing address and telephone number.
b. A brief description of each project, including its purpose.
c. Cost information for each project, including total project cost and an itemized breakdown of project components.
d. A resolution from the airport sponsor endorsing the work plan.
716.7(2) Completed work plans shall be submitted to the office of program management.
716.7(3) The transportation commission shall determine the eligibility of projects contained in work plans.
761--716.8(328) Project administration.
716.8(1) Agreement. After the eligibility of projects in a work plan has been determined, the department shall enter into an agreement with the airport sponsor.
716.8(2) Payments. Payments to the airport sponsor for eligible project costs shall be made on a cost reimbursement basis.
716.8(3) Cost overruns. Costs in excess of the funds allocated to an airport are the responsibility of the airport sponsor.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 8.57 and 328.12 and 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1219, section 14.
[Filed 10/28/98, effective 12/23/98]

[Published 11/18/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/18/98.
ARC 8459A
VETERINARY MEDICINE BOARD[811]

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 169.5, the Iowa Board of Veterinary Medicine hereby amends Chapter 5, "Public Records and Fair Information Practices," Chapter 6, "Application for Licensure," Chapter 7, "Examinations," Chapter 9, "Temporary Permits," and Chapter 10, "Discipline," Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments remove references to the State Board Examination as a requirement for licensure, rescind the fee for taking the examination, establish a fee for licensure in lieu of the examination fee, and implement 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081. They are identical to the Notice of Intended Action published September 9, 1998, as ARC 8316A.
The Board of Veterinary Medicine unanimously agreed, during a telephone conference on May 20, 1998, to discontinue the State Board Examination as a requirement for veterinary licensure in Iowa. 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081, effective July 1, 1998, mandates the references to the College Student Aid Commission.
There was a comment period, ending September 29, 1998. Three comments were received. One comment was in support and two comments suggested the Veterinary Medicine Board should retain some oversight.
The following acronyms are used in these amendments:
AVMA - American Veterinary Medical Association
CCT - Clinical Competency Test
ECFVG - Educational Commission for Foreign Veterinary Graduates
NBE - National Board Examination
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 169 and 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081.
These amendments will become effective December 23, 1998.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Adopt new rule 811--5.18(17A,22,169,261) as follows:
811--5.18(17A,22,169,261) Release of information to the college student aid commission. Notwithstanding any statutory confidentiality provisions, the board may share information with the college student aid commission for the sole purpose of identifying applicants or registrants subject to enforcement under Iowa Code chapter 261.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 6.1(1) as follows:
6.1(1) Application to take examination. Any person desiring to take the National Board Examination (NBE), or the Clinical Competency Test (CCT), or the state board examination for a license to practice veterinary medicine shall make application 60 days before the date set for the beginning of the examination to: Bureau of Animal Industry, Board of Veterinary Medicine, Iowa Department of Agriculture and Land Stewardship, Wallace State Office Building, East 9th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319, on forms to be provided by the board. The application form shall be completely filled out. The completed application shall include two current passport size and quality photographs of the applicant. Incomplete applications shall be returned to the applicant along with the tendered fee and a written statement setting forth the reasons for such rejections.
The application shall be accompanied by satisfactory evidence of having graduated from an accredited or approved school of veterinary medicine. However, applications for either the NBE or CCT may be accepted without evidence of graduation if the applicant provides satisfactory evidence that the applicant is expected to graduate within six months of the date of the examination. Applications for the state board examination may be accepted without evidence of graduation if the applicant provides satisfactory evidence that the applicant is expected to graduate within 60 days of the date of the examination.
Applications to take the NBE or CCT will not be accepted from any person who has previously taken and passed that examination in any jurisdiction, except on case-by-case petition to the board for good cause shown or other order of the board. In addition, applications to take the NBE or CCT will not be accepted from any person who does not apply to take the state board examination or who has not previously passed the state board examination, unless the applicant provides evidence of expected graduation within six months of the examination, or as provided in rule 6.4(169).
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 6.1(2) as follows:
6.1(2) License requirements. An application to take the state board examination is deemed to be an application for licensure in this state. Prior to the issuance of a license, the applicant shall:
a. Successfully complete the NBE and CCT as provided in rule 811--7.1(169);
b. Successfully complete the state board examination; Remit the proper application fee for licensure;
c. to e. No change.
f. Submit evidence of having completed at least an average of 20 hours of approved continuing education for each year of the previous three years.
Upon payment of the prorated triennial license fee, a license issued upon completion of these requirements is valid through June 30 of the next triennium year.
ITEM 4. Amend the fee schedule in rule 811--6.2(169) by striking the entry which reads "State board examination...$50" and inserting "License--application fee...$50".
ITEM 5. Amend rule 811--6.4(169), second paragraph, as follows:
Graduates of foreign schools which are not AVMA-approved but are AVMA-listed will not be considered for licensing or allowed to take the state board examination for licensure until they have received the certificate granted by the Educational Commission for Foreign Veterinary Graduates. However, an application to take the state board examination may be accepted prior to the issuance of the certificate if the applicant provides satisfactory evidence that the applicant is completing the ECFVG program and is expected to complete the ECFVG program within 60 days of the date of the examination. A letter from the supervisor of the applicant's ECFVG program will be considered satisfactory evidence. A license will not be issued to an applicant who passes the state board examination until the applicant submits a copy of the applicant's ECFVG certificate.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 6.5(1), introductory paragraph, as follows:
6.5(1) A license by endorsement may be granted by the board pursuant to either Iowa Code section 169.10(1) or 169.10(2). An applicant shall make application for a license by endorsement on a form provided by the board. The application fee and triennial license fee shall accompany the application, as well as the fee for the state board examination for those persons applying under section 169.10(1). In addition to the information specified in section 169.10, the applicant shall supply all of the following:
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 6.5(2) as follows:
6.5(2) If the non-Iowa license of an applicant under Iowa Code section 169.10(1) was issued after January 1, 1965, the applicant shall have successfully completed the NBE. If the applicant's non-Iowa license was issued after January 1, 1980, the applicant shall have successfully completed the NBE and CCT according to rule 811--7.1(169). The board, on a case-by-case basis, may require an applicant to successfully complete the state board examination.
ITEM 8. Amend subrule 6.6(1) by rescinding and reserving paragraph "b."
ITEM 9. Adopt new rule 811--6.8(169,261) as follows:
811--6.8(169,261) Issuance or renewal of a license to practice veterinary medicine--denial. The board shall deny the issuance or renewal of a license to practice veterinary medicine upon receipt of a certificate of noncompliance from the college student aid commission according to the procedures set forth in 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081. In addition to the procedures contained therein, the following shall apply.
6.8(1) The notice required by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081, section 6, shall be served by restricted certified mail, return receipt requested, or by personal service in accordance with the Iowa Rules of Civil Procedure. Alternatively, the applicant may accept service personally or through authorized counsel.
6.8(2) The effective date of the denial of the issuance of the license or renewal of a license, as specified in the notice required by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081, section 6, shall be 60 days following service of the notice upon the applicant.
6.8(3) The board's executive secretary is authorized to prepare and serve the notice required by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081, section 6, upon the applicant.
6.8(4) Applicants shall keep the board informed of all court actions and all college student aid commission actions taken under or in connection with Iowa Code chapter 261 and shall provide the board copies, within seven days of filing or issuance, of all applications filed with the district court pursuant to 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081, section 7, all court orders entered in such actions, and withdrawals of certificates of noncompliance by the college student aid commission.
6.8(5) All board fees required for application or renewal must be paid by applicants and all continuing education requirements must be met before a license will be issued, renewed, or reinstated after the board has denied the issuance or renewal of a license pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 261.
6.8(6) In the event an applicant timely files a district court action following service of a board notice pursuant to 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081, sections 6 and 7, the board shall continue with the intended action described in the notice upon the receipt of a court order lifting the stay, dismissing the action, or otherwise directing the board to proceed. For purposes of determining the effective date of the denial of the issuance or renewal of a license, the board shall count the number of days before the court action was disposed of by the court.
6.8(7) The board shall notify the applicant in writing through regular first-class mail, or such other means as the board deems appropriate in the circumstances, within ten days of the effective date of the denial of the issuance or renewal of a license and shall similarly notify the applicant when the license is issued or renewed following the board's receipt of a withdrawal of the certificate of noncompliance.
ITEM 10. Amend rule 811--7.1(169), introductory paragraph, as follows:
811--7.1(169) Examination procedure. In order to successfully complete the National Board Examination, an applicant shall achieve a minimum converted score of 70. In addition, in order to successfully complete the CCT, the applicant shall obtain a minimum converted score of 75. The state board examination shall be prepared, given, and judged by the professional members of the Iowa board. The National Board Examination and the CCT are prepared by the Professional Examination Service for use by the state board of veterinary examiners.
ITEM 11. Amend subrule 7.1(1) as follows:
7.1(1) The state and national board examinations shall be given in conjunction with each other. Examinations shall be given in April and December each year. The dates for the examination shall be those set by the National Board Examination Committee. Examinations shall be held at a site to be determined by the board at least 30 days before the date of the examination.
ITEM 12. Rescind and reserve subrule 9.1(1).
ITEM 13. Amend subrule 9.1(2) by rescinding and reserving paragraph "b."
ITEM 14. Amend subrule 9.2(4) as follows:
9.2(4) The temporary permit fee and the application fee shall accompany the application. An applicant under subrule 9.1(1) who has not previously made application for full licensure shall submit that application and the appropriate fees with the application for the temporary permit.
ITEM 15. Amend rule 811--9.3(169) as follows:
811--9.3(169) Supervision. Permit holders under either subrule 9.1(1) or 9.1(2) shall establish and maintain an association with a person currently holding an Iowa license in good standing. The association may be either as an employee, employer, or formal partnership. The licensed veterinarian shall be in a position to regularly observe the activities of the permit holder. The permit holder shall provide accurate and current information to the board as to this association in order to maintain the temporary permit.
ITEM 16. Amend rule 811--10.1(169,272C) as follows:
811--10.1(169,272C,261) General. The board has authority to impose discipline for any violation of Iowa Code chapters 169 and, 272C, and 261 or the rules promulgated thereunder.
ITEM 17. Adopt new subrule 10.4(24) as follows:
10.4(24) The board shall suspend or revoke a license to practice veterinary medicine upon receipt of a certificate of noncompliance from the college student aid commission according to the procedures set forth in 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081. In addition to the procedures contained therein, the following shall apply.
a. The notice required by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081, section 6, shall be served by restricted certified mail, return receipt requested, or by personal service in accordance with the Iowa Rules of Civil Procedure. Alternatively, the applicant may accept service personally or through authorized counsel.
b. The effective date of revocation or suspension of a license, as specified in the notice required by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081, section 6, shall be 60 days following service of the notice upon the applicant.
c. The board's executive secretary is authorized to prepare and serve the notice required by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081, section 6, and is directed to notify the licensee that the license will be suspended, unless the license is already suspended on other grounds. In the event a license is on suspension, the executive secretary shall notify the licensee of the board's intention to revoke the license.
d. Licensees shall keep the board informed of all court actions and all college student aid commission actions taken under or in connection with Iowa Code chapter 261 and shall provide the board copies, within seven days of filing or issuance, of all applications filed with the district court pursuant to 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081, section 7, all court orders entered in such actions, and withdrawals of certificates of noncompliance by the college student aid commission.
e. All board fees required for renewal or reinstatement must be paid by the applicant and all continuing education requirements must be met before a license will be renewed or reinstated after the board has denied the renewal or reinstatement of a license pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 261.
f. In the event a licensee timely files a district court action following service of a board notice pursuant to 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081, sections 6 and 7, the board shall continue with the intended action described in the notice upon the receipt of a court order lifting the stay, dismissing the action, or otherwise directing the board to proceed. For purposes of determining the effective date of the denial of the renewal, or reinstatement of a license, the board shall count the number of days before the court action was disposed of by the court.
g. The board shall notify the licensee in writing through regular first-class mail, or such other means as the board deems appropriate in the circumstances, within ten days of the effective date of the suspension or revocation of a license and shall similarly notify the applicant when the license is reinstated following the board's receipt of a withdrawal of the certificate of noncompliance.
[Filed 10/27/98, effective 12/23/98]

[Published 11/18/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/18/98.


Previous Bulletin Table of Contents Next Bulletin

Return To Home index


© 1999 Cornell College and League of Women Voters of Iowa


Comments about this site or page? lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us.
Please remember that the person listed above does not vote on bills. Direct all comments concerning legislation to State Legislators.

Last update: Wed Dec 16 15:50:08 CST 1998
URL: /Rules/1998/Bulletin/acb981118.html
sam